Problem Solving In Rheumatology
Upcoming SlideShare
Loading in...5

Like this? Share it with your network

  • Full Name Full Name Comment goes here.
    Are you sure you want to
    Your message goes here
No Downloads


Total Views
On Slideshare
From Embeds
Number of Embeds



Embeds 50 44 4 1 1

Report content

Flagged as inappropriate Flag as inappropriate
Flag as inappropriate

Select your reason for flagging this presentation as inappropriate.

    No notes for slide


  • 1. Problem Solving in Rheumatology KEVIN PILE MB ChB, MD, FRACP Conjoint Professor of Medicine, University of Western Sydney, New South Wales, Australia LEE KENNEDY BSc, MB ChB, MD, PhD, FRCP, FRCPE, FRACP Professor of Medicine, School of Medicine, Department of Medicine, James Cook University, Queensland, Australia CLINICAL PUBLISHING OXFORD
  • 2. Contents Abbreviations vii SECTION 1 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism 1. New Onset Painful Joints 1 2. An Acutely Swollen/Hot Joint 6 3. Painful Shoulders – Rotator Cuff and Frozen Shoulder 11 4. Tennis Elbow and Golfer’s Elbow 18 5. Carpal Tunnel Syndrome and Other Entrapment Neuropathies 21 6. Fibromyalgia Syndrome 27 7. Plantar Fasciitis 33 SECTION 2 Osteoarthritis 8. Causes and Prevention 39 9. Non-Pharmacological Treatment 45 10. Drug Treatment 50 11. NSAIDs – Gastric Side Effects and Protection 54 12. NSAIDs – Cardiac Complications 60 13. Joint Replacement Surgery 65 SECTION 3 Rheumatoid Arthritis 14. Causes 71 15. Laboratory and Imaging Investigations 77 16. Managing Rheumatoid Arthritis at Onset 82 17. Evaluating the Response to Treatment 87 18. Pregnancy and Rheumatic Diseases 92 19. Diet and Arthritis 97 20. Polyarthritis in the Elderly 103 SECTION 4 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma 21. Antinuclear Factor 109 22. SLE – Risk Factors and Diagnosis 116 23. Monitoring and Managing SLE 122
  • 3. vi Contents 24. Sjögren’s Syndrome 129 25. Raynaud’s Phenomenon 134 26. Assessing and Treating Scleroderma 139 27. Immunosuppressive Drugs 147 SECTION 5 Vasculitic Syndromes 28. Vasculitic Disease 153 29. Giant Cell Arteritis and Polymyalgia Rheumatica 159 30. Behçet’s Syndrome 165 SECTION 6 Back and Specific Joint Problems 31. Acute Back Pain 169 32. Chronic Back Pain 175 33. Psoriatic Arthritis 178 34. Asymptomatic Hyperuricaemia 184 35. Gout – Acute Attack and Beyond 189 36. Pseudogout – Investigation and Management 195 37. Joint and Bone Infections 199 38. Viral Arthritis 205 39. Rheumatological Complications of Diabetes 211 SECTION 7 Bone Diseases 40. Osteoporosis – Prevention and Lifestyle Management 217 41. Bisphosphonates for Osteoporosis – Which Agent and When? 222 42. Osteoporosis – Drugs Other Than Bisphosphonates 227 43. Male Osteoporosis 233 44. Glucocorticoid-Induced Osteoporosis 237 45. Paget’s Disease of Bone 241 46. Bone Complications of Renal Disease 246 SECTION 8 Muscle Diseases 47. Steroid myopathy 253 48. Inflammatory Myopathies 260 49. Muscle Complications of Statin Therapy 265 General index 271
  • 4. Abbreviations ABD adynamic bone disease CIM critical iIlness myopathy ACE angiotensin-converting enzyme CK creatine kinase ACR American College of Rheumatology CKD chronic kidney disease ADAMTS a disintegrin and metalloproteinase CKD-MBD CKD-mineral and bone disorder with thrombospondin motif CLASS Celecoxib Long-term Arthritis ADFR Activate, Decrease osteoclast Safety Study activity, Free of treatment and Clc-l chloride channel Repeat CMC carpometacarpophalangeal ADP adenosine diphosphate CNS central nervous system ADR adverse drug reaction CORE Continuing Outcomes Relevant to AMP adenosine monophosphate Evista ANA antinuclear antibody COX cyclooxygenase ANCA anti-neutrophil cytoplasmic COX-1 cyclooxygenase-1 antibodies COX-2 cyclooxygenase-2 ANF antinuclear factor CPEO Chronic Progressive External AP alkaline phosphatase Ophthalmoplegia AP-1 activator protein-1 CPPD calcium pyrophosphate dihydrate APPROVe Adenomatous Polyp Prevention on CREST Calcinosis; Raynaud’s phenomenon; Vioxx study Esophageal dysmotility; APS antiphospholipid syndrome Sclerodactyly, Telangiectasia AS ankylosing spondylitis CRP C-reactive protein ASC apoptosis-associated speck-like CSS Churg–Strauss syndrome protein CT computed tomography ATP adenosine triphosphate CTG cytosine-thymine-guanine B19 parvovirus B19 CTGF connective tissue growth factor BASMI British Ankylosing Spondylitis CTS carpal tunnel syndrome Metrology Index CTLA4-Ig cytotoxic lymphocyte-associated BMD bone mineral density antigen linked to immunoglobulin BMI body mass index CVD cardiovascular disease BP blood pressure CXR chest X-ray BPs bisphosphonates D3 1,25-dihydroxy-vitamin D3 C5 fifth cervical segment DC dendritic cell c-ANCA cytoplasmic anti-neutrophil DD Dupuytren’s disease cytoplasmic antibody DEXA dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry CCB calcium channel blocker DHA docosahexaenoic acid CCTG cytosine-cytosine-thymine-guanine DHEA dehydroepiandrosterone CCL2 monocyte chemoattractant protein- DIL drug-induced lupus 1 (see also MCP-1) DIP distal interphalangeal CCP cyclic citrullinated peptide DISH diffuse idiopathic skeletal CDSN corneodesmin hyperostosis CEP circulating endothelial precursor DLCO diffusing capacity for carbon cGMP cyclic guanosine monophosphate monoxide CHB congenital heart block DM dermatomyositis CI confidence interval DM1 myotonic dystrophy type 1
  • 5. viii Abbreviations DM2 myotonic dystrophy type 2 hnRNP heterogeneous nuclear DMARD disease-modifying antirheumatic ribonucleoprotein drug HPRT hypoxanthine DMOAD disease-modifying osteoarthritis phosphoribosyltransferase drug HRCT high-resolution computed DMPK myotonic dystrophy protein kinase tomography dsDNA double-stranded DNA HRT hormone replacement therapy EBV Epstein–Barr virus HSP Henoch-Schönlein purpura EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid HTLV-1 human T-lymphotropic virus type 1 EEG electroencephalogram IBD inflammatory bowel disease EGF epidermal growth factor IBM inclusion body myositis eGFR estimated glomerular filtration rate IFN interferon ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent Ig immunoglobulin assay IGF-1 insulin-like growth factor-1 EMG electromyography Iκβ inhibitor of kappa-beta ENA extractable nuclear antigen IL interleukin eNOS endothelial nitric oxide synthase IL-1ra interleukin-1 receptor antagonist EPA eicosapentaenoic acid IMPDH inosine monophosphate ESR erythrocyte sedimentation rate dehydrogenase ET endothelin IMT intima-media thickness FA fatty acid INR International Normalized Ratio FBC full blood count IP inflammatory polyarthritis FDG-PET (18)-F-fluorodeoxyglucose-positron IU International Units emission tomography JSN joint space narrowing FGF fibroblast growth factor LBP low back pain FKBP-12 12 kDa FK506-binding protein LDL low-density lipoprotein FMS fibromyalgia syndrome LFA-1 lymphocyte function-associated FVC forced vital capacity antigen-1 FSH follicle-stimulating hormone LFT liver function test GAIT Glucosamine/chondroitin Arthritis LIFE Losartan Intervention for Endpoint Intervention Trial reduction GCA giant cell arteritis LJM limited joint mobility GDM gestational diabetes LORA late-onset RA GFR glomerular filtration rate LRP-5 LDL receptor-related protein-5 GI gastrointestinal LUMINA Lupus in minorities: nature versus GMP guanosine monophosphate nurture GSD glycogen storage disease LH luteinizing hormone GTP guanosine triphosphate MCP metacarpophalangeal GVHD graft-versus-host disease MCP-1 monocyte chemoattractant protein- H2RA histamine H2 receptor antagonist 1 (see also CCL2) HBA1C glycosylated haemoglobin MCTD mixed connective tissue disease HBO2 hyperbaric oxygen MELAS Myopathy, Encephalopathy, Lactic HDL high-density lipoprotein Acidosis and Stroke HELLP Haemolytic anaemia, Elevated Liver MERRF Myoclonic Epilepsy with Ragged enzymes, Low Platelets Red Fibres HIV human immunodeficiency virus MI myocardial infarction HLA human leukocyte antigen (genetic MMF mycophenolate mofetil designation for human major MMP matrix metalloproteinase histocompatibility complex) MORE Multiple Outcome of Raloxifene HNPP hereditary neuropathy with liability Evaluation to pressure palsies MPA microscopic polyangiitis
  • 6. Abbreviations ix MRI magnetic resonance imaging PPI proton pump inhibitor MRSA methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus PPRP 5¢phosphoribosyl 1-pyrophosphate aureus PRIMO Prediction of Muscular Risk in MSA myositis-specific antibodies Observational conditions MTOR mammalian target of rapamycin PsA psoriatic arthritis MTP metatarsophalangeal PTH parathyroid hormone MUA manipulation under anaesthesia PTNP22 protein tyrosine phosphate non- NALP pyrin domain-containing proteins receptor type 22 sharing structural homology with PUFAs polyunsaturated fatty acids NODs QALY quality-adjusted life year NCS nerve conduction studies RA rheumatoid arthritis NFAT nuclear factor of activated T RANK receptor activator of NF-κB lymphocytes RANKL receptor activator of NF-κB ligand NF-κB nuclear factor-κ-beta RCT randomized controlled trial NHANES National Health and Nutrition REM rapid eye movement Examination Survey RF rheumatoid factor NIH National Institutes of Health RISC RNA-induced silencing complex NO nitric oxide RNA ribonucleic acid NOD nucleotide-binding and RNP ribonucleoprotein oligomerization domain proteins ROD renal osteodystrophy NOS nitric oxide synthase ROS reactive oxygen species NOS-2 inducible nitric oxide synthase RR relative risk NOS-3 endothelial nitric oxide synthase RS3PE remitting seronegative symmetric (eNOS) synovitis with pitting oedema NSAID non-steroidal anti-inflammatory RUTH Raloxifene Use for The Heart drug SAPHO Synovitis, Acne, Pustulosis, OA osteoarthritis Hyperostosis and Osteitis OCP oral contraceptive pill SE shared epitope 25(OH)D 25-hydroxy-vitamin D SELENA Safety of Estrogens in Lupus OPG osteoprotegerin Erythematosus National Assessment OR odds ratio SERM selective oestrogen receptor PADAM partial androgen deficiency in aging modulator men SHBG sex hormone binding globulin PADI peptidylarginine deaminase SI sacroiliac PAH pulmonary artery hypertension sIL-6R soluble receptor for IL-6 PAN polyarteritis nodosa SJC swollen joint count p-ANCA perinuclear anti-neutrophil SLC22A4 solute carrier family 22 A4 cytoplasmic antibody SLE systemic lupus erythematosus PCR polymerase chain reaction Sm Smith antigen PCT plasma procalcitonin SOBOE shortness of breath on exertion PDGF platelet-derived growth factor SOTI Spinal Osteoporosis Therapeutic PET positron emission tomography Intervention PG prostaglandin SPARC secreted protein acidic and rich in PGI2 prostacyclin cysteine PIP proximal interphalangeal SPECT single photon emission computed PM polymyositis tomography PM/DM polymyositis/dermatomyositis SRP signal recognition particle PMR polymyalgia rheumatica SRRR sibling recurrence risk ratio PP pyrophosphate SS Sjögren’s syndrome PPAR peroxisomal proliferator-activated SSc systemic sclerosis receptor ssDNA single-stranded DNA
  • 7. x Abbreviations STAT1 signal transducer and activator of TROPOS Treatment Of Peripheral transcription-1 Osteoporosis Study sTNFR soluble receptor for TNF TSH thyroid-stimulating hormone SSRI selective serotonin reuptake TxA2 thromboxane A2 inhibitor U1RNP uracil-rich 1 ribonucleoprotein TB tuberculosis UA uric acid TBF thermal biofeedback U/E urea and electrolytes TGF-β transforming growth factor-β UDP uridine diphosphate Th1 T helper 1 cells UK United Kingdom Th2 T helper 2 cells US United States TIMP tissue inhibitor of UV ultraviolet light metalloproteinase VDR vitamin D receptor TJC tender joint count VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor TLR Toll-like receptor VIGOR Vioxx Gastrointestinal Outcomes TKA total knee arthroplasty Research study TMV turnover, mineralization and WBC white blood cell volume WHO World Health Organization TNF tumour necrosis factor WOMAC Western Ontario and McMaster TNFR2 TNF-α receptor type 2 Universities TRAP tartrate-resistant acid phosphatase XO xanthine oxidase
  • 8. S E C T I O N O N E 01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism 01 New onset painful joints 02 An acutely swollen/hot joint 03 Painful shoulders – rotator cuff and frozen shoulder 04 Tennis elbow and golfer’s elbow 05 Carpal tunnel syndrome and other entrapment neuropathies 06 Fibromyalgia syndrome 07 Plantar fasciitis P R O B L E M 01 New Onset Painful Joints Case History June is a 32-year-old tour guide with an eight-week history of painful stiff hands and difficulty walking in the mornings. The symptoms usually last for 90 minutes. For the last six weeks she has been using diclofenac 50 mg bd with moderate benefit. Her mother has rheumatoid arthritis treated with methotrexate. What additional history will help to determine a diagnosis? What is the relevance of her family history? What aspects of the examination will be particularly relevant? Which investigations should be performed? © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 9. 2 §01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism Background History Obtaining a clear history of June’s symptoms will assist greatly in narrowing your initial differential diagnosis as a prelude to examination and investigations. Open questions that encourage the person to start with their initial symptoms provide chronology and the pattern of progression. Gentle prompting can, towards the end of consultation, be supplemented with specific questions. As you listen to the story, you will be assessing the impact of the symptoms on the individual’s life and its components of family, work and leisure. Specifically: b Are symptoms related to a musculoskeletal problem? b Was there an identified trigger or precipitant? b What has been the pattern or progression of symptoms? b Are there features of systemic illness or inflammatory disease? b Has anything helped the problem? Pain and loss of function are primary presenting symptoms, but do not always coexist. Individuals differ in their descriptors of pain, its intensity and its impact. You will be told when the problem began and where. Is the pain in a joint; in a related joint structure such as tendon, ligament or bursa; or in a bone? What is the nature of the pain; when does it occur; and what is the effect of movement? Malignant pain is usually a dull, deep ache within a bone, occurring at night or when resting. Similar symptoms may occur with Paget’s disease or with a fracture. Differentiators of inflammatory from non-inflamma- tory/mechanical joint pain are summarized in Table 1.1. Table 1.1 Differentiators of joint pain Inflammatory pain Non-inflammatory/mechanical pain • Pain and stiffness predominant in morning and at end of day • Short-lived joint stiffness • Stiffness greater than 30 minutes • Pain worsens with activity • Symptoms lessen with activity • Pain improves with rest • Pain does not improve with rest • Localized erythema, swelling, tenderness • Systemic features – fatigue, weight loss Localization of pain requires clarification as to whether symptoms are recreated by contact or movement in the area, or whether the pain is referred from another site. Referred pain occurs when sensory perception externalizes nociceptive input from the sclerotome or myotome of an affected structure to the relevant dermatome. Table 1.2 shows common referred pain patterns. Onset of symptoms following trauma supports mechanical disruption of a joint, dis- ruption of a joint’s surrounding capsule and ligaments, or fracture. Less obvious triggers to explore are infections (Table 1.3), vaccinations (Rubella) and recent travel. A tactful approach is required when soliciting information on genitourinary symptoms or a
  • 10. 01 New onset painful joints 3 Table 1.2 Common presentations of referred pain Area pain experienced Origin of pain Shoulder Cervical spine Biceps and lateral upper arm Shoulder and rotator cuff Groin, inner knee Hip Lateral thigh, buttock Trochanteric bursa Table 1.3 Common infections associated with arthritis Viral Gastrointestinal Genitourinary Hepatitis B, C Salmonella typhimurium Chlamydia trachomatis Rubella Shigella flexneri Parvovirus Yersinia enterocolitica Arbovirus * Campylobacter jejuni * Serology should be tested according to exposure. history of a new sexual partner, as it is not obvious to a patient with arthritis as to why you would be asking such questions. A comprehensive family history is a key part of every clinical history. A familial pat- tern of a specific diagnosis such as rheumatoid arthritis (RA), ankylosing spondylitis or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) highlights that diagnosis, and may also raise related diagnoses that are particularly relevant for seronegative spondyloarthritides such as pso- riasis or inflammatory bowel disease. Examination Examination identifies the pattern and number of joints involved and extra-articular fea- tures (Table 1.4). Features of inflammation are sought: temperature, pulse and blood pressure are measured, and an assessment is made of localized erythema and warmth, tenderness, inflammation obscuring the joint margins, and reduced function. You should distinguish monoarthritis from oligoarthritis (≤4 joints) and polyarthritis (>4 joints), whether these joints are large or small, and whether there is spinal (particularly sacroiliac) involvement. Distal to the wrist and ankle there are at least 56 joints, so that as the number of joints increases, the greater the probability is of involvement of both hands and feet and of the pattern becoming increasingly ‘symmetrical’. Fingernails are assessed for pitting or onycholysis suggestive of psoriasis. The scalp, umbilicus, natal cleft and extensor surfaces of knee and elbow should be inspected. The presence of a malar rash or photosensitive rash in a young woman suggests SLE. Investigations Investigations serve to: b Confirm or refute a diagnostic possibility
  • 11. 4 §01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism Table 1.4 Patterns of arthritis Pattern Monoarthritis Inflammatory Asymmetrical Symmetrical small DIP hands spinal disease large joint joint arthritis Sacroiliitis arthritis (MCP, PIP, MTP) Differential Trauma Ankylosing Psoriatic arthritis RA Inflammatory OA diagnosis spondylitis (if involves PIP and 1st CMC) Haemophilia Psoriatic arthritis Reactive arthritis SLE Psoriatic arthritis Septic IBD IBD Psoriatic arthritis Gout Pseudogout Further X-ray Review personal Review personal Examine X-ray hands investigations and family history and family history rheumatoid nodules Aspirate for HLA-B27 Examine for Skin rashes, crystals and conjunctivitis and serositis or culture urethritis, and scalp mucositis and buttocks for psoriasis X-ray lumbar Infection screen Urinalysis spine and SI joints RF, CCP antibodies, ANA X-ray hands and feet ANA, antinuclear antibodies; CCP, cyclic citrullinated peptides; CMC, carpometacarpophalangeal; DIP, distal interphalangeal; IBD, inflammatory bowel disease; MCP, metacarpophalangeal; MTP, metatarsophalangeal; OA, osteoarthritis; PIP, proximal interphalangeal; RA, rheumatoid arthritis; RF, rheumatoid factor; SI, sacroiliac; SLE, systemic lupus erythematosus. b Monitor for known complications of the disease process or proposed treatment b Document a parameter that changes with disease activity or treatment The latter includes the inflammatory markers erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) and C-reactive protein (CRP), which are non-specific markers. Whenever the possibility of a septic joint is considered, obtaining aspirate and culture from the joint is mandatory. Aspirated fluid is collected into a sterile container and an ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA)-containing tube to enable a cell count, and is sent with a request for Gram stain- ing, polarized light microscopy, culture and sensitivity, and cell count and differential cell count. If there will be a significant delay in the sample reaching the laboratory, fluid can be inoculated into a blood culture system. The early signs and symptoms of RA are not always typical. RA is characterized as autoimmune partly on the basis of the presence of rheumatoid factor (RF), an autoanti- body (usually immunoglobulin M [IgM]) targeting the Fc portion of IgG. Its sensitivity is low, ranging from 60%–80%, and specificity is lower, the antibody being frequently pre- sent in other connective tissue diseases, which limits the diagnostic utility. Recent Developments 1 RF is present in 70% of RA cases but is not specific, occurring in 5% of healthy individuals, and globally is more associated with chronic infection than rheumatic diseases. Non-RF antibodies were first described in the 1960s, with the target
  • 12. 01 New onset painful joints 5 epitopes now identified as citrulline residues, which are arginine residues modified by peptidylarginine deaminase (PADI). Assays are now available for the detection of antibodies to cyclic citrullinated peptides (anti-CCP antibodies), which are highly sensitive and specific for RA and are a poor prognostic marker of joint erosion, vasculitis and rheumatoid nodules.1 The specificity of anti-CCP in RA is >90% with sensitivity of 33%–87%. When combined with IgM-RF, anti- CCP has positive predictive value of >90% for RA.2 A study of undifferentiated polyarthritis found that 93% of subjects positive for anti-CCP at first clinic visit progressed to RA compared to 25% who were anti-CCP negative.3 2 Smoking increases the risk of RA 2–4 fold and also influences the manifestations of the disease – with increased RF positivity and erosive disease, nodularity and vasculitis – similar to the findings noted with anti-CCP antibodies. Smoking may break immune tolerance by creating neo-epitopes on IgG and thus leading to RF development. Recent work has shown that smoking is associated with increased citrullination. The subsequent citrullinated antigens bind with more affinity to the HLA-DR4 shared epitope subtypes, leading to increased risk of RA.4 Conclusion Persistent arthropathy in a younger patient necessitates both accurate diagnosis and effective management. A working knowledge of local infectious triggers is required, with supplemental knowledge of the likely pathologies based on age and gender. History and examination need to include potential exposure to infectious triggers, along with per- sonal and family history. Examination will confirm or exclude significant joint inflam- mation, and provide information on its pattern and severity (number of joints and functional impact). Targeted investigations will narrow the diagnosis, with the urgent investigation being exclusion of septic arthritis if there is clinical suspicion. Further Reading 1 Mimori T. Clinical significance of anti-CCP antibodies in rheumatoid arthritis. Intern Med 2005; 44: 1122–6. 2 Schellekens GA, Visser H, De Jong BAW et al. The diagnostic properties of rheumatoid arthri- tis antibodies recognizing a cyclic citrullinated peptide. Arthritis Rheum 2000; 43: 155–63. 3 van Gaalen FA, Linn-Rasker SP, van Venrooij WJ et al. Autoantibodies to cyclic citrullinated peptides predict progression to rheumatoid arthritis in patients with undifferentiated arthritis: a prospective cohort study. Arthritis Rheum 2004; 50: 709–15. 4 Gorman JD. Smoking and rheumatoid arthritis: another reason just to say no. Arthritis Rheum 2006; 54: 10–13.
  • 13. 6 §01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism P R O B L E M 02 An Acutely Swollen/Hot Joint Case History You have been asked to see a 28-year-old man who presents with a 36-hour history of a red and very swollen right knee, upon which he is unable to weight bear. He has been previously well and has no relevant family history. The clinic nurse has recorded his temperature as 37.9°C and a random blood glucose is 7.3 mmol/l. What is your preliminary differential diagnosis? What additional history and examination is relevant? What are the key investigations? How should he be managed? Background Differential diagnosis The knee is one of the most common joints affected by monoarthritis, which is fortunate since it is so easy to aspirate. The differential diagnosis of monoarthritis is listed in Table 2.1. Table 2.1 Differential diagnosis of monoarthritis Trauma – Meniscal or ligamentous tears ± haemarthrosis Sepsis – Gonococcal arthritis, Staphylococcus aureus, penetrating injury, foreign body Reactive arthritis – Following gastrointestinal or genitourinary infection Haemophilia Crystal arthritis – Gout, pseudogout Inflammatory – e.g. Rheumatoid, psoriatic Trauma conjures images of motor vehicle accidents or dramatic tackles in rugby; how- ever, much more mundane twisting injuries or valgus/varus strains when under load are common. A rapidly developing joint swelling within minutes of the injury is suspicious of an anterior cruciate ligament tear with involvement of the blood vessel running along its surface. If internal mechanical derangement is considered possible, then imaging or © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 14. 02 An acutely swollen/hot joint 7 Table 2.2 Common errors in diagnosing acute monarthritis Error Reality The problem is the joint because the patient Surrounding soft tissues, including bursitis, may be the has ‘joint pain’ source of pain The presence of intra-articular crystals excludes Crystals can be present in a septic joint infection Fever distinguishes infectious causes from Fever may be absent in septic monoarthritis, and in the other causes immunocompromised patient. Acute crystal arthritis may cause fever A normal serum urate makes gout unlikely, and a Serum urate is normal for 30% of acute gout attacks, and only high level confirms gout 5% of those with hyperuricaemia develop gout each year Gram staining and culture of synovial fluid are Fastidious, slow-growing organisms, or fragile organisms, may sufficient to exclude infection not be identified in early infection. Liaison with the laboratory is required for specialist media and prolonged incubation orthopaedic review is warranted. Table 2.2 highlights some common errors in diagnosing acute monoarthritis. The presence of fever suggests infection, and the patient should be questioned and examined to determine the likely source. Septic arthritis is usually exquisitely tender with resistance to joint movement. Staphylococci are the most common cause of muscu- loskeletal sepsis, with the prevalence of both streptococcal and mycobacterial infection increasing. For infections with staphylococci, streptococci, Gram-negative bacteria and anaerobes, only one joint is usually involved. Polyarticular involvement is more likely in the elderly or immunosuppressed, with infection by Haemophilus influenza, meningo- cocci and Neisseria gonorrhoeae. Lyme disease can present with knee involvement, although the diagnosis can be quickly excluded if there has been no exposure to the tick vector of Borrelia burgdorferi. In young patients, gonococcal arthritis is the most common non-traumatic acute monoarthritis, and questioning regarding sexual partners and genitourinary symptoms is necessary. In addition to arthritis (often polyarticular), tenosynovitis and a pustular rash of the extremities should be sought. Gonococcal arthritis is 3–4 times more com- mon in women, who often develop arthritis in the perimenstrual period. Men often experience a urethritis as dysuria, and may notice a morning discharge, whereas women may be asymptomatic. Reactive arthritis is a sterile arthritis, occurring distant in both time and place from an inciting infection (usually gastrointestinal or genitourinary). Lower limb asymmetric oligoarthritis is most common, with associated enthesitis such as Achilles tendinitis, and mucocutaneous features of conjunctivitis, pustular rash on the hands and feet and sterile urethritis. Common triggers are genitourinary infection with Chlamydia trachomatis and gastrointestinal infection with Salmonella typhimurium, Shigella flexneri, Campylobacter jejuni and Yersinia enterocolitica. Stool culture and collection of early morning urine for detection of chlamydia DNA by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) should be considered. Crystal arthritis is both dramatic and rapid in onset, with the most commonly impli- cated crystals being uric acid, calcium pyrophosphate and hydroxyapatite. Gout is
  • 15. 8 §01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism unusual in the young and is usually preceded by more distal joint involvement, classically the first metatarsophalangeal joint (podagra). Pseudogout or calcium pyrophosphate dihydrate (CPPD) deposition disease is uncommon below the age of 50 years and the knee is most often involved, followed by wrist and shoulder. Basic calcium phosphate (hydroxyapatite) results in a calcific periarthritis, which most commonly affects the shoulder. Aspirating a knee joint Every medical graduate should feel confident to undertake knee aspiration (Figure 2.1). The knee is exposed with the patient lying so that you can obtain access to either the medial or lateral aspect. The knee is generously cleaned with antiseptic and allowed to dry whilst you are preparing the aspiration syringes. The patella is pinched between thumb and index finger at its midpoint, which allows you to detect tension in the quadriceps muscles and also allows you to distract the patella upwards to increase the infrapatellar space. Local anaesthetic (5–10 ml) is infiltrated via a 21G or 23G needle at a point proxi- mal and inferior to where you are holding the patella, noting that the pain-sensitive structures are the dermis and the thickened synovium as you enter the joint. When the anaesthetic has been given time to work, the joint is aspirated along the same needle track with a fresh 10–20 ml syringe and 18G needle. Afterwards, a dressing is applied firmly for several minutes to ensure haemostasis and to prevent synovial fluid leakage. Figure 2.1 Arthrocentesis of the left knee – medial approach. Only 1–2 ml of fluid is sufficient to complete all investigations; however, the joint should be aspirated of as much fluid as possible without increasing the trauma of the pro- cedure. Substantial pain relief is achieved by aspirating a tense effusion, and while reac- cumulation will occur, it buys some time while the preliminary investigation results are received. As the aspirate is removed, you should note its colour, viscosity and turbidity. Normal synovial fluid is similar to egg white (syn = resembling, ovium = egg) and is both viscous and acellular. As the degree of inflammation increases – from the negligible amount found in osteoarthritis to the mid-range of rheumatoid arthritis and the extreme of septic arthritis – the viscosity decreases and the cellularity and turbidity increase.
  • 16. 02 An acutely swollen/hot joint 9 Table 2.3 Synovial fluid characteristics Normal Non-inflammatory Inflammatory Septic Colour Clear Straw yellow Yellow Variable Clarity Transparent Transparent Hazy opaque Opaque Viscosity High High Low Low–Thick WBC (¥ 106/l) 0–200 200–2000 2000–75 000 >75 000 Neutrophils <25% <25% 25%–50% >75% WBC, white blood cell. Blood-coloured effusions suggest either trauma or CPPD deposition disease. Synovial fluid characteristics are shown in Table 2.3. It is suggested that approximately 2 ml of fluid is collected into a container plus anti- coagulant, and the remaining fluid collected in a large-volume sterile container. Tests requested should include an urgent Gram stain, cell count and differential count, crystal examination using polarized light microscopy and culture. If gonococcal or fungal infec- tions are suspected, this needs to be highlighted as it influences the culture medium and length of culture required. Analgesics, antipyretics and rest should be employed in the first instance, with the aspiration itself often affording a considerable pain relief. If septic arthritis is suspected, then intravenous antibiotics covering Staphylococcus aureus and N. gonorrhoeae should be commenced after the synovial fluid aspiration. The presence of bacteria on Gram staining or subsequent bacterial growth requires specialist medical and orthopaedic review to combine antibiotic therapy with joint lavage. Gout is confirmed by the presence of intracellular, negatively birefringent urate crys- tals, with intracellular pyrophosphate crystals confirming pseudogout. Both of these con- ditions are self-limited and spontaneously improve over a few days. Adequate hydration combined with analgesia and the introduction of a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug will generally suffice. Colchicine at a dose sufficient to impact on acute gout invari- ably causes diarrhoea. If you have confirmed the joint is sterile, then intra-articular corti- costeroid injection provides excellent resolution. Recent Developments 1 A prospective study of children presenting for investigation of possible septic arthritis of the hip concluded that oral temperature >38.5°C was the best predictor, followed by an elevated serum C-reactive protein (CRP), an elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate, refusal to weight bear and an elevated white cell count.2 CRP >20 mg/l was a strong independent risk factor and a valuable tool for assessing and diagnosing septic arthritis of the hip. As the number of risk factors increases so does the predicted probability of septic arthritis, such that three to five factors present is associated with 83%–98% predictive probability.
  • 17. 10 §01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism 2 Increased plasma procalcitonin (PCT) may be a useful marker for osteomyelitis but not septic arthritis. Procalcitonin is cleaved in neuroendocrine tissues – such as thyroid C cells, lung and pancreatic tissue – to calcitonin. During infection, large amounts of PCT are released. The source is probably monocytes stimulated by endotoxin, and hepatocytes stimulated by tumour necrosis factor or interleukin-6. The role of PCT measurement with a rapid immunoassay was investigated in children admitted with suspected osteomyelitis or septic arthritis.3 The authors reported specificity of 100% and sensitivity of 58% for osteomyelitis and the same specificity, but lower 27% sensitivity, in septic arthritis. 3 High-resolution magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) of soft tissues and joints is increasingly used prior to interventions such as arthroscopy. In a cohort of children, Luhmann and colleagues4 compared radiological interpretation of knee MRI with that of the surgeon who integrated the history, clinical examination, plain radiographs, MRI scans and radiologist report. The pre-operative diagnosis by the surgeon was better (P <0.05) than the formal radiology interpretation with respect to anterior cruciate ligament tear, lateral meniscal tear, osteochondritis dissecans and discoid lateral meniscus. Conclusion An acutely hot, swollen joint is an urgent presentation. Exclusion of sepsis is mandatory, particularly in children and immunocompromised patients. Joint aspiration remains the investigation of choice. Subsequently, treatment will often include antibiotics, pending laboratory results, combined with judicious use of analgesia and anti-inflammatory medications. Analysis of synovial fluid is valuable in establishing the diagnosis of gout, particularly in joints other than the classical podagra of the great toe. Patients often inter- pret the doctor’s ‘it could be gout’ comment about their sore joint as either a definitive diagnosis or as a slur on an indulgent lifestyle, when neither may be intended. Further Reading 1 Siva C, Velazquez C, Mody A, Brasington R. Diagnosing acute monoarthritis in adults: a practical approach for the family physician. Am Fam Physician 2003; 68: 83–90. 2 Caird MS, Flynn JM, Leung YL, Millman JE, D’Italia JG, Dormans JP. Factors distinguishing septic arthritis from transient synovitis of the hip in children. A prospective study. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2006; 88: 1251–7. 3 Butbul-Aviel Y, Koren A, Halevy R, Sakran W. Procalcitonin as a diagnostic aid in osteomyelitis and septic arthritis. Pediatr Emerg Care 2005; 21: 828–32. 4 Luhmann SJ, Schootman M, Gordon JE, Wright RW. Magnetic resonance imaging of the knee in children and adolescents. Its role in clinical decision-making. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2005; 87: 497–502.
  • 18. 03 Painful shoulders – rotator cuff and frozen shoulder 11 P R O B L E M 03 Painful Shoulders – Rotator Cuff and Frozen Shoulder Case History Mr Lawrence, a 76-year-old retired driver, is having difficulty living independently after returning home following a recent myocardial infarction. On the day of discharge he fell heavily, landing on his left upper arm. His concern is a very painful left shoulder, especially at night and when he tries to move his left arm during the day. How would you determine whether he has adhesive capsulitis (frozen shoulder)? Is there a role for medical imaging, and if so, what modality? What treatment should be initiated? Background Shoulder pain is an almost unavoidable life experience; in one study, 7% of an adult pop- ulation aged 25–75 years reported at least one month’s shoulder pain in the previous year. The peak annual incidence of shoulder disorders is in the fourth and fifth decades, at a rate of 0.25%. A Dutch study found that 25% of all 85-year-olds in Leiden suffered from chronic shoulder pain and restriction. Community-based surveys concur with this high incidence of soft tissue lesions about the shoulder, with roughly equal sex incidence. Up to 20% of patients with chronic symptoms and 65% of all diagnoses relate to lesions of the rotator cuff. Rotator cuff disease is the most common cause of shoulder pain found in these studies. An ultrasound study found rotator cuff tears in 13% of 50–59-year-olds, 20% of 60–69-year-olds, 31% of 70–79-year-olds and 51% of subjects aged over 80 years, even when they were asymptomatic. Table 3.1 summarizes causes of shoulder pain. The pain-sensitive structures of the shoulder are mainly innervated by the fifth cervical segment (C5), so that pain from these structures is referred to the C5 dermatome creating the sensation of pain over the anter- ior arm, especially the deltoid insertion. The acromioclavicular joint is innervated by the C4 segment – pain arising here is felt at the joint itself and radiates over the top of the shoulder into the trapezius muscle and to the side of the neck. Clinical assessment A history of trauma, marked night pain and weakness on resisted abduction strongly sug- gests a rotator cuff tear. The sleeping position that induces night pain is an important clue: © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 19. 12 §01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism Table 3.1 Causes and clinical characteristics of shoulder pain Category Cause Clinical features Extracapsular Rotator cuff and subacromial bursa (e.g. impingement Painful arc of abduction lesions syndromes, calcific tendinitis, cuff tears, bursitis) Pain on resisted cuff muscle movements, with intact passive movement (allowing for pain and guarding) Pain on impingement manoeuvres as the inflamed rotator cuff tendons impinge on the inferior surface of the acromion and coracoacromial arch Intracapsular Glenohumeral joint (inflammatory arthritis – RA, Loss of both active and passive movement lesions spondyloarthritis, pseudogout) Reduced glenohumeral range Joint capsule (adhesive capsulitis) Night pain Bone disease (Paget’s disease, metastases) Muscle strength, allowing for pain, is intact Referred pain Cervical spine (facet joint root impingement, discitis) Arm and hand pain with paraesthesia Brachial plexus (brachial amyotrophy) Marked muscle weakness and wasting Thorax (Pancoast’s tumour) Neck pain and stiffness Thoracic outlet syndrome Herpes zoster rash Suprascapular nerve entrapment Systemic features with weight loss Subdiaphragmatic (abscess, blood, hepatic lesions) shoulder pain that results in awakening when not lying on that shoulder is found in adhe- sive capsulitis and inflammatory arthritis; pain when lying on the affected shoulder is seen in acromioclavicular joint disease and rotator cuff disease. Prior shoulder problems sug- gest rotator cuff disease with chronic impingement, or calcific tendinitis. A history of marked shoulder joint swelling suggests inflammatory arthropathy with the presence of an anterior bulge in the shoulder usually secondary to a subacromial bursa effusion. Glenohumeral osteoarthritis (OA) is characterized by morning stiffness, pain with use and chronicity of symptoms. OA, however, is less common than rotator cuff dysfunction. Examination of the shoulder is best undertaken with the patient wearing the mini- mum of upper body clothing. The contours of the shoulder are examined for wasting, asymmetry and muscle fasciculation. Palpation should proceed from the sternoclavicular joint along the clavicle to the acromioclavicular joint, to the tip of the acromion and the humeral head beneath the acromion. The shoulder range of movement should be exam- ined both actively and passively, with muscle strength and pain on resistance assessed. There are essentially three movements to test in the shoulder: abduction due to supraspinatus contraction; external rotation as a result of infraspinatus and teres minor movement; and internal rotation due to subscapularis movement (Box 3.1). Box 3.1 Practice Point Three positive clinical tests (supraspinatus weakness, weakness of external rotation and impingement) or two positive results for a patient older than 60 years are highly pre- dictive of a rotator cuff tear.1 Complete rotator cuff tears will show no active abduction but near full-range movement when passively moved. During examination ask about a painful arc during abduction (Figure 3.1). When examining active and passive abduction you should stand behind the patient and place one hand over the shoulder and scapula. The scapula should not begin to
  • 20. 03 Painful shoulders – rotator cuff and frozen shoulder 13 Painful arc of abduction acromioclavicular joint 180° Painful arc of abduction in rotator cuff 120° 70° Figure 3.1 Painful arc: the patient slowly abducts the arm as high as possible, describing symptoms as the arm rises. elevate or rotate until at least 90 degrees of abduction has been reached. Early scapulotho- racic movement localizes the abnormality to the glenohumeral joint or capsule, as seen in frozen shoulder. You should examine external rotation at 0 degrees abduction, with the elbow beside the chest, and if external rotation is absent then a frozen shoulder is likely. Next re-examine both internal and external rotation at 90 degrees abduction; if both are restricted, a frozen shoulder is again likely. Bicipital tendinitis is examined by testing resisted flexion at 30 degrees external rotation, and feeling for tenderness in the bicipital groove. Shoulder impingement can be reproduced by internally rotating the arm held flexed at 90 degrees and bringing the inflamed rotator cuff against the anterior acromion. The ‘empty can’ test is suggestive of a rotator cuff tear: it shows pain on resisted elevation of the inverted arm held extended at 90 degrees, as if emptying a can of drink. Rotator cuff disease The glenohumeral joint is, by virtue of its anatomical shape, inherently unstable, relying on the joint capsule as well as the rotator cuff muscles (supraspinatus, infraspinatus and subscapularis) for additional stability. Impingement of the rotator cuff between the prox- imal humerus and the acromioclavicular arch may occur from anomalies of the arch (structural impingement) and from instability due to joint hyperlaxity or weak rotator cuff muscles (functional impingement). Coracoacromial arch anomalies may be congen- ital, dependent on acromial shape. Three shapes have been described – flat, curved and
  • 21. 14 §01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism hooked – although there is poor inter-observer agreement on identifying the shape. Acquired impingement occurs secondary to osteophytes growing from the acromioclav- icular joint or calcification of the acromioclavicular ligament. Impingement occurs when the cuff becomes compressed in the subacromial space as the arm is elevated. As the humeral head rotates, the rotator cuff tendons are compressed between the greater tuberosity of the humerus and the anterior edge of the acromion, the coracoacromial lig- ament, the under-surface of the acromioclavicular joint and with the reactive inflamma- tory subacromial bursa. In addition to the impingement theory, a vascular theory has been proposed. With the arm at the side, it has been suggested that the supraspinatus tendon has a relative avascu- lar area 1 cm proximal to its insertion at the greater tuberosity, directly beneath the impingement zone. This may be affected by the position of the shoulder and increases with age. However, the infraspinatus tendon has a similar vascular watershed area, sug- gesting that factors other than vascularity are important. Chronic irritation in the avascu- lar region produces tendinitis, leading to local inflammation and further compression. Other causes of tendinitis include trauma, instability and possibly infarction of the cuff in patients with vascular disease. The vascular and impingement theories are not mutually exclusive and it is possible that the high incidence of supraspinatus pathology is the result of impingement in and around a critical zone of vascular supply. With time, wearing and attrition of the cuff leads to impaired action or rupture of the short rotators stabilizing the humeral head into the glenoid fossa, so that the deltoid pulls the humerus against the under-surface of the acromion and a vicious impingement cycle is established. Impingement-caused tears are usually incomplete in the supraspinatus and infraspinatus tendons and complete in the long head of biceps. Complications of impingement include a frozen shoulder, rupture of the rotator cuff tendons or long head of biceps and, in elderly patients with a long-standing tear, a feared end-stage lesion, ‘recurrent haemorrhagic shoulder of the elderly’. Treatment depends on the mechanism of impingement. Patients with functional impingement are treated with a resting sling for 24–36 hours, pendular exercises and full- dose non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID). Structural impingement is treated similarly but the surgical options of arthroscopic surgery to remove osteophytes or trim the acromion are available. Corticosteroid injection to the subacromial space can be combined with an initial 4–7 days of pendulum exercises and avoidance of abduction prior to a programme of shoulder-strengthening exercises. Infraspinatus strengthening may be important to provide stabilization of the humeral head to prevent superior sub- luxation on abduction. Studies of eccentric loading exercises have shown promising results, particularly in lesion of the Achilles tendon. Eccentric loading exercises involve a load being applied to a muscle in its contracted position and the muscle is lengthened under the load. In the shoulder, the supraspinatus would be contracted with the arm abducted and under load the arm would slowly return to the side. Exercise programmes require highly motivated people and there is concern that exercises can increase symptoms initially. Frozen shoulder/adhesive capsulitis Initially described in 1872, this condition remains as ‘difficult to treat and difficult to explain from the point of pathology’ as Codman observed in 1934. This common disor-
  • 22. 03 Painful shoulders – rotator cuff and frozen shoulder 15 der (2% cumulative risk in an at-risk population annually) is frequently misdiagnosed and is characterized by painful restriction of all shoulder movements, both active and passive, with characteristic restriction in the glenohumeral range. There is marked reduc- tion or absence of shoulder external rotation at 0 degrees abduction, reduction of both internal and external rotation at 90 degrees abduction, as well as prominent restriction of placing the hand behind the back on internal rotation. Frozen shoulder is characterized pathologically by fibrosis and retraction affecting predominantly the anterior and infer- ior structures of the glenohumeral joint capsule. Patients usually present in the sixth decade and onset before the age of 40 years is uncommon. Table 3.2 lists the diseases associated with frozen shoulder, diabetes being the most significant. Diabetes, particu- larly long-standing insulin-dependent diabetes, is associated with glycosylation of subcu- taneous collagen and the development of soft tissue contraction – so called diabetic cheiroarthropathy. Table 3.2 Common disorders associated with frozen shoulder • Acute shoulder trauma and shoulder immobilization • Diabetes mellitus • Thyroid disease (both hyper- and hypothyroidism) • Cardiac disease, particularly after cardiac surgery • Neurological disease with loss of consciousness or hemiplegia • Pulmonary disease – tuberculosis and carcinoma • Rotator cuff disease, especially cuff tear • Acute glenohumeral joint inflammation Three phases of frozen shoulder are recognized: 1 Painful inflammatory phase. Beginning insidiously, with often only a minor injury being recalled, nocturnal awakening pain develops. The pain may be constant and prevents the patient lying on the shoulder. Physiotherapy often aggravates symptoms at this stage and corticosteroid injections are of limited benefit. This phase lasts 2–9 months. 2 Frozen shoulder. With time, the night and rest pain eases, but the shoulder remains ‘frozen’. Mean duration is 4–12 months. 3 Recovery phase. After a mean delay of 5–26 months, shoulder limitation slowly recovers in the majority of patients towards normal range (usually a 10%–30% loss of motion, which is often undetected by the patient). The total duration of symptoms lasts 12–42 months, with mean disease duration of 30 months. In 10%–20% of patients a contralateral frozen shoulder develops, usually milder than the first, while the original shoulder is ‘thawing’. It is important to educate patients that the condition will spontaneously resolve and the stiffness will greatly reduce. NSAIDs and analgesics are used but there are no randomized controlled trials studying efficacy. A prospective study in frozen shoulder compared exercise within the limits of pain with intensive physiotherapy. Those who performed exercises within the limits of pain had better results, recorded as near-normal painless shoulder movement (64% of patients at 12 months, 89% at 24 months), compared to intensive physiotherapy (63% of patients at
  • 23. 16 §01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism 24 months).2 An early meta-analysis by Hazleman on the use of intra-articular steroids reported that the outcome depended on the duration of symptoms and hence possible stage of disease. Patients who receive the injection earlier in the course of the disease recover more quickly.3 An extensive meta-analysis by Buchbinder et al. found a benefit for glenohumeral intra-articular corticosteroid injection for frozen shoulder compared with placebo.4 For those unable to tolerate the pain and disability of a frozen shoulder, manipulation under anaesthesia (MUA) is a reliable way to improve the range of movement. It is par- ticularly indicated when disability persists after six months of non-operative therapy. More recently, arthroscopic release of the capsule has been advocated as a more con- trolled release of the capsule than MUA. Arthroscopic release also avoids the complica- tions of MUA such as fracture of the humerus and iatrogenic intra-articular shoulder lesions.5 Imaging Imaging is undertaken primarily when considering referred pain or a malignant process. In the assessment of rotator cuff disease, no imaging may be required initially, and may only be undertaken subsequently if the clinical progression is not as expected. A plain X- ray should then be the initial imaging modality, because if there is marked superior migration of the humeral head, there must be complete rotator cuff disruption. Either magnetic resonance imaging or ultrasound can confirm a possible full-thickness rotator cuff tear, although ultrasound is significantly cheaper and is preferred by patients. Suspected partial-thickness tears are best verified with an ultrasound scan.1 Recent Developments 1 Oral steroids may be useful in frozen shoulder, particularly during the early inflammatory phase. Buchbinder et al.6 undertook a randomized controlled trial on a series of 50 patients and found that oral steroid therapy initially improved the frozen shoulder but the effect did not last beyond six weeks. Their subsequent analysis of five small trials, in which all subjects received physiotherapy or an exercise programme, confirmed that oral prednisolone or cortisone when given for 3–4 weeks had a modest benefit on pain and disability and ability to move the shoulder.7 2 Recently, a neural aetiology for tendinopathy has been considered.8 Tendinopathy was proposed as an appropriate term for a symptomatic primary tendon disorder, as it made no assumption as to the underlying pathological process. Underlying the neural theory are four basic observations: tendons are innervated; substance P has been found in rotator cuff tendinopathy and is a pro-inflammatory mediator; the neurotransmitter glutamate is also present in tendinopathy; and tendon nerve cell endings are closely associated with mast cells. It has been tentatively postulated that neural stimuli secondary to overuse or mechanical irritation lead to mast cell degranulation and release of mediators that begin an inflammatory cascade.
  • 24. 03 Painful shoulders – rotator cuff and frozen shoulder 17 Conclusion Frozen shoulder is a common and painful condition that impacts adversely on an indi- vidual’s activities of daily living. Despite being self-limited, recovery is protracted and a high proportion of patients do not regain full function. As a condition, it is largely man- aged in the community by primary physicians, physiotherapists and occupational thera- pists. Treatments that aim to mechanically stretch or disrupt the joint capsule (MUA, arthroscopic release or hydrodilation of the capsule) are reserved for those with severe symptoms who have failed to progress with conservative therapy. Further Reading 1 Diehr S, Ison D, Jamieson B, Oh R. Clinical inquiries. What is the best way to diagnose a suspected rotator cuff tear? J Fam Pract 2006; 55: 621–4. 2 Diercks RL, Stevens M. Gentle thawing of the frozen shoulder: a prospective study of supervised neglect versus intensive physical therapy in seventy-seven patients with frozen shoulder syndrome followed up for two years. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2004; 13: 499–502. 3 Hazleman BD. The painful stiff shoulder. Rheumatol Phys Med 1972: 11: 413–21. 4 Buchbinder R, Green S, Youd JM. Corticosteroid injections for shoulder pain. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2003; CD004016. 5 Dias R, Cutts S, Massoud S. Frozen shoulder. BMJ 2005; 331: 1453–6. 6 Buchbinder R, Hoving JL, Green S, Hall S, Forbes A, Nash P. Short course prednisolone for adhesive capsulitis (frozen shoulder or stiff painful shoulder): a randomised, double blind, placebo controlled trial. Ann Rheum Dis 2004; 63: 1460–9. 7 Buchbinder R, Green S, Youd JM, Johnston RV. Oral steroids for adhesive capsulitis. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2006; CD006189. 8 Rees JD, Wilson AM, Wolman RL. Current concepts in the management of tendon disorders. Rheumatology 2006; 45: 508–21.
  • 25. 18 §01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism P R O B L E M 04 Tennis Elbow and Golfer’s Elbow Case History Simon is a 48-year-old labourer. His work has required a large amount of manual screwdriver use, and he presents with a three-month history of an increasingly painful elbow. He now has trouble grasping objects such as a cup. What is the difference between tennis elbow and golfer’s elbow? What are the characteristics of each condition, and what treatment is indicated? Background Tennis elbow Tennis elbow or lateral epicondylitis is an overload injury, which occurs after minor or unrecognized microtrauma to the proximal insertion of the extensor muscles of the fore- arm – particularly extensor carpi radialis brevis. Tennis elbow is the most frequently diagnosed elbow condition (Box 4.1); it occurs commonly in middle life (age 35–55 years) and has an incidence in general practice of 4–7 cases per 1000. Despite its common name, most cases occur in non–tennis players and it is frequently a work-related enthe- sopathy affecting up to 15% of workers in at-risk industries. Operative specimens reveal tendon glycosaminoglycan infiltration and microtears, as well as new bone formation at the attachment site. Both traction injury and ischaemia play a role in its development. Flexion deformity is unusual, occurs late and is minimal. Loss of 20 degrees of exten- sion cannot be attributed to tennis elbow and warrants investigation for arthritis, impingement at the olecranon fossa or a soft tissue mass in the posterior aspect of the elbow. Tennis elbow is usually self-limiting, having an average duration of six months to two years, with 90% of subjects recovering within one year. Various conservative inter- ventions exist including pain-relieving medications, corticosteroid injections, physio- therapy, elbow supports, acupuncture, surgery and shockwave therapy (Box 4.2). Box 4.1 Diagnosis of tennis elbow b Lateral elbow pain with tenderness on palpation just distal to the lateral epicondyle b Worsening pain localizing to the lateral epicondyle on resisted wrist dorsiflexion b X-rays excluding calcific tendinitis, exostoses and osteoarthritis of the radio-ulnar joint © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 26. 04 Tennis elbow and golfer’s elbow 19 Box 4.2 Treatment of tennis elbow b Structured physiotherapy consisting of elbow manipulation and exercise, supple- mented with home exercises and self-manipulation b Practical advice booklet on self-management and ergonomics b Recommend avoidance of corticosteroid injections, as short-term benefit is offset by a poorer longer-term outcome Most important in treatment is activities modification – both frequency and method of performance. In tennis players, common errors are inadequate conditioning, incorrect grip size, faulty backhand style and problems with the racquet and its stringing. In the work setting, a review by an occupational therapist is recommended, particularly focus- ing on pronation/supination movements and grip size. A physiotherapy programme that includes strengthening exercises for the entire upper limb and a graded resistive pro- gramme for wrist dorsiflexors is recommended. In the setting of localized tenderness it is tempting to inject the lesion. As noted in Box 4.2, the short-term gain may be offset by a poorer long-term outcome. The injection technique is a small volume of corticosteroid and local anaesthetic injected into the tendinous insertion of extensor carpi radialis brevis into the lateral epicondyle. As the injection is not into a potential space but into an already tender, dense area, the injection is against resistance and is both uncomfortable and has the risk of steroid tracking super- ficially to the subcutaneous tissues, leading to depigmentation and atrophy. In contrast to other painful overuse syndromes in which total tendon ruptures have been reported (Achilles, biceps, patella), the tendon of the extensor carpi radialis brevis is strongly con- nected and supported by other extensors of the wrist. A small number of patients have recalcitrant lateral epicondylitis and are considered for operative intervention – open, arthroscopic and percutaneous. Operative interven- tions followed for a minimum of two years demonstrate an improvement compared to pre-operative status, with no difference in outcome according to procedure technique.1 Golfer’s elbow Golfer’s elbow or medial epicondylitis is the mirror image of tennis elbow, and is thought also to relate to repetitive traction stress and microtears at the insertion of the forearm flexors (flexor carpi radialis) and pronator teres into the medial epicondyle. It occurs in both professional and amateur sports players, as well as manual workers such as brick- layers. It is much less common than tennis elbow, with approximately one-twentieth the incidence. Similar to tennis elbow, the diagnosis is clinical, with localized tenderness that worsens on resisted wrist flexion and forearm pronation (Box 4.3). Box 4.3 Golfer‘s elbow b Elbow pain at the medial epicondyle b Increasing symptoms on resisted wrist flexion and resisted forearm pronation b Treatment includes modification of activities, upper limb exercises and analgesics
  • 27. 20 §01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism Recent Developments A randomized controlled trial compared the effectiveness of physiotherapy, cortico- steroid injections and a ‘wait and see’ approach in 198 patients with tennis elbow who were randomized to the three treatment arms.2 Physiotherapy was eight sessions of mobilization with movement and exercises plus home exercises and self-manipulation. Injection therapy with triaminolone acetonide (10 mg) and 1% lidocaine was the second study arm. The ‘wait and see’ approach consisted of ergonomic instruction and use of analgesics, heat, cold and braces if needed. At six weeks the main outcome measures (global improvement, pain-free grip strength, assessor’s rating of complaints, severity of elbow pain and elbow disability) were significantly better in the corticosteroid-treated group than in the other groups. However, all groups were improving and the benefit of the steroid injection was short-lived, such that a crossover occurred around twelve weeks, with the one-year results showing physiotherapy superior to corticosteroid injections for all outcome measures. Importantly, at one year, the injection-treated group was signifi- cantly worse on all outcomes compared with the physiotherapy group, and on two out of three measures compared with the ‘wait and see’ group. The corticosteroid injection group also had the most reported recurrences. A similar study with only seven weeks of follow-up confirmed the benefits of steroid injections in the short term.3 Conclusion Tennis elbow is a common problem in general practice and is best treated with the knowledge that it is a self-limiting condition, with the majority of patients improving in the medium term. Whilst corticosteroid injections offer short-term benefit, there is the potential for both short-term adverse effects and the possibility of a worse outcome at one year. Physiotherapy provides benefit that is slower in onset but is more sustained and allows patients to become self-reliant in their own management. Further Reading 1 Szabo SJ, Savoie FH, Field LD, Ramsey JR, Hosemann CD. Tendinosis of the extensor carpi radialis brevis: an evaluation of three methods of operative treatment. J Shoulder Elbow Surg 2006; 15: 721–7. 2 Bisset L, Beller E, Jull G, Brooks P, Darnell R, Vicenzino B. Mobilisation with movement and exercise, corticosteroid injection, or wait and see for tennis elbow: randomised trial. BMJ 2007; 333; 939–45. 3 Tonks JH, Pai SK, Murali SR. Steroid injection therapy is the best conservative treatment for lateral epicondylitis: a prospective randomised controlled trial. Int J Clin Pract 2007; 61: 240–6.
  • 28. 05 Carpal tunnel syndrome and other entrapment neuropathies 21 P R O B L E M 05 Carpal Tunnel Syndrome and Other Entrapment Neuropathies Case History Beatrix is a 33-year-old production-line worker. For the last four weeks she has been awakening with painful pins and needles in her left hand and a dull pain that radiates from her wrist to her elbow. Shaking the arm improves the symptoms and she sometimes sleeps with her arm hanging out of the bed. What are the clinical features of the carpal tunnel syndrome? What is the role for imaging and nerve conduction studies? What investigations are appropriate to determine the cause? How would you manage this problem? Background Entrapment neuropathies are disorders where peripheral nerves are damaged by com- pression as they pass through a bony or fibrous canal. The disorders may be precipitated by repetitive motion or strain, and carpal tunnel syndrome (CTS) is by far the common- est entrapment neuropathy and the most common focal peripheral neuropathy. The median nerve, along with the flexor tendons, passes through the carpal tunnel, which is bridged by the transverse carpal ligament (Figure 5.1). CTS affects 3% of the population although there is an imperfect correlation between reported symptoms and electrophysi- ological findings. Women are three times more likely than men to be affected with CTS, and a number of predisposing conditions are recognized (Box 5.1). CTS causes pain, numbness and tingling in the distribution of the median nerve: i.e. anteriorly, in the lateral half of the ring finger to the median half of the thumb; and poste- riorly, in the distal halves of the ring and middle fingers. If severe, the symptoms may radiate up the arm and they can often occur at night, thus disturbing sleep. In severe cases there is a loss of small muscle function, which impairs manual dexterity and can lead to wasting of muscles of the thenar eminence. The symptoms of CTS are common and clin- ical signs (Box 5.2) are not always present. Accurate diagnosis is one of the major deter- minants of successful treatment. The diagnosis should be confirmed wherever possible by nerve conduction studies. © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 29. 22 §01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism Median nerve Tendon sheath Carpal ligament Bundle of tendons Figure 5.1 Anatomy of the carpal tunnel. Other common nerve entrapment syndromes Thoracic outlet syndromes These are due to compression of the brachial plexus and brachial vessels in the neck. Costoclavicular syndrome, due to a narrowing of the space between the clavicle and first rib, may arise from congenital abnormality or because of poor posture. Cervical rib syn- drome is due either to an extra rib or to a fibrous band between the seventh cervical ver- tebra and the sternum. Compression of nerves and vessels occurs as they pass over the additional structures. Adson’s test may be positive: the patient looks to the affected side and takes a deep breath while the examiner lifts the arm to 90 degrees. If compression is present, the radial pulse may disappear. Suprascapular neuritis The suprascapular nerve (cervical segments C5/C6) supplies sensation to the shoulder joint and motor supply to the infraspinatus and supraspinatus muscles. It can become com- pressed as it passes through the suprascapular notch and under the transverse ligament. Ulnar neuritis Compression of the ulnar nerve usually occurs in the canal, where it is covered by the arcu- ate ligament. It may also occur between the two heads of flexor carpi ulnaris just distal to the elbow joint. The syndrome may occur as a result of direct trauma or fracture, repetitive
  • 30. 05 Carpal tunnel syndrome and other entrapment neuropathies 23 Box 5.1 Causes of CTS Overuse Repetitive flexion or extension of the wrist, particularly while gripping objects firmly Use of walking stick in patients with mobility disorders Occupational – use of power tools, assembly-line work Injury Colles fracture Subluxation of the lunate bone Arthritis Rheumatoid – tendon sheath inflammation Osteoarthritis Gout or pseudogout Wrist ganglion Outpouching of the wrist joint capsule Increased canal Pregnancy volume Obesity Congestive cardiac failure Lipoma Infections Septic arthritis Lyme disease Tuberculosis Metabolic Diabetes Hypothyroidism Acromegaly Amyloidosis Box 5.2 Clinical signs of CTS Tinel’s sign Tapping over the median nerve elicits symptoms in the distribution of the nerve Phalen’s sign Place both hands together palm to palm, with the wrists extended to 90 degrees, and forearms horizontal and close to the chest. The affected hand will begin to tingle within 1–2 minutes Reverse Phalen’s As above, but with the hands placed back to back movements or rheumatoid arthritis affecting the elbow joint. It causes pain and tingling down the inside of the forearm to the little finger and medial aspect of the ring finger. The nerve gives rise to a sensory supply to the skin of the hypothenar eminence and a motor supply to muscles of the hypothenar eminence and other small muscles in the hand. Median neuritis This is a much less common syndrome and is usually due to entrapment of the nerve at the elbow. Symptoms are similar to those of the carpal tunnel syndrome and may be exacerbated by pronation of the forearm. Radial neuritis Again, this is relatively uncommon. Compression usually occurs at the elbow and causes sensory symptoms in the forearm bone to the base of the thumb.
  • 31. 24 §01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism Meralgia paraesthetica The lateral cutaneous nerve of the thigh passes through the femoral canal, where it is sharply angulated and liable to compression. The syndrome leads to sensory symptoms in the middle and lower part of the lateral aspect of the thigh. It is caused by obesity, direct trauma or by repetitive flexion of the thigh. Anterior compartment syndrome This part of the lower leg contains the tibialis anterior and extensor digitorum muscles and the deep peroneal nerve (supplies skin between the first and second toes). The nerve may be injured by unaccustomed running, as a result of tibial or fibular fractures or through direct trauma. Medial compartment syndrome This is the most common lower-leg nerve entrapment syndrome. The symptoms include pain and tenderness on the medial aspect of the shin (‘shin splints’). It is often precipi- tated by unaccustomed running on a hard surface. Posterior compartment syndrome This compartment contains the soleus and gastrocnemius muscles, which join together to form the Achilles tendon and are responsible for plantar flexion. The syndrome is associated with calf pain precipitated by exercise and with altered sensation on the sole of the foot. The management of all of these nerve entrapment syndromes is somewhat similar: the patient should rest wherever possible and avoid movements or actions that exacerbate the symptoms; local injection with anaesthetic or steroid is indicated in some cases, and a minority of patients require surgical decompression of the affected nerve. Management of CTS1,2 b General measures include trying to relax the grip, using grip-adapted implements such as large pens, taking frequent breaks, keeping the hands warm and considering posture and position (e.g. if using a keyboard, this should be at elbow height). Conservative management with ultrasound has been advocated but there are limited trial data to support this therapy. b Splinting the wrist in neutral position may alleviate symptoms related to soft tissue swelling and is most effective when used soon after the onset of symptoms. Night- time splinting is often sufficient. b Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs are effective in some cases, although improvement may be short-lived. Oral corticosteroids are more effective (e.g. prednisolone 20 mg/day for 2–3 weeks, followed by reducing doses). Diuretics are widely used but are often disappointing in their effect. b The use of local injection of anaesthetic and steroid into the proximal carpal tunnel is supported by trial data. The outcome is probably comparable to that of systemic steroids, but the patient is not exposed to the risk of side effects associated with high- dose steroid therapy. The injection may be directly into the carpal tunnel or proximal to the carpal tunnel. Benefit from local injection may last for up to three months and is increased by concurrent splinting. b For patients who have either severe symptoms or do not respond to conservative measures, surgery is required. This has traditionally been carried out by an open
  • 32. 05 Carpal tunnel syndrome and other entrapment neuropathies 25 Confirm symptoms are in median nerve distribution History and examination to search for underlying causes Enquire about occupation and repetitive strain Mild symptoms Moderate symptoms with signs Severe symptoms Rest Remove precipitating cause NCS ± imaging Trial of splinting No further action Confirmed diagnosis Conservative measures Local injection Systemic steroids Repeat treatment Consider surgery at 3 months • Open • Endoscopic Figure 5.2 Investigation and management of CTS. Imaging is with high-resolution ultrasound or with MRI. NCS, nerve conduction studies. procedure, which can be performed without admission to hospital. More recently, endoscopic carpal tunnel release through two small incisions has been used by many surgeons. This has the advantage of causing less scarring. Recent Developments 1 Not all patients have ready access to nerve conduction studies. Several studies have shown that high-resolution ultrasound and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) may be very accurate in diagnosing CTS.3,4 These methods can demonstrate altered
  • 33. 26 §01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism anatomy and decreased volume of the carpal tunnel, and in patients with CTS show the median nerve is swollen distal to the compression. 2 Some familial cases of nerve entrapment are due to inherited anatomical abnormalities. Recently, the condition of hereditary neuropathy with liability to the pressure palsies (HNPP) has been described.5,6 This condition is inherited in an auto- somal dominant manner and is due to a deletion at locus 17p11.2. HNPP is a slowly progressive condition, punctuated by episodes of acute peripheral neuropathy at sites that are liable to nerve entrapment. 3 Endoscopic surgery has revolutionized treatment of CTS. The two-portal endoscopic approach to managing CTS has been adopted in many centres. Although this approach is attractive, recent trials7,8 suggest that it has very little to offer over tradi- tional open surgery. In general, surgical treatment is more successful than medical or conservative treatment in patients with proven CTS.9 Conclusion CTS is the most common form of entrapment neuropathy. Definitive diagnosis is by nerve conduction studies, but ultrasound and MRI are increasingly being used to confirm the diagnosis. It is worth routinely excluding hypothyroidism and diabetes as predispos- ing causes but there is not usually a treatable or identifiable underlying cause. A limited trial of conservative or medical measures is justified in mild cases but surgery is generally required for severe, progressive or unresponsive cases. Further Reading 1 Viera AJ. Management of carpal tunnel syndrome. Am Family Physician 2003; 68: 265–72. 2 Ashworth N. Carpal tunnel syndrome. Clin Evid 2006; 15: 1–18. 3 Wiesler ER, Chloros GD, Cartwright MS, Smith BP, Rushing J, Walker FO. Use of diagnostic ultrasound in carpal tunnel syndrome. J Hand Surg 2006; 31: 726–32. 4 de Noordhout AM. Diagnosing entrapment neuropathies: probes and magnets instead of electrodes and needles? Clin Neurophysiol 2006; 117: 484–5. 5 Sander MD, Abbasi D, Ferguson AL, Steyers CM, Wang K, Morcuende JA. The prevalence of hereditary neuropathy with liability to pressure palsies in patients with multiple surgically treated entrapment neuropathies. J Hand Surg 2005; 30: 1236–41. 6 Koc F, Guzel R, Benlidayi IC, Yerdelen D, Guzel I, Sarca Y. A rare genetic disorder in the differential diagnosis of the entrapment neuropathies: hereditary neuropathy with liability to pressure palsies. J Clin Rheumatol 2006; 12: 78–82. 7 Rab M, Grunbeck M, Beck H et al. Intra-individual comparison between open and 2-portal endoscopic release in clinically matched bilateral carpal tunnel syndrome. J Plast Reconstr Aesthet Surg 2006; 59: 730–6. 8 Atroshi I, Larsson G-U, Ornstein E, Hofer M, Johnsson R, Ranstam J. Outcomes of endoscopic surgery compared with open surgery for carpal tunnel syndrome among employed patients: randomised controlled trial. BMJ 2006; 332: 1473–6. 9 Hui ACF, Wong S, Leung CH et al. A randomized controlled trial of surgery vs steroid injection for carpal tunnel syndrome. Neurology 2005; 64: 2074–8.
  • 34. 06 Fibromyalgia syndrome 27 P R O B L E M 06 Fibromyalgia Syndrome Case History Sandra is in her early 40s and is seeing you because she hurts from her scalp to her toes. This has been present for at least eight years and is ruining her life. She tires easily and aches with any activity. Her sleeping is restless, she awakes tired and she has an irritable bowel. There are no abnormalities on physical examination. What is fibromyalgia and how would you support this diagnosis? Are there any investigations that might help? What treatment, if any, would you suggest to Sandra? Background Fibromyalgia syndrome (FMS) is a soft tissue musculoskeletal condition with many features in common with chronic fatigue syndrome, the major difference being the pre- dominance of musculoskeletal features in FMS. Diagnosis of FMS is based on the American College of Rheumatology (ACR) criteria (1990): b Pain on both sides of the body b Pain above and below the waist b Pain in an axial distribution b Local tenderness in at least 11 out of 18 defined trigger points (Figure 6.1) The pain is often defined as ‘aching’ or ‘burning’ and varies in intensity and location from day to day. Other features of FMS are shown in Table 6.1. Table 6.1 Frequency of FMS symptoms Symptom % Symptom % Muscular pain 100 Paraesthesiae 52 Fatigue 96 Memory impairment 46 Insomnia 86 Leg cramps 42 Joint pains 72 Poor concentration 41 Headaches 60 Anxiety 32 Restless legs 56 Major depression 20 © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 35. 28 §01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism Figure 6.1 Trigger points for the diagnosis of FMS. There are 18 points in total (nine identical locations on each side). Anterior: anterior aspects of C5, C6 and C7; second rib; lateral epicondyle; knee (medial fat pad). Posterior: suboccipital muscle insertions; supraspinatus muscle origin; trapezius (midpoint upper border); gluteal (upper outer quadrants); greater trochanter. Adapted with permission from Borg-Stein 2006.1 Musculoskeletal pain is the most consistent feature of FMS. Fatigue can be almost as debilitating. Disordered sleep is also a very frequent feature and contributes to fatigue and to the mood disturbances. Sleep abnormalities are strongly correlated with the alpha-electroencephalogram (EEG) abnormality and movement disorders including the periodic jerking of arms and legs, teeth grinding (bruxism) and restless legs. Gastro- oesophageal reflux disease occurs with high frequency, as does irritable bowel syndrome. Headaches may be of the migraine or tension type. Facial pain is also relatively common, including discomfort related to temporomandibular joint dysfunction. Psychological and psychiatric morbidity are increased. There is high prevalence of anxiety disorders including obsessive-compulsive disorder and post-traumatic stress disorder.2
  • 36. 06 Fibromyalgia syndrome 29 Epidemiology and aetiology A number of recent studies2–4 have examined incidence and prevalence of FMS. The esti- mated prevalence is between 1% and 4%. FMS is between two and six times more likely to occur in women. Incidence in the female population has been estimated at 11.3 per 1000 person-years. It can occur at any age but becomes more common with advancing years. FMS has been associated with other rheumatic disorders including rheumatoid arthritis (RA) and systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE). There is clearly strong interplay between physical and psychological factors in FMS. The onset of illness may be triggered by physical illness (including viral diseases) or by trauma (including surgery). There is some suggestion that heredity may play a part, with components of the serotonergic and dopaminergic systems being potential candidates for involvement. Some of the symptomatology around the trigger points may be due to increased acetylcholine at the motor endplate causing contraction and shortening of the sarcomere. This may lead to increased energy consumption and increased local blood supply, with resulting local tenderness. A number of local and systemic mediators have been implicated. These include bradykinin, calcitonin gene-related peptide, substance P, tumour necrosis factor-a, interleukin-1, noradrenaline and serotonin. Investigations Routine investigations – including full blood count and biochemistry, plus erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR), C-reactive protein (CRP) and other inflammatory markers – are within the normal range. Because thyroid disease is common, it is useful to include thyroid function tests. There are no specific endocrine abnormalities. X-ray, computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scans are generally normal. There are no specific abnormalities on muscle biopsy, electromyography or nerve con- duction studies. EEG or more formal sleep studies may be requested in patients who have marked sleep disturbance. This may reveal abnormalities including periodic limb move- ment disorder, rapid eye movement (REM) sleep disorder or sleep apnoea. The diagnosis of FMS is one of exclusion and is made clinically. Prognosis, differential diagnosis and treatment The outlook for FMS is variable and the condition tends to become chronic. However, more widespread understanding and clearer definition, along with a more highly devel- oped treatment flow, are beginning to streamline management and improve the outlook. There is a danger that over-enthusiastic investigation might contribute to making the condition more chronic. However, this should not deter the clinician from making a full investigation and the clinical picture warrants it. The major differential diagnosis is other connective tissue disorders, including rheumatoid disease, SLE and scleroderma. Major differential diagnoses of FMS and investigation of the condition are summarized in Figure 6.2. There is no specific treatment for FMS. Therapeutic measures include the following: b General: investigation and clear diagnosis; educating the patient as to the nature of the diagnosis and reassuring them; attention to psychological and social factors, and encouraging the patient to have a normal sleep pattern as well as to engage in physical activity consistent with their state of health and preferences.
  • 37. 30 §01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism • Affecting the axial skeleton Musculoskeletal pain • Both sides of the body • Above and below the waist • At least 11/18 trigger points tender Associated symptoms Joint swelling or ? Referred pain deformity • Visceral • Skeletal Limited Ix Further Ix Imaging • FBC ESR ve • RF • X-rays • CRP • ANF • CT scan • FT4 ve TSH • Viral serology • MRI scan ve ve ve Classic FMS (clinical diagnosis) Consider: • RA • Scleroderma • SLE • Lyme disease Figure 6.2 Investigation of suspected FMS. - ve, negative; + ve, positive; ANF, antinuclear factor ; CRP, C-reactive protein; CT, computed tomography; ESR, erythrocyte sedimentation rate; FBC, full blood count; FMS, fibromyalgia syndrome; FT4, thyroxine; Ix, investigation; MRI, magnetic resonance imaging; RA, rheumatoid arthritis; RF, rheumatoid factor; SLE, systemic lupus erythematosus; TSH, thyroid stimulating hormone. Adapted from Schneider et al. 2006.5 b Pain relief. This may range from simple analgesics such as paracetamol to more powerful agents. Inappropriate use of powerful opioid analgesics should be avoided as this may lead to dependence and seldom alleviates the symptoms in the long term. Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs have marginal benefits over simple analgesics. Tramadol is a weak opioid with some action to inhibit the uptake of serotonin. b Antidepressants. Either tricyclic antidepressants or selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors are of benefit in many cases, even when there is not major evidence of depression. Dual inhibitors of both noradrenaline and serotonin uptake, such as duloxetine, may be of particular benefit. b a2-adrenergic agonists, such as clonidine or tizanidine, are of benefit to some patients and may act by preventing the action of neurotransmitters such as glutamate or substance P within the central nervous system. b Anticonvulsants may contribute to pain relief. There is increasing experience with newer agents such as pregabalin or gabapentin, which have proved to be of use in other painful neurological conditions.
  • 38. 06 Fibromyalgia syndrome 31 b Trigger point injection may be undertaken with local anaesthetic, steroid or botulinum toxin. The latter may be more effective than steroid injection; it may act by diminishing acetylcholine release, thus decreasing muscle activity and local ischaemia. b Postural training, exercise and ergonomic adjustments (particularly in the workplace) may help a patient to adapt to disability associated with FMS. b Stress reduction may be achieved by a variety of means including cognitive behavioural therapy, relaxation techniques and biofeedback methods. b Physical therapies including acupuncture, massage, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation and ultrasound may be helpful. These should always be performed by a suitably qualified and reputable practitioner. Recent Developments 1 There is some discordance between the clinical diagnosis of FMS and the diagnosis using ACR criteria.6 In a survey of 206 patients, FMS was diagnosed in 49.0% while only 29.1% met ACR criteria. The authors of the report proposed a survey method for diagnosis of FMS that did not require clinical examination. 2 Improved understanding of the pathophysiological basis for the syndrome is not only lending credence to the diagnosis, but is also giving rise to more logical management.7 Patients are often mislabelled as having a purely psychological diagnosis, leading to the undertreatment or mismanagement of the physical symptoms. Increased activity of the hypothalamic–pituitary–adrenal axis and the sympathetic nervous system has been proposed to be responsible for some of the clinical features.8 3 More than 90% of patients have tried alternative or complementary treatments. Acupuncture has been widely used but not intensively studied. A recent randomized controlled trial of acupuncture in FMS9 reported greater improvements in the treatment group compared with the control group. Symptoms of fatigue and anxiety were particularly improved and the treatment is very well tolerated. These patients also experienced better pain relief. 4 Being overweight or obese is associated with a variety of physical and psychological symptoms, including many of the symptoms that form part of the FMS complex. Results of the recently published behavioural weight loss programme10 confirm that modest weight loss is associated with an improvement in FMS symptoms. Conclusion Attempts should be made to establish the diagnosis in the above patient. This should include the exclusion of thyroid disease and connective tissue disorders. Thorough med- ical assessment should be undertaken, with care not to increase the patient’s anxiety. Once the diagnosis is established, this should be carefully explained to the patient and a realistic management plan should be agreed. This should include trying to manage pain and sleep disturbance with the minimum of pharmacological intervention. Physical activity should be encouraged within the limits imposed by her condition. Weight loss is
  • 39. 32 §01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism important in the overweight patient for future health and may also help to alleviate the symptoms of FMS. Further Reading 1 Borg-Stein J. Treatment of fibromyalgia, myofascial pain, and related disorders. Phys Med Rehabil Clin N Am 2006; 17: 491–510. 2 Raphael KG, Janal MN, Nayak S, Schwartz JE, Gallagher RM. Psychiatric comorbidities in a community sample of women with fibromyalgia. Pain 2006; 124: 117–25. 3 Weir PT, Harlan GA, Nkoy FL et al. The incidence of fibromyalgia and its associated comor- bidities: a population-based retrospective cohort study based on International Classification of Diseases 9th Revision codes. J Clin Rheumatol 2006; 12: 124–8. 4 McNally JD, Matheson DA, Bakowsky VS. The epidemiology of self-reported fibromyalgia in Canada. Chronic Dis Can 2006; 27: 9–16. 5 Schneider MJ, Brady DM, Perle SM. Commentary: differential diagnosis of fibromyalgia syndrome: proposal of a model and algorithm for patients presenting with the primary symptom of chronic widespread pain. J Manipulative Physiol Ther 2006; 29: 493–501. 6 Katz RS, Wolfe F, Michaud K. Fibromyalgia diagnosis: a comparison of clinical, survey, and American College of Rheumatology criteria. Arthritis Rheum 2006; 54: 169–76. 7 Dadabhoy D, Clauw DJ. Fibromyalgia: progress in diagnosis and treatment. Curr Pain Headache Rep 2005; 9: 399–404. 8 Sarzi-Puttini P, Atzeni F, Diana A, Doria A, Furlan R. Increased neural sympathetic activation in fibromyalgia syndrome. Ann NY Acad Sci 2006; 1069: 109–17. 9 Martin DP, Sletten CD, Williams BA, Berger IH. Improvement in fibromyalgia symptoms with acupuncture: results of a randomized controlled trial. Mayo Clin Proc 2006; 81: 749–57. 10 Shapiro JR, Anderson DA, Danoff-Burg S. A pilot study of the effects of behavioural weight loss treatment on fibromyalgia symptoms. J Psychsom Res 2005; 59: 275–82.
  • 40. 07 Plantar fasciitis 33 P R O B L E M 07 Plantar Fasciitis Case History Shirley is aged 43 years and presents with exquisite pain beneath her left heel when walking. She is moderately obese (body mass index 32 kg/m2) and finds it hard to walk first thing in the morning. She prefers to wear open sandals. Should Shirley have X-rays to determine whether she has a plantar spur? What effect, if any, does Shirley’s weight have on her condition? What are the current supported therapies? Background Plantar fasciitis commonly causes inferior heel pain and occurs in up to 10% of the United States population. It affects both active and sedentary adults of all ages, but is more likely to occur in persons who are obese, who spend most of the day on their feet or who have limited ankle dorsiflexion. Plantar fasciitis is a musculoskeletal disorder pri- marily affecting the fascial enthesis. Although poorly understood, development of plan- tar fasciitis is thought to have a mechanical origin. In particular, pes planus foot types and lower-limb biomechanics that result in a lowered medial longitudinal arch create excessive tensile strain within the fascia, producing microscopic tears. The roles of both chronic inflammation and arch mechanics in the aetiology of plantar fasciitis are controversial.1 Diagnosis is based on the history and physical examination (Table 7.1); the differential diagnosis is listed in Table 7.2. Unaccustomed walking in the sedentary or prolonged running in the athlete may induce fatigue tears of the plantar fascia and avulsion fracture may cause pain at the medial calcaneal tuberosity. The same area is involved in spondy- loarthropathy (ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis and reactive arthritis) as plantar Table 7.1 Diagnosis of plantar fasciitis2 • Chronic inferior heel pain on weight bearing: throbbing, searing, piercing in character • Pain worst with the first steps in the morning or after rest • Pain reduces after mobilization, to recur with continued activity • Walking barefoot, on toes or up stairs exacerbates pain • Tenderness around medial calcaneal tuberosity at the plantar aponeurosis • Bilateral plantar fasciitis is highly suggestive of spondyloarthropathy © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 41. 34 §01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism Table 7.2 Common causes of heel pain2,3 • Posterior calcaneal pain – Superficial bursitis – Achilles tendonitis – Retrocalcaneal bursitis – Calcaneal epiphysitis (Sever’s disease) in adolescents • Plantar calcaneal pain – Central: fat pad atrophy (primary, or secondary to corticosteroid infiltration), obesity – Medial: compression neuropathy of nerve to abductor digiti minimi and medial calcaneal branch of the posterior tibial nerve; posterior tibialis tendonitis – Medial central: plantar fasciitis, avulsion fractures, fascial microtears – Lateral: calcaneal stress fracture, calcaneal cysts fascia enthesitis. Insertional plantar fascia pain is typically increased by passive dorsiflex- ion of the big toe and is located centromedially at the medial calcaneal tuberosity. Heel pain may be caused by an entrapment neuropathy of the calcaneal branches of the posterior tibial nerve or the first branch of the lateral plantar nerve. Since encroachment occurs between the abductor hallucis fascia and the quadratus plantae muscle, maximal tenderness is in the medial border of the heel. Diagnostic imaging does not contribute unless another diagnosis is strongly suspected, such as calcaneal stress fracture. The latter may be diagnosed by plain X-ray or by isotope bone scanning for confirmation. Radiography may show calcifications in the soft tissues around the heel, or osteophytes on the anterior calcaneus (i.e. heel spurs). Fifty per cent of patients with plantar fasciitis and 20% of persons without plantar fasciitis have heel spurs. Plantar fasciitis is five times more likely to occur in obese individuals. Although the link between obesity and plantar heel pain is poorly understood, research to date has focused on the impact of adiposity of the subcalcaneal fat pad and the function of the medial longitudinal arch.4 The plantar fascia is the primary structure stabilizing the medial longitudinal arch of the foot. Both abnormal arch structure and movement have been implicated in the development of plantar fasciitis. In particular, pes planus or Table 7.3 Therapeutic recommendations2 Clinical recommendation Evidence rating Off-the-shelf (non-magnetic) insoles B Custom-made insoles are not more effective than fabricated insoles B Plantar fascia stretching more effective than calf stretching and should be recommended B to all patients Corticosteroid iontophoresis should be considered for short-term relief if initial therapy fails B Custom-made night splints B Extracorporeal shock therapy is not effective B Walking casts in those who have failed conservative therapy C Open or endoscopic surgery for those who have failed all conservative measures B B, inconsistent or limited quality evidence; C, consensus, usual practice or expert opinion.
  • 42. 07 Plantar fasciitis 35 biomechanics that result in a lower longitudinal arch (i.e. foot pronation) increase ten- sion within the plantar fascia and thereby increase the risk of fascial injury. The plantar fat pad is a specially organized and richly innervated adipose tissue that provides cush- ioning to the underlying foot structures of the heel, dampening impulses associated with heel strike. The heel pad is particularly receptive to detecting vibration, suggesting a role for detection of gait-induced shock waves. Consequently, changes leading to increased stiffness and reduced compressibility of the subcalcaneal fat pad have been linked to the development of plantar fasciitis, presumably by lowering the attenuation of impulse aris- ing from heel strike. Most patients with plantar fasciitis eventually improve, albeit slowly; 80% of patients treated conservatively are in complete remission at four years. A variety of therapies are used in the treatment of plantar fasciitis and key recommendations, including exercises (Figure 7.1), are summarized in Table 7.3. Limited evidence supports the use of cortico- steroid injections; the benefit is short-lived and may be associated with adverse effects such as fascial rupture. Corticosteroid-induced atrophy of the subcalcaneal fat pad may also exacerbate the underlying biomechanical predisposition. Recent Developments 1 Foot orthoses are commonly used for plantar fasciitis but, if custom-made, require a period of weeks between initial consultation and use. Off-the-shelf orthoses are quicker and cheaper, but cost and availability may still be a barrier to use. Short-term treatments, such as supportive taping, are frequently used to alleviate symptoms initially. Low-Dye taping is one of the most frequently applied methods, and improves symptoms by reducing strain in the plantar fascia during standing and walking. Utilizing taping around both the midfoot and the level of the Achilles insertion into the calcaneum, comparison was made between individuals who received taping plus sham ultrasound and individuals receiving sham ultrasound only.5 The primary outcome was ‘first-step’ pain one week after tape application, and there was a statistically significant though clinically small reduction in pain with taping. The 12.3 mm reduction in a visual analogue scale for pain was greater than the 9–10 mm difference thought to be clinically meaningful. 2 The sensory nerve supplying the skin of the heel and the medial side of the sole is the medial calcaneal branch of the posterior tibial nerve; researchers have suggested that entrapment of this nerve might present as an important factor causing heel pain. Nerve conduction tests have confirmed latency in the medial calcaneal nerve in subjects with plantar fasciitis, but these subjects have normal conduction in their sural, medial and lateral plantar nerves and posterior tibial nerves.6 Conclusion Plantar fasciitis, if not treated, tends to follow a chronic course. Being overweight, the presence of bilateral symptoms and duration greater than six months are associated with poorer outcome. Treatment should be directed along biomechanical lines – weight
  • 43. 36 §01 General Rheumatology and Soft Tissue Rheumatism Figure 7.1 Recommended exercises for plantar fasciitis. (1) Before stepping down, especially after sleeping or resting, stretch the arch of the foot by stretching your legs out in front of you (do not bend the knee). Place a towel around the ball of the foot. Slowly pull on the ends of the towel, pulling the toes and ball of the foot back as far as is comfortable. Hold the foot in this position for ten seconds. Repeat at least ten times. You should feel a pull on the bottom of the foot, especially in the arch. This stretches the plantar fascia and reduces its pull on the heel. (2) Stand about two to three feet from a wall. Lean forward with your hands against the wall. With the painful foot behind, place the other foot forward. Press against the wall, shifting weight over the front foot, while straightening the back leg. Keep the heel of the back foot on the floor and feel the stretch in the heel, Achilles tendon and calf. Hold this position for ten seconds. Repeat at least ten times, and try to do this three times a day.
  • 44. 07 Plantar fasciitis 37 reduction, orthoses and plantar stretching. Since there is limited evidence regarding the value of treatments, a reasonable approach is to start with patient-directed, low-risk, minimal-cost interventions, such as regularly stretching the calf muscles and the plantar fascia, avoiding flat shoes and walking barefoot, using over-the-counter arch supports and heel cushions, and limiting extended physical activities. A trial of non-steroidal anti- inflammatory drugs is reasonable. More costly treatments, such as custom-made orthotics, night splints and immobilization with casts, may be options when the condi- tion does not improve, although the value of these treatments is uncertain. Further Reading 1 Wearing SC, Smeathers JE, Urry SR, Hennig EM, Hills AP. The pathomechanics of plantar fasciitis. Sports Med 2006; 36: 585–611. 2 Cole C, Seto C, Gazewood J. Plantar fasciitis: evidence-based review of diagnosis and therapy. Am Fam Physician 2005; 72: 2237–42. 3 Canoso JJ. Foot pain. In: Rheumatology in Primary Care. WB Saunders, Philadelphia, 1997; Chapter 29. 4 Wearing SC, Hennig EM, Byrne NM, Steele JR, Hills AP. Musculoskeletal disorders associated with obesity: a biomechanical perspective. Obes Rev 2006; 7: 239–50. 5 Radford JA, Landorf KB, Buchbinder R, Cook C. Effectiveness of low-Dye taping for the short-term treatment of plantar heel pain: a randomised trial. BMC Musculoskelet Disord 2006; 7: 64. 6 Chang CW, Wang YC, Hou WH, Lee XX, Chang KF. Medial calcaneal neuropathy is associated with plantar fasciitis. Clin Neurophysiol 2007; 118: 119–23.
  • 45. S E C T I O N T W O 02 Osteoarthritis 08 Causes and prevention 09 Non-pharmacological treatment 10 Drug treatment 11 NSAIDs – gastric side effects and protection 12 NSAIDs – cardiac complications 13 Joint replacement surgery P R O B L E M 08 Causes and Prevention Case History John is a 48-year-old accountant who is overweight (body mass index 32 kg/m2). His general health has been good, but he has become concerned recently about twinges of pain in his knees. He was a keen road runner in his teens and 20s, but no longer takes regular exercise. He smokes and takes no regular medications. Both of his parents suffered from osteoarthritis, his father requiring knee replacements in his early 60s. What is the current thinking about the inheritance of osteoarthritis? Which environmental factors play a part in its progression? Can the disease be prevented in a predisposed individual? Background Osteoarthritis (OA) is an increasing public health problem because of the rising preva- lence of obesity and because of the increasing number of older people in the population.1 Currently, in the United States, 350 000 hip and knee replacements are performed each year. OA is markedly age related, affecting around 12% of those aged 55 years, 50% of © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 46. 40 §02 Osteoarthritis those aged 65 years and as many as 80% of those aged 75 years and over. Prevalence esti- mates have largely come from population-based X-ray surveys. However, there is a vari- able relationship between radiological features and symptoms. In clinical practice, OA is only diagnosed when clinical symptoms (pain and stiffness) coexist with evidence of structural damage to the joint. With age, the higher prevalence of OA in females becomes even more exaggerated. The hips, knees and hands are the most commonly affected joints, although almost any joint can be affected. Joint failure arises from a combination of systemic and mechanical factors, including weakness of supporting muscles and liga- ments, growth of new bone, erosion of articular cartilage and loss of joint space. A simple grading system is presented in Box 8.1. OA may be primary or secondary; secondary causes are summarized in Box 8.2. Box 8.1 Radiological severity scoring of OA Grade 0 None No features 1 Possible Minimal osteophytes 2 Minimal Osteophytes, normal joint space 3 Moderate Diminution of joint space 4 Severe Decreased joint space, bony sclerosis Box 8.2 Secondary causes of OA Anatomical Leg length inequality, joint malalignment Slipped femoral epiphyses, epiphyseal dysplasias Perthe disease Congenital dislocation of the hip Hypermobility syndromes Traumatic Occupational arthropathies Fracture through or near a joint Joint surgery Major external trauma Inflammatory Inflammatory arthropathies Septic arthritis Metabolic Crystal arthropathies Haemochromatosis Acromegaly Ochronosis, chondrodysplasias
  • 47. 08 Causes and prevention 41 The traditional view is that OA is a simple mechanical condition, in which repeated or sustained stresses on the joint lead to articular cartilage damage and loss. The notion that the cartilage is the tissue primarily affected in patients prone to OA has been challenged. In fact, cartilage is a relatively inert tissue with no direct blood supply, nerve input or capacity to become inflamed. Severe OA can occur in rare genetic conditions – ochrono- sis and chondrodysplasias – but generally in OA, predisposed individuals do not appear to have an alteration in their cartilage structure or composition. In the early stages, changes in modelling of adjacent bone and in the collateral ligaments of the joint may precede the development of changes in cartilage and symptoms. Aging and post- menopausal changes in bone turnover are almost certainly important in the disease. From post-mortem and other studies, it seems clear that changes in the joint capsule and collateral ligaments can also precede the classic structural findings of OA. These changes may affect joint stability and alignment leading to increased mechanical forces on bone and cartilage. Furthermore, weakening of periarticular muscles further compromises joint stability and predisposes to malalignment. This is a particular factor in knee OA where quadriceps wasting and weakness leads to decreased joint stability. Loss of coordin- ation, vision and proprioception with age contribute to the individual responding less well to unexpected stresses on the joint and thus increasing the impact of minor, poten- tially traumatic events. A genetic predisposition to OA was first suspected in the 1940s when prevalence of Heberden’s nodes was noted to be three times higher in first-degree relatives of OA patients. Several segments of the human genome have been identified as susceptibility loci, and at least twelve candidate genes have been studied. Genetic factors account for around 50% of the variance in susceptibility to OA. Twin studies suggest a concordance rate of around 0.65 for monozygotic twins and 0.4 for dizygotic twins.2 In a United Kingdom study,2 first-degree relatives of patients who had total hip replacement carried a relative risk of 1.9 for also requiring the procedure. The comparable figure for total knee replacement was 4.8. From genome-wide scans, susceptibility loci have been hypothe- sized at chromosomes 2q, 4q, 6p, 11q and 16p. The only candidate genes identified so far in these regions of the genome are the collagen genes COL29A1 and COL11A2. Other genes are COL2A1, which codes for collagen II (the major protein of cartilage), CRTL1 (coding for a cartilage link protein) and CRTM (coding for a cartilage matrix protein). Polymorphisms of the genes for the vitamin D receptor (VDR) and the oestrogen-a receptor have also been related to risk – both are major determinants of bone density. The COL2A1 and VDR genes are located closely together on chromosome 12q. Cartilage- remodelling protein gene expression may also play a role; expression of the gene for matrix metalloproteinase-3 (MMP-3), which degrades collagen, and the gene for a disin- tegrin and metalloproteinase with thrombospondin motif-5 (ADAMTS-5) both increase cartilage breakdown in vitro. Levels of expression of these enzymes may be both geneti- cally determined and increase in response to mechanical stress of cartilage. Obesity is by far the best-studied environmental factor, particularly with respect to increasing risk of knee arthritis. Several factors may underlie the association between obe- sity and OA. Mechanical stresses predispose to joint damage, although obesity also increases risk of OA in non-weight-bearing joints, and alterations in gait and predisposi- tion to injury contribute to joint alignment. Hormonal changes are factors, including low local levels of androgens because of increased aromatase activity. Hyperglycaemia appears to be a risk factor – partly because of its association with obesity, but also because of other
  • 48. 42 §02 Osteoarthritis metabolic factors including the inhibitory effect of advanced glycation end products on proteoglycan synthesis. The low-grade inflammation found in obese subjects and other pro-inflammatory states also predispose. Glucosamine blocks the effect of cytokines on nitric oxide synthesis and also increases glycosaminoglycan production. Other nutritional factors have been identified: low vitamin C intake and vitamin E as an antioxidant and determinant of collagen turnover have been implicated, as has low vitamin D status. Numerous studies have confirmed the increased risk of OA with obesity, particularly when obesity develops at a younger age.3–5 In the study by Dawson et al.,3 women who smoked heavily were also at increased risk. Even a modest increase in weight within the normal healthy range increases risk of developing OA.4 The latter observation was also confirmed in a national Swedish study,5 although a decreased risk of OA of the hip was reported in smokers. The effect of smoking on OA is therefore uncertain but appears unlikely to be marked. Occupational risk factors are well documented,6 with those who undertake manual labour being at increased risk. Repeated stress on the knee, particularly with the knee Genetic • Strong family history • Joint replacement in first-degree relative • Premature onset Secondary OA Anatomical Traumatic Metabolic Inflammatory Primary OA Overweight or obese • Lose weight Mechanical loading • Avoid repeated strain (± occupational) • Support knee Female gender Age, post-menopausal Others – Low vitamin C, D or E; neuromuscular weakness; low BMD Figure 8.1 Risk factors for OA.
  • 49. 08 Causes and prevention 43 bent, increases mechanical stress on the patello-femoral compartment of the joint. Moderate sporting activity does not seem to pose a risk. Elite athletes are at increased risk. Having high bone mineral density (BMD) may predispose to development of osteo- phytes, but high bone turnover – as in post-menopausal osteoporosis – leads to micro- architectural deterioration around the joint. The bone in this area consequently becomes ‘stiff’ and less able to absorb shock, placing the patient at higher risk of OA. Hormone replacement therapy (HRT) has been said to be protective. This may relate to its protect- ive effect on BMD, but it should be noted that use of HRT is associated with a variety of other lifestyle factors. Risk factors for OA are summarized in Figure 8.1. The risk factors for progression are similar and appear to operate more markedly on the knee. These include obesity, injury, crystal arthropathy, neuromuscular dysfunction and poor phys- ical alignment of the joint. Recent Developments 1 Levels of adiponectin, a hormone product of fat cells, are decreased in obesity. Low levels increase the risk of developing diabetes and vascular disease. High levels of adiponectin have recently been reported in synovial fluid from patients with OA.7 The hormone is thought to have a protective role by upregulating the tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase-2 (TIMP-2) and by inhibiting interleukin(IL)-1–induced increases in matrix metalloproteinase-13 (MMP-13). 2 The rate of development of OA in women increases markedly after the menopause, suggesting that oestrogen may have a protective effect. In a large study,8 low plasma oestrogen and low urinary levels of its metabolites were associated with increased risk of OA. Measures to preserve exposure to oestrogen may protect the joints. 3 Biomarkers of disease activity could prove to be a considerable asset.9 Candidates include the urinary C-terminal peptide of collagen type II, serum hyaluronan and cartilage oligomeric matrix protein. Measurement of these markers could be combined with other clinical measures (e.g. C-reactive protein), symptom scores and genetic/molecular markers of risk to help focus programmes of treatment on patients who are either at high risk or have rapidly progressive disease. Conclusion OA is a disorder with a strong genetic component. Patients with a first-degree relative who has a joint replacement, Heberden’s nodes or who has developed premature OA should be aware that they are at risk of developing OA. The major, modifiable risk factor is being overweight or obese. There is evidence that weight loss in those who are over- weight improves OA symptoms and retards progression. It is important to identify fac- tors that place increased strain on the joints, including occupational risks, repetitive injuries and joint malalignment. Simple measures may decrease the risk from physical factors. OA is one of the major degenerative diseases of aging. While we can delay the impact of the disorder on individual patients, we are not at a stage where OA can be rou- tinely prevented.
  • 50. 44 §02 Osteoarthritis Further Reading 1 Arden N, Nevitt MC. Osteoarthritis: epidemiology. Best Pract Res Clin Rheumatol 2006; 20: 3–25. 2 Loughlin J. Genetic epidemiology of primary osteoarthritis. Curr Opin Rheumatol 2001; 13: 111–16. 3 Dawson J, Juszczak E, Thorogood M, Marks SA, Dodd C, Fitzpatrick R. An investigation of risk factors for symptomatic osteoarthritis of the knee in women using a life course approach. J Epidemiol Community Health 2003; 57: 823–30. 4 Holmberg S, Thelin A, Thelin N. Knee osteoarthritis and body mass index: a population-based case-control study. Scand J Rheumatol 2005; 34: 59–64. 5 Järvholm B, Lewold S, Malchau H, Vingård E. Age, bodyweight, smoking habits and the risk of severe osteoarthritis in the hip and knee in men. Eur J Epidemiol 2005; 20: 537–42. 6 Rossignol M. Primary osteoarthritis and occupation in the Quebec national health and social survey. Occup Environ Med 2004; 61: 729–35. 7 Chen TH, Chen L, Hsieh MS, Chang CP, Chou DT, Tsai SH. Evidence for a protective role for adiponectin in osteoarthritis. Biochim Biophys Acta 2006; 1762: 711–18. 8 Sowers MR, McConnell D, Jannausch M, Buyuktur AG, Hochberg M, Jamadar DA. Estradiol and its metabolites and their association with knee osteoarthritis. Arthritis Rheum 2006; 54: 2481–7. 9 Kraus VB. Do biochemical markers have a role in osteoarthritis diagnosis and treatment? Best Pract Res Clin Rheumatol 2006; 20: 69–80.
  • 51. 09 Non-pharmacological treatment 45 P R O B L E M 09 Non-Pharmacological Treatment Case History AP is a 58-year-old woman whose symptoms of osteoarthritis (OA) are beginning to limit her activity. She complains that she feels stiff. She takes paracetamol regularly but does not want to take other drugs. One of her friends recently suffered gastrointestinal haemorrhage while taking a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID). What non-pharmacological interventions are available? Are natural treatments effective at decreasing symptoms and protecting joints? Is cartilage protection a valid treatment goal? Background Effective analgesia and use of anti-inflammatory drugs can transform the lives of patients with OA. However, pharmaceuticals are not the sole mode of treatment for OA. Non- pharmacological approaches are often underused. Also many patients resort to natural products. Health practitioners need to understand these products and whether they work. Drug treatment should only be considered when lifestyle and non-pharmacological management has failed. Body weight Being overweight or obese increases the risk of developing OA and accelerates progres- sion of the disease.1 In the Framingham study, an increase in body mass index (BMI) of only 2 kg/m2 was associated with a 50% increase in the risk of developing OA in women.2 Studies documenting the benefit of weight loss have generally been short term, lasting no more than two years. Maintenance of a normal or near-normal body weight is also asso- ciated with other health benefits including prevention of diabetes and cardiovascular dis- ease. While the cornerstone of weight management is diet and exercise, the role of drugs (including orlistat, sibutramine and rimonabant) should be considered. Weight reduction reduces mechanical stresses on the joints of the axial skeleton. Being overweight also increases the risk of joint malalignment. Some of the benefits of a weight- management programme may relate directly to the effects of exercise and to improved metabolic factors and lower levels of chronic inflammation. It is important that treat- ment goals are realistic and that the patient receives adequate support. The practitioner should always be alert to the possibility of psychological problems, including eating disorders. © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 52. 46 §02 Osteoarthritis Exercise Physical exercise contributes to weight loss or at least to weight maintenance. Independently of this, it increases overall function and well-being, and decreases risk of falling. As well as protection from OA,1 exercise also lowers risk of osteoporosis, diabetes and cardiovascular disease. Exercise is of particular benefit in knee protection. Isokinetic exercises that utilize either flexion against resistance or extension against resistance are effective. Both aerobic exercise (low impact) and specific strengthening exercises for peri- articular muscles have been found to be effective. Whichever form of exercise is used, there is benefit from the input of a qualified therapist; undue pain or discomfort should be avoided and the approach should be based on the patient’s ability and motivation, with only gradual increase in the effort required. Glucosamine and chondroitin Glucosamine, available as sulphate or hydrochloride, is a hexosamine that is a natural constituent of keratin sulphate, the glycosaminoglycan of hyaline cartilage. It is fre- quently administered with chondroitin sulphate, another naturally occurring constituent of the cartilage matrix (being a constituent of aggrecan, which is the major proteoglycan of cartilage). Although studies have reported effects comparable with NSAIDs, results have been extremely variable. This may be partly because of differences between glu- cosamine hydrochloride and glucosamine sulphate. Studies using the former preparation have tended to show negative results whereas use of the latter compound tends to be more effective. This has been attributed by some to the fact that it is a source of sulphate, rather than because of the glucosamine per se. Glucosamine sulphate is given as a single, daily oral dose of 1500 mg and is well absorbed. Some of its effect is mediated through inhibition of cytokine-induced nitric oxide production and through inhibition of prote- olytic enzymes. A Cochrane review in 2000 included 16 studies of patients (total 2029) who used glu- cosamine sulphate 1500 mg each day for six weeks.3 Sixty per cent of patients reported improved pain and 33% reported improved function. A more recent Cochrane review3 included 20 trials with 2570 patients and, overall, did not confirm improved pain and function with glucosamine. However, ten trials using one preparation (Rotta Pharmaceuticals) did show improvements. A recent study4 randomized 1583 patients with knee arthritis to glucosamine hydrochloride 1500 mg/day, chondroitin sulphate 1200 mg/day, glucosamine and chondroitin together, 200 mg celecoxib or placebo. Up to 4 g/day of paracetamol was allowed as rescue analgesia. Neither glucosamine, chon- droitin, nor the combination was successful overall. The combination of the two was somewhat effective in patients with moderate to severe knee pain. It is noteworthy that glucosamine hydrochloride was used in this study. Other nutritional components and supplements There is evidence that low vitamin C levels or status is related to the risk of developing OA and to the progression of the disease. The two major essential fatty acids are linoleic acid (18:2 n-6) and a-linolenic acid (18:3 n-3). These two fatty acids form eicosanoids through the action of cyclooxygenase-1 (COX-1), cyclooxygenase-2 (COX-2) and 5-lipoxygenase. When cell membranes comprise predominantly n-6 fatty acids (leading to prostaglandin E2 and leukotriene B4 production) a pro-inflammatory state exists,
  • 53. 09 Non-pharmacological treatment 47 while the incorporation of predominantly n-3 fatty acids results in an anti-inflammatory state. There is considerable evidence for the benefit of n-3 fatty acid supplementation in management of OA. Patients with OA frequently use complementary and alternative medicines – up to 40% of patients were using such products in a recent survey.5 Fish oils, garlic extracts and celery extract are among the most commonly used products. This high level of usage reflects, to an extent, the fact that patients get incomplete relief from medical approaches, and also that many patients do not want to be reliant on pharmaceuticals. Viscosupplementation Hyaluronic acid is a high-molecular-weight polysaccharide that contributes to the phys- ical properties of synovial fluid and cartilage. Synovial fluid supplementation, or visco- supplementation, was developed in the 1980s as a treatment proposed to relieve pain in the short term and to restore the viscoelastic properties associated with hyaluronan in synovial joints. The products used are derivatives of hyaluronan and hylan and are given by intra-articular injection – sometimes weekly for the first three weeks, but then at inter- vals of at least four weeks for up to six months. A recent Cochrane review6 considered 76 controlled trials comparing viscosupplementation products, or examining their use with intra-articular steroids or NSAIDs. The conclusion was that viscosupplementation treatment was effective, especially at the 5–13-week period. Firm conclusions about the relative value of different products could not be made. Two recent studies have confirmed the potential benefits of viscosupplementation. Sun et al.7 administered hyaluronic acid to 75 patients with ankle OA. Patients reported increased pain relief and improved function. The effects were apparent both during treatment and for up to six months afterwards. In another study,8 intra-articular hyaluronic acid (three injections) was compared with an exercise regimen for patients with knee OA. Both treatments were effective and there was no statistical difference between the two. Other measures Use of a walking stick (cane) may help. The stick should be used on the opposite side to the worst affected joints, with the hand holding the stick at the level of the greater trochanter, and the foot of the affected leg and the stick striking the ground more or less simultaneously. The importance of the joint being as well aligned as possible cannot be overemphasized. Shoe inserts, braces or taping of the affected joint may minimize the effect of malalignment including valgus (knees closer together than ankles) and varus (ankles closer together than knees) deformities. Local application of capsaicin cream (0.025%–0.075%), which acts as a counter-irritant, can be useful. Footwear should be chosen according to the following advice: b Thick, soft soles with maximum shock absorption b Minimum heel raise b Broad forefoot, allowing the toes to splay (thus improving balance and decreasing the likelihood of falls and injuries) b Soft uppers b Adequate depth of the shoe
  • 54. 48 §02 Osteoarthritis Recent Developments 1 Glucosamine has recently been studied in chondral and synovial cultures in vitro.9 In this study, glucosamine suppressed the secretion of matrix metalloproteinases (MMP-2 and MMP-9), key enzymes involved in cartilage degradation. Urokinase plasminogen activator has also been implicated in the development of OA, particularly where there are joint effusions. Again, levels of this enzyme were suppressed by glucosamine. 2 The hexosamine biosynthetic pathway may be a major cellular nutrient sensor.10 The first step in this pathway is the formation of glucosamine-6-phosphate from fructose-6-phosphate. The pathway leads to formation of uridine diphosphate (UDP)-N-acetyl-glucosamine, which becomes incorporated into the side chains of Weight loss (if overweight/obese) Weight maintenance Exercise Diet • Aerobic (general fitness) • Suitable calorie intake • Resistance (muscle bulk and function) • Reasonable protein content • Strengthening (periarticular muscles) • ? Vitamin C • ? Essential FA (n-3) General measures • Accident/injury prevention • Sensible footwear • Taping or bracing affected joint • Orthotics (joint alignment) • Walking aids (stick etc.) Capsaicin for pain relief Glucosamine sulphate ± chondroitin sulphate Viscosupplementation (hyaluronic acid) Figure 9.1 Non-pharmacological management of OA. FA, fatty acid.
  • 55. 09 Non-pharmacological treatment 49 proteins and lipids. There is concern that increased flux through this pathway (including by glucosamine supplementation) may worsen insulin resistance and increase susceptibility to diabetes complications. 3 Some of the properties of mature cartilage depend on the charge of sulphate moieties of chondroitin sulphate. Dietary sulphate largely comes from high-protein foods, and low sulphate intake or low serum levels of sulphate have been associated with increased risk of OA. Blinn et al.11 have shown that prolonging the overnight fast or ingestion of calories without protein leads to lower serum levels of sulphate. Conclusion Non-pharmacological management should be considered at the outset before drug treat- ments are initiated (Figure 9.1). The most important factors are weight management, exercises to increase general fitness and to increase strength around affected joints, measures to decrease stresses on joints, and improvement of the alignment of joints if need be. Current evidence favours the use of glucosamine sulphate (usually with chondroitin sulphate) and viscosupplementation with hyaluronic acid products. A number of nutritional factors, including antioxidant vitamins and essential fatty acids, are almost certainly important, but routine supplementation is not currently recommended. Further Reading 1 Roddy E, Doherty M. Changing life-styles and osteoarthritis: what is the evidence? Best Pract Res Clin Rheumatol 2006; 20: 81–97. 2 Felson DT, Zhang Y, Hannan MT et al. Risk factors for incident radiographic knee osteoarthritis in the elderly: the Framingham Study. Arthritis Rheum 1997; 40: 728–33. 3 Towheed TE, Maxwell L, Anastassiades TP et al. Glucosamine therapy for treating osteoarthri- tis. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2005; CD002946. 4 Clegg DO, Reda DJ, Harris CL et al. Glucosamine, chondroitin sulphate, and the two in com- bination for painful knee osteoarthritis. New Engl J Med 2006; 354: 795–808. 5 Zochling J, March LM, Lapsley H, Cross M, Tribe K, Brooks P. Use of complementary medicines for osteoarthritis – a prospective study. Ann Rheum Dis 2004; 63: 549–54. 6 Bellamy N, Campbell J, Robinson V, Gee T, Bourne R, Wells G. Viscosupplementation for the treatment of osteoarthritis of the knee. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2006; CD005321. 7 Sun SF, Chou YJ, Hsu CW et al. Efficacy of intra-articular hyaluronic acid in patients with osteoarthritis of the ankle: a prospective study. Osteoarthritis Cartilage 2006; 14: 867–74. 8 Karatosun V, Unver B, Gocen Z, Sen A, Gunal I. Intra-articular hyaluranic acid compared with progressive knee exercises in osteoarthritis of the knee: a prospective randomized trial with long-term follow-up. Rheumatol Int 2006; 26: 277–84. 9 Chu SC, Yang SF, Lue KH et al. Glucosamine sulfate suppresses the expressions of urokinase plasminogen activator and inhibitor and gelatinases during the early stage of osteoarthritis. Clin Chim Acta 2006; 372 : 167–72.
  • 56. 50 §02 Osteoarthritis 10 Buse MG. Hexosamines, insulin resistance, and the complications of diabetes: current status. Am J Physiol Endocrinol Metab 2006; 290: E1–8. 11 Blinn CM, Biggee BA, McAlindon TE, Nuite M, Sibert JE. Sulphate and osteoarthritis: decrease of serum sulphate levels in an additional 3-h fast and a 3-h glucose tolerance test after an overnight fast. Ann Rheum Dis 2006; 65: 1223–5. P R O B L E M 10 Drug Treatment Case History Mrs GT is 67 years old. Since she developed osteoarthritis (OA) five years ago she has tried hard to control symptoms with diet, exercise and nutritional supplements. She is increasingly frequently requiring analgesics. She wants to discuss drug treatments for her OA. Her general health is good and she has no history of dyspepsia. Do non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) have an advantage over simple analgesia? How should drug therapy be approached? What are the prospects for disease-modifying drugs? Background The first line of treatment for OA should always be non-pharmacological. When drug therapy is required, paracetamol in doses of up to 4 g/day is the usual first-line treatment. Zhang et al.1 conducted a meta-analysis of published controlled trials of simple analgesia for OA. The pain response to paracetamol was assessed along with the Western Ontario and McMaster Universities (WOMAC) OA index score, a score that focuses largely on functional symptoms. Combining data from the four trials identified, the pain response was classified as weak, while there was minimal functional improvement. Further trial data confirm that the effect of paracetamol is modest, while there is clear evidence from numerous trials that NSAIDs have at least a modest benefit in alleviating pain and © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 57. 10 Drug treatment 51 improving function.2 Paracetamol should be used only with caution in patients with liver disorders, but it seldom (except in overdose) causes hepatic dysfunction. Compared with aspirin and NSAIDs, paracetamol is relatively safe in patients with renal impairment. If paracetamol is of limited efficacy, do more potent analgesics have greater effect? The best-studied agent is tramadol. In addition to its opioid action, it is a weak central inhibitor of noradrenaline and serotonin uptake. There is no question from available tri- als that tramadol is moderately effective at decreasing pain and improving function (by WOMAC score) in patients with OA.3 A total daily dose of 200–300 mg is usual (given in divided doses), and the drug may be combined with paracetamol either to increase effect or to minimize the dose of each agent. Side effects include dizziness, somnolence, headache and constipation, but the drug is generally very safe, as well as being cheap. There is a range of alternatives including dextropropoxyphene and pentazocine. More potent opiates do not offer any advantage in terms of symptom relief and are more likely to cause side effects including dependence. The efficacy of tramadol is comparable to that of lower doses of NSAIDs or cyclooxygenase-2 (COX-2) inhibitors. Topical NSAIDs may be as effective as systemic administration.2 Since only up to 5% of the topical dose is absorbed systemically, risk of severe adverse drug reactions is sub- stantially lower than with oral dosing. Side effects are usually limited to the site of admin- istration – localized itching, burning or skin rash. The only concern with topical NSAIDs from trials is that their benefit may be relatively short-lived. OA is not primarily an inflammatory disorder. However, inflammation does con- tribute to symptoms and to disease progression. For knee OA in particular, intra- articular corticosteroid injection can be useful. The agents used are prednisolone, methylprednisolone, betamethasone and triamcinolone. The treatment leads to short- term symptom relief but does not modify the long-term progression of the disease. From assessment of nearly 30 trials,4 the treatment is clearly superior to placebo for pain relief. It is comparable in effect to other pharmacological treatments for pain, but varying effects on functional improvement have been reported. There is a risk of introducing infection into the joint, and the treatment is not useful where there is substantial effusion in the joint. The focus of treatment in OA has been on symptom relief, but there is increasing interest in development of drugs that may modify the progress of the disease, and in approaches to reconstructing the cartilage matrix.5,6 Diacerein is an antagonist to inter- leukin (IL)-1b that has already been demonstrated to have some efficacy in controlled clinical trials. Other anti-inflammatory approaches include antagonists to tumour necro- sis factor (TNF)-a. It appears most likely that local administration of disease-modifying agents may be preferred to avoid the systemic effects of immunosuppression. Local inhibitors of nitric oxide synthase (NOS) have the potential to decrease activation of cytokines and the COX-2 enzyme system. Colchicine has been proposed as a means of decreasing local inflammation within the joint. Both bisphosphonates and oestrogen treatment (in women) may impact favourably on the increased bone turnover that occurs around affected joints. Decreasing the turnover of the cartilaginous matrix is one of the goals of therapy. Twenty-eight matrix metalloproteinase (MMP) enzymes have now been identified and are key targets for disease-modifying drugs. Of these drugs, the tetracyclines – including doxycycline and minocycline – are the most widely studied agents. The joint space is a relatively easy target for locally administered gene therapy.
  • 58. 52 §02 Osteoarthritis Amongst gene targets studied have been the insulin-like growth factor-1 (IGF-1) gene and the gene for the IL-1 receptor antagonist. Experimental tissue-engineering approaches include the use of mesenchymal stem cells, autologous cartilage plugs, implantation of autologous chondrocytes and use of artificial cartilage matrix. Although unlikely to be as potent as pharmaceuticals and tissue-engineering approaches, there is considerable interest in the potential role of diets and supplements. These approaches are cheap, safe and popular with patients. Evidence relating to their effects and modes of action is accumulating. Various polyphenols, including the catechin group, have been studied because of their anti-inflammatory and chondroproliferative properties. The best-known supplement is green tea (epigallocatechin gallate), which is widely used as a herbal remedy. There is also considerable interest in ginger extracts and avocado/soybean non-saponifiables. Diet Exercise Joint support and alignment (Glucosamine ± chondroitin) Paracetamol Local measures • Capsaicin cream • NSAIDs • Methylsalicylate Maximum dose 4 g/day Tramadol Low GI risk High GI risk • NSAID • Add PPI • Misoprostol • COX-2 More potent opioids or analgesia NSAID Intra-articular treatment • Steroids • Hyaluronan Consider surgery Figure 10.1 Drug treatments for OA. GI, gastrointestinal; PPI, proton pump inhibitor.
  • 59. 10 Drug treatment 53 Recent Developments 1 Doxycycline has been proposed as a disease-modifying drug for OA. Amongst its actions in the joint, the drug inhibits breakdown of type XI collagen and decreases activity of collagenase and NOS. A 30-month trial of doxycycline in women with radiologically proven knee OA7 showed 40% less reduction in the knee joint space in treated patients compared with placebo. While doxycycline appeared to slow the progression of joint disease in this study, its effects on symptom control were disap- pointing. 2 Nuclear factor-k-beta (NF-kB) is a transcription factor that plays an important part in modulating immunological and inflammatory responses. When the NF-kB pathway is activated, there is increased expression of inflammatory mediators and proteins involved in the regulation of apoptosis.8 The NF-kB pathway is inhibited by corticosteroids and a number of other immunomodulatory agents. There is a search for more specific agents. The pathway is involved in the pathogenesis of OA not only through regulation of inflammation but also through its involvement in regulation of cartilage turnover. Conclusion A scheme for managing drug therapy in OA is proposed in Figure 10.1. Paracetamol is the most widely used analgesic and is often effective in alleviating pain without a major risk of side effects. The potential benefits of local treatments and more potent analgesics (including tramadol) are often forgotten before proceeding to NSAIDs. Progress is being made with disease-modifying drugs on a number of fronts. The most promising approaches are those that may downregulate the local increases in inflammation and car- tilage turnover. Further Reading 1 Zhang W, Jones A, Doherty M. Does paracetamol (acetaminophen) reduce the pain of osteoarthritis? A meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. Ann Rheum Dis 2004; 63: 901–7. 2 Bannwarth B. Acetaminophen or NSAIDs for the treatment of osteoarthritis. Best Pract Res Clin Rheumatol 2006; 20: 117–29. 3 Cepeda MS, Camargo F, Zea C, Valencia L. Tramadol for osteoarthritis. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2006; 3: CD005522. 4 Bellamy N, Campbell J, Robinson V, Gee T, Bourne R, Wells G. Intraarticular corticosteroid for treatment of osteoarthritis of the knee. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2006; CD005328. 5 Fajardo M, Di Cesare PE. Disease-modifying therapies for osteoarthritis: current status. Drugs Aging 2005; 22: 141–61. 6 Baker CL, Ferguson CM. Future treatment of osteoarthritis. Orthopedics 2005; 28 (4 Suppl): s227–34.
  • 60. 54 §02 Osteoarthritis 7 Brandt KD, Mazzuca SA, Katz BP et al. Effects of doxycycline on progression of osteoarthritis: results of a randomized, placebo- controlled, double-blind trial. Arthritis Rheum 2005; 52: 2015–25. 8 Roman-Blas JA, Jimenez SA. NF-kb as a potential therapeutic target in osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis. Osteoarthritis Cartilage 2006; 14: 839–48. P R O B L E M 11 NSAIDs – Gastric Side Effects and Protection Case History Mr JS is a 58-year-old carpenter. He was diagnosed as having rheumatoid arthritis at the age of 40 years. He is a smoker and is prone to dyspepsia. He does not currently require disease-modifying drugs. However, he does have pain and stiffness and is not able to work comfortably without symptomatic relief. To what extent do non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) cause gastrointestinal symptoms? Does the presence of dyspeptic symptoms influence the choice of agent? What strategies are available for gastric protection? Background The NSAIDs are an important class of drug with analgesic, antipyretic and anti-inflam- matory activities. They are among the most common drugs prescribed. NSAIDs account for around 3% of the total United States (US) drugs market, and it is estimated that 5%–10% of the population use NSAIDs on a regular basis (Box 11.1). In the US during 2001, 70 million prescriptions were issued for NSAIDs and 30 billion doses were bought over the counter. NSAIDs are weak acids (pKa 3–5) that are highly lipid soluble and read- ily absorbed from the stomach. In the plasma they are highly protein bound (>95%, mainly to albumin). They are metabolized and conjugated in the liver and mainly excreted in the urine. © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 61. 11 NSAIDs – gastric side effects & protection 55 Box 11.1 Uses of NSAIDs Osteoarthritis Rheumatoid arthritis Inflammatory spondyloarthropathies (ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis, psoriatic arthritis) Post-operative pain Acute gout Soft tissue injuries (including sports injuries) Dysmenorrhoea Renal colic NSAIDs reversibly inhibit the cyclooxygenase (COX) enzyme, which catalyses the first step in the pathway that converts arachidonic acid to key regulatory prostaglandins. The enzyme exists in two isoforms: COX-1 is constitutively expressed in most tissues while COX-2 is an inducible enzyme, the expression of which is upregulated at sites of inflam- mation (Figure 11.1). The gastric side effects of NSAIDs relate to inhibition of COX-1 in the gastric mucosa, where prostaglandins increase gastric mucous and bicarbonate secre- tion, decrease gastric acid secretion and stimulate mucosal blood flow. COX-2 is not Membrane phospholipids Phospholipase A2 Arachidonic acid COX-1 COX-2 constitutive/inducible constitutive/inducible PGs PGs • GI cytoprotection • Inflammation • Platelet aggregation − Fever • Renal function − Pain (blood flow) − Headache • Carcinogenesis • Kidney, stomach, uterus • CNS and spine • Endothelium Figure 11.1 Prostaglandin generation by COX-1 and COX-2. CNS, central nervous system; GI, gastrointestinal; PG, prostaglandin.
  • 62. 56 §02 Osteoarthritis Box 11.2 Risk factors for gastric side effects High dose of NSAID Use of multiple agents Use of non-selective NSAID Concurrent use of aspirin, warfarin or steroids First three months of treatment Previous ulcer history Age >50 years Helicobacter pylori infection Previous ulcer history General disability normally expressed in the gastric mucosa. The beneficial, anti-inflammatory actions of NSAIDs are mediated through inhibition of COX-2. NSAIDs vary greatly in their relative COX-1 and COX-2 inhibitory activity. Aspirin, sulindac and piroxicam have much greater selectivity for COX-1. The mechanism of aspirin action differs from that of other NSAIDs in that it acts by irreversibly acetylating the active site of COX-1. Meloxicam, the first of the selective COX-2 inhibitors, is three times more potent on COX-2 compared with COX-1. COX-2 is not inhibited by aspirin but is downregulated by glucocorticoids. NSAIDs are generally very safe and well tolerated. However, because of the number of patients using them, adverse reactions are frequently encountered. By far the most com- mon side effects relate to gastric mucosal injury (Box 11.2). Up to 20% of patients taking NSAIDs suffer gastrointestinal symptoms including heartburn, dyspepsia, nausea, vomiting and abdominal pain. In endoscopic studies, haemorrhagic reactions to the presence of the tablets in the stomach are almost universal, superficial erosions occur in 50% of subjects and 20% of regular users have chronic ulceration (i.e. ulcers that pene- trate the muscularis mucosa). There is a variable relationship between symptoms and the changes in the mucosa visible on endoscopy. The gastrointestinal side effects of NSAIDs are a major cause for concern.1 Serious gastric side effects occur in less than 1% of patients. However, this is sufficient to account for 100 000 hospital admissions, contribute to 16 000 deaths and cost $1.5 billion in the US each year. Similarly in the United Kingdom, where there are around four million users with osteoarthritis, use of NSAIDs contributes to 2000 deaths each year. Hooper et al.2 conducted a review comparing gastric protection strategies in subjects receiving NSAIDs. In all, 112 trials with 74 666 participants were included; 248 serious gastrointestinal adverse drug reactions (ADRs) were reported and there were 138 deaths. Histamine H2 receptor antagonists proved to be ineffective at preventing any of the pri- mary outcomes. Proton pump inhibitors significantly reduced symptomatic ulcers (rela- tive risk [RR] 0.09; 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.02–0.47) and serious complications (RR 0.57; 95% CI 0.36–0.91). Misoprostol is a prostaglandin analogue that increases mucous protection and decreases acid-induced damage. It may be prescribed alone (Cytotec) or in combination with diclofenac (Arthrotec). A dose of 200 mg/day is usually sufficient, while higher doses may cause diarrhoea, abdominal pain and bloating. Misoprostol decreased the rate of symptomatic ulcers (RR 0.36; 95% CI 0.20–0.67) and serious gastrointestinal side effects (RR 0.57; 95% CI 0.36–0.91). Use of COX-2-selective agents was associated with lower rates of symptoms (RR 0.49; 95% CI 0.38–0.62) and serious gastrointestinal ADRs (RR 0.55; 95% CI 0.38–0.80). H2 receptor antagonists are effective at preventing symptoms and duodenal ulcers with NSAIDs but probably do not prevent gastric ulcers. They are probably more cost-effective than COX-2-selective drugs and their routine prescription with non-selective COX inhibitors may be justified.3
  • 63. 11 NSAIDs – gastric side effects & protection 57 Helicobacter pylori infection is implicated in the pathogenesis of gastric and duodenal ulcers. It is not clear whether there should be routine screening for and eradication of this agent in patients starting NSAIDs. Screening can be undertaken using breath tests, sero- logical testing for antibodies or endoscopy with gastric biopsy. Serology is cheap and convenient but a positive result does not necessarily indicate current infection and does not change after eradication. The Celecoxib Long-term Arthritis Safety Study (CLASS) and the Vioxx Gastrointestinal Outcomes Research (VIGOR) study each enrolled over 8000 patients and confirmed that COX-2 inhibitors were as effective as non-selective agents for patients with arthritis.1 Use of COX-2 inhibitors was associated with lower risk of symp- tomatic ulcers and serious gastrointestinal side effects. A number of studies have con- firmed that COX-2-selective agents reduce the incidence of serious gastrointestinal side effects by 40%–50%. Their role in preventing dyspeptic symptoms has been less certain. Spiegel et al.4 recently reviewed 26 published studies comparing COX-2-selective with non-selective agents; the relative risk of dyspeptic symptoms was decreased by 12% and the absolute risk was decreased by 3.7% with a COX-2-selective agent. By contrast, com- pared with non-selective NSAIDs alone, NSAID plus concurrent proton pump inhibitor led to a relative risk reduction of dyspeptic symptoms of 66% and an absolute risk reduc- tion of 9%. Aspirin and NSAIDs may be associated with decreased risk of cancers, includ- ing those of the gastrointestinal tract. Studies in vitro have shown that COX-2 inhibition may decrease the growth of gastric cancers, and COX-2 inhibitors have been suggested for the treatment of pre-cancerous gastric lesions in humans.5 Increased risk of myocardial infarction has been associated with use of high-dose, non-selective NSAIDs and with use of COX-2-selective agents (chapter 12). Renal side effects include salt and water retention, hypertension, acute renal failure, interstitial nephritis, nephrotic syndrome and acute tubular necrosis.6 Renal side effects are more likely when the patient is also taking angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors or diuret- ics. COX-2 is constitutively expressed in the kidney, and patients taking COX-2 inhibitors are as likely to experience renal side effects as patients taking non-selective agents. Other side effects are headache, dizziness, tinnitus and pruritus. Photosensitivity may occur with piroxicam or diclofenac. NSAIDs may cause increased liver enzymes and, occasionally, severe hepatitis. Recent Developments 1 The role of COX isoenzymes in ulcer healing has recently been investigated in COX-1 and COX-2 knockout mice with induced gastric ulcers.7 The COX-1 enzyme apparently had no part to play in ulcer healing, while ulcer healing was impaired in COX-2 knockout mice or in wild-type mice treated with COX-2 inhibitors. Inducible nitric oxide synthase (NOS-2) and endothelial nitric oxide synthase (NOS-3) were upregulated in healing ulcers, suggesting that these enzymes might play a part in the healing process. Some of the potential benefit of selective COX-2 inhibitors in protecting against ulcer formation may be offset by their inhibitory effect on ulcer healing. 2 The proton pump inhibitors are widely used in prevention and treatment of gastric injury induced by NSAIDs and their use is well supported by trial
  • 64. 58 §02 Osteoarthritis Pain (e.g. from arthritis) Simple analgesia (paracetamol) NSAID indicated Correct risk factors if possible • Smoking • Alcohol excess • Stress • Use of steroid, warfarin or aspirin Previous ulcer No ulcer H. Pylori (screen and eradicate) Consider endoscopy/barium Estimate risk of GI side effects Warn patient of risks Low risk Medium risk High risk Lowest possible COX-2-selective NSAID PPI dose NSAID NSAID H2RA NSAID misoprostol Careful follow-up Figure 11.2 NSAIDs and risk of gastrointestinal side effects. The considerations shown take account of the relative costs of different drugs and combinations as well as their efficacy. COX-2, COX-2-selective agent; H2RA, histamine H2 receptor antagonist (e.g. cimetidine, ranitidine); NSAID, non-steroidal anti- inflammatory drug (non-selective agent); PPI, proton pump inhibitor.
  • 65. 11 NSAIDs – gastric side effects & protection 59 evidence. Several non-acid-dependent mechanisms are also thought to be important in promotion of gastric ulcers. In a recent animal study,8 lansoprazole decreased oxidative stress within the gastric mucosa and this was thought to contribute to its effect in protecting from mucosal damage induced by NSAIDs. 3 The interaction between NSAIDs and H. pylori infection in the causation of gastric and duodenal ulcers is controversial. A recent study compared rates of gastrointestinal symptoms in patients positive and negative for H. pylori and treated with NSAID.9 Furthermore, the positive group was divided, with half being treated with H. pylori eradication therapy and half with placebo. Overall, there was no relationship between dyspeptic symptoms induced by NSAID and H. pylori status. These data do not favour routine screening for and eradication of H. pylori in patients who are being started on NSAIDs. Conclusion NSAIDs represent one of the most commonly prescribed groups of drugs. Their use is frequently associated with gastrointestinal symptoms, and serious drug reactions occur in up to 1% of patients annually. The anti-inflammatory action of NSAIDs relates to inhibition of the COX-2 isoenzyme, while gastrointestinal side effects are due to inhib- ition of COX-1. Individual agents vary widely in their relative inhibitory activity for the two isoenzymes. COX-2-selective agents are much less likely than non-selective agents to cause dyspeptic symptoms. However, combining non-selective NSAIDs with proton pump inhibitors or misoprostol probably provides even greater protection. Recent data showing that the COX-2-specific agents in particular are associated with increased risk of myocardial infarction have limited the use of this class of drug and led to the withdrawal of some agents. Management of risk of gastric problems with NSAIDs is summarized in Figure 11.2. Further Reading 1 Fennerty MB. NSAID-related gastrointestinal injury. Evidence-based approach to a preventable complication. Postgrad Med 2001; 110: 87–94. 2 Hooper L, Brown TJ, Elliott R, Payne K, Roberts C, Symmons D. The effectiveness of five strategies for the prevention of gastrointestinal toxicity induced by non-steroidal anti- inflammatory drugs: systematic review. BMJ 2004; 329: 948–58. 3 Elliott RA, Hooper L, Payne K, Brown TJ, Roberts C, Symmons D. Preventing non- steroidal anti-inflammatory drug-induced gastrointestinal toxicity: are older strategies more cost-effective in the general population? Rheumatology 2006; 45: 606–13. 4 Spiegel BMR, Farid M, Dulai GS, Gralnek IM, Kanwal F. Comparing rates of dyspepsia with Coxibs vs NSAID+PPI: a meta-analysis. Am J Med 2006; 119: 448.e27–36. 5 Jiang XH, Wong BCY. Cyclooxygenase-2 inhibition and gastric cancer. Curr Pharm Des 2003; 9: 2281–8.
  • 66. 60 §02 Osteoarthritis 6 Cheng HF, Harris RC. Renal effects of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs and selective cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitors. Curr Pharm Des 2005; 11: 1795–804. 7 Schmassmann A, Zoidl G, Peskar BM et al. Role of the different isoforms of cyclooxygenase and nitric oxide synthase during gastric ulcer healing in cyclooxygenase-1 and -2 knockout mice. Am J Physiol Gastrointest Liver Physiol 2006; 290: G747–56. 8 Blandizzi C, Fornai M, Colucci R et al. Lansoprazole prevents experimental gastric injury induced by non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs through a reduction of mucosal oxidative damage. World J Gastroenterol 2005; 11: 4052–60. 9 Schaeverbeke T, Broutet N, Zerbib F et al. Should we eradicate Helicobacter pylori before pre- scribing an NSAID? Result of a placebo-controlled study. Am J Gastroenterol 2005; 100: 2637–43. P R O B L E M 12 NSAIDs – Cardiac Complications Case History Mrs JA is a 64-year-old lady who finds that her osteoarthritis symptoms are no longer controlled with simple analgesia. She has suffered from angina since the age of 57. She has never had a myocardial infarction (MI) and her angina is stable. Her exercise tolerance is not governed by angina and would be better if her arthritic symptoms were improved. Would you prescribe her a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID)? Which agent would you choose? What is the current thinking about NSAIDs and the risk of cardiac events? Background The cyclooxygenase (COX) enzymes catalyse the first stage in the formation of prostaglandins and thromboxanes from arachidonic acid. The COX-1 isoenzyme is con- stitutively expressed in most tissues, while COX-2 expression is induced at sites of inflammation. The major side effects of the NSAID group of drugs, including the effects on the stomach, are caused by COX-1 inhibition, while the beneficial effects are almost entirely due to COX-2 inhibition. A classification of drugs with NSAID action is shown © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 67. 12 NSAIDs – cardiac complications 61 Box 12.1 The non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) Salicylates Arylalkanoic acids Aspirin Diclofenac Benorilate Etodolac Diflunisal Indomethacin Sulindac 2-arylpropionic acids (profens) Tolmetin Ibuprofen Fenbufen Oxicams Fenoprofen Piroxicam Naproxen Meloxicam Ketoprofen Tenoxicam Flurbiprofen Pyrazolidine derivatives Coxibs Phenylbutazone Celecoxib (Celebrex) Oxyphenbutazone Parecoxib (Dynastat) Azapropazone Lumiracoxib (Prexige) Rofecoxib * N-arylanthranilic acids Valdecoxib * Mefenamic acid Tolfenamic acid * Drug withdrawn from the market. in Box 12.1. Paracetamol has analgesic but no anti-inflammatory properties. Unquestionably, endoscopic studies have shown that COX-2 inhibitors are less likely than traditional NSAIDs to produce gastric ulceration. In late 2004, emerging data from the Vioxx Gastrointestinal Outcomes Research (VIGOR) and Adenomatous Polyp Prevention on Vioxx (APPROVe) studies demonstrated that risk of MI was increased up to two-fold in patients treated with rofecoxib (Vioxx). This led to withdrawal of the drug and valdecoxib was withdrawn because of similar considerations. Activation of COX-1 in platelets leads to increased thromboxane A2 (TxA2) and con- sequent platelet aggregation, vasoconstriction and smooth muscle proliferation.1 This pathway is irreversibly blocked by aspirin. Recent studies suggest that non-selective NSAIDs including naproxen and ibuprofen, when given concurrently with aspirin, may interfere with this beneficial effect of aspirin and increase coronary events. COX-2 is expressed only at very low levels in healthy blood vessels but is abundantly expressed in atherosclerotic vessels. The enzyme is expressed in smooth muscle cells, macrophages/foam cells and in the endothelium. Secretion of prostacyclin (PGI2) by endothelial cells counteracts the effects of TxA2 released from platelets. This intrinsic protection mechanism is lost when the COX-2 enzyme is inhibited. Figure 12.1 depicts the proposed model of prothrombotic and antithrombotic balance for low-dose aspirin, traditional NSAIDs and selective COX-2 inhibitors. Recent data suggest that the adverse effects noted with rofecoxib are a class effect. A trial with celecoxib2 revealed a dose-dependent increase in fatal and non-fatal cardiovas- cular events. Deaths from cardiovascular events were three times more likely on 400 mg/day and six times more likely on 800 mg/day. Hazard ratios for any cardiovascular
  • 68. 62 §02 Osteoarthritis LOW-DOSE NORMAL ASPIRIN PGI2 PGI2 TxA2 TxA2 Pro- Anti- Pro- Anti- thrombotic thrombotic thrombotic thrombotic SELECTIVE COX-2 NSAID ASPIRIN TxA2 PGI2 TxA2 PGI2 Pro- Anti- Pro- Anti- thrombotic thrombotic thrombotic thrombotic Figure 12.1 Dynamic balance of prostacyclin (PGI2) and thromboxane A2 (TxA2) under the influence of NSAIDs. event were 1.5 and 1.9, respectively, for the two doses. Other studies with parecoxib (a pro-drug for valdecoxib) have confirmed an increased cardiovascular risk, even with short-term usage. Non-selective NSAIDs also inhibit COX-2 to a variable extent. Increased cardiovascular risk has been noted in patients taking diclofenac, ibuprofen or naproxen. Comparing COX-2 inhibitors with non-selective NSAIDs is difficult as the lat- ter also have some COX-2-inhibitory activity. It is agreed that naproxen is the preferred drug to compare with selective COX-2 inhibitors. Some of the conditions for which NSAIDs are used are themselves associated with increased cardiovascular risk (e.g. rheumatoid arthritis and systemic lupus erythematosus). The low-grade inflammation associated with arthritic conditions may contribute to cardiovascular risk through increasing endothelial dysfunction, decreasing availability of nitric oxide within vessels and increasing the generation of reactive oxygen species. Since the withdrawal of the two coxib drugs at the end of 2004, there has been consid- erable activity to clarify whether safety concerns should include all selective COX-2 inhibitors and even extend to some non-selective agents. A large Canadian study3 included 113 927 elderly subjects starting COX-2 inhibitors and who did not have a his- tory of MI. Rofecoxib was associated with increased risk of MI. The increased risk with low-dose rofecoxib was offset by concurrent use of aspirin. There was no increased risk associated with celecoxib or meloxicam use. Kearney et al.4 conducted a meta-analysis of trials published between 1966 and April 2005. Patients taking COX-2 inhibitors had increased risk of vascular events. The annual rates of serious cardiovascular events were 1.2% per year for patients taking COX-2 inhibitors and 0.9% per year for patients receiv- ing placebo. There was no difference in event rate between COX-2-treated patients and
  • 69. 12 NSAIDs – cardiac complications 63 those treated with non-selective COX inhibitors. There was, however, considerable het- erogeneity amongst the latter agents: relative risk of an event (compared with placebo) was 0.92 (95% confidence interval 0.67–1.26) for naproxen, 1.51 (0.96–2.37) for ibupro- fen and 1.63 (1.12–2.37) for diclofenac. Another meta-analysis of 114 controlled clinical trials5 has reported increased risk of renal toxicity and arrhythmias with rofecoxib but no increase with other coxib drugs. Recent Developments 1 A Danish study6 has investigated rates of death and re-admission with MI in 58 432 patients discharged following acute MI. There was a trend towards increased hospitalization for use of both COX-2-selective and non-selective agents. The hazard ratios for death were 2.80 (95% confidence interval 2.41–3.25) for rofecoxib, 2.57 (2.15–3.08) for celecoxib, 1.50 (1.36–1.67) for ibuprofen, 2.40 Non-pharmacological treatments been fully explored? Analgesia (paracetamol up to 4 g/day) Low cardiac risk* Angina Previous MI or stroke NSAID NSAID Stronger analgesia aspirin (e.g. tramadol) High gastric risk High gastric risk or symptoms or symptoms Naproxen Or aspirin Add PPI or misoprostol Add PPI or misoprostol COX-2 Review need for NSAID regularly (every 3 months) Figure 12.2 Use of NSAIDs in patients with cardiovascular risk. * Measure lipids, blood glucose and blood pressure; it is useful to use a cardiovascular risk calculator. COX-2, COX-2-selective agent; NSAID, non- selective anti-inflammatory drug; PPI, proton pump inhibitor.
  • 70. 64 §02 Osteoarthritis (2.09–2.80) for diclofenac and 1.29 (1.16–1.43) for other NSAIDs. The risk of death was related to dose of drug taken. 2 A nationwide Finnish study7 examined the use of NSAIDs in 33 309 patients admitted with their first MI. These subjects were age- and gender-matched with controls. The apparent risk with NSAIDS for first MI was 1.40 (95% confidence interval 1.33–1.48). No difference was noted between non-selective agents, semi- selective COX-2 inhibitors or selective COX-2 inhibitors. There was no suggestion that any of the drugs was protective against MI. 3 A study to compare etoricoxib with diclofenac is under way.8 This study in patients with rheumatoid arthritis or osteoarthritis should answer the question of whether the risk associated with use of COX-2 inhibitors is any greater than that for conventional NSAIDs. The study has enrolled nearly 35 000 patients. Conclusion Over 30 million people worldwide take NSAIDs regularly. Recent studies have shown that use of these drugs is associated with increased risk of MI. If non-pharmacological means and simple analgesia fail to control the above patient’s symptoms, then it is rea- sonable to consider use of NSAIDs. It is probably best, initially, to use one of the conven- tional agents and naproxen is the drug of choice, the dose and duration of exposure being kept to a minimum. There is an argument for using higher-dose aspirin to overcome the effects of COX-2 inhibition. A scheme for considering NSAID use is presented in Figure 12.2. There is considerable heterogeneity of cardiovascular risk amongst both COX-2- selective and non-selective NSAIDs, although it seems likely that increased risk is related to the ability of the individual drug to inhibit the COX-2 isoenzyme. Further Reading 1 Hermann M, Ruschitzka F. Coxibs, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs and cardiovascular risk. Intern Med J 2006; 36: 308–19. 2 Solomon SD, McMurray JJ, Pfeffer MA et al; Adenoma Prevention with Celecoxib (APC) Study Investigators. Cardiovascular risk associated with celecoxib in a clinical trial for colorectal adenoma prevention. New Engl J Med 2005; 352: 1071–80. 3 Lévesque L, Brophy J, Zhang B. The risk for myocardial infarction with cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitors: a population study of elderly adults. Ann Intern Med 2005; 142: 481–9. 4 Kearney PM, Baigent C, Godwin J, Halls H, Emberson JR, Patrono C. Do selective cyclo- oxygenase inhibitors and traditional non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs increase the risk of atherothrombosis? Meta-analysis of randomised trials. BMJ 2006; 332: 1302–8. 5 Zhang J, Ding EL, Song Y. Adverse effects of cyclooxygenase 2 inhibitors on renal and arrhythmia events: meta-analysis of randomised trials. JAMA 2006; 296: 1619–32. 6 Gislason GH, Jacobsen S, Rasmussen JN et al. Risk of death or reinfarction associated with the use of selective cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitors and nonselective nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs after acute myocardial infarction. Circulation 2006; 113: 2906–13.
  • 71. 13 Joint replacement surgery 65 7 Helin-Salmivaara A, Virtanen A, Vesalainen R et al. NSAID use and the risk of hospitalization for first myocardial infarction in the general population: a nationwide case-control study from Finland. Eur Heart J 2006; 27: 1657–63. 8 Cannon CP, Curtis SP, Bolognese JA, Laine L. Clinical trial design and patient demographics of the Multinational Etoricoxib and Diclofenac Arthritis Long-term (MEDAL) study program: cardiovascular outcomes with etoricoxib versus diclofenac in patients with osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis. Am Heart J 2006; 152: 237–45. P R O B L E M 13 Joint Replacement Surgery Case History Mary has been passing on your advice on preventing osteoarthritis (OA) to the members of the local bowls club. The information may have come a little late for George who has severe right hip OA. He is now aged 62 years, is moderately overweight at 89 kg (body mass index 28.7 kg/m2) and has asked about a hip replacement. Will weight reduction delay George’s need for surgery? What are the indications for a knee or hip replacement? What are the options for joint replacement and what is their expected lifespan? Background In the United States and United Kingdom (UK), the number and rate has doubled for knee replacements and tripled for hip replacements over the past decade. Future projec- tions are that >750 000 of these procedures will be performed per year by the year 2030. A critical variable in these estimations is the low proportion of individuals who on the basis of symptoms warrant joint replacement but remain unwilling to consider the procedure. Weight reduction Given that obesity is modifiable by conservative treatment such as weight loss, its impor- tance in reducing the incidence of large joint OA is often advocated, yet determining the impact prospectively of weight reduction is more problematic.1 The effect of adult weight change on risk for total hip replacement resulting from primary OA was studied prospect- ively in a large Norwegian cohort whose weight had been recorded over a mean 14-year © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 72. 66 §02 Osteoarthritis period from age mid-30s to late 40s. With an average follow-up of nine years, there was no association of weight slope, absolute weight change or relative weight change between screenings with later total hip replacement.2 A number of studies have shown that after large joint replacement weight increases, from a small amount in the pre-operatively non-obese patient to an average 4.8 kg gain in the pre-operatively obese.3,4 Post-operative weight gain has been documented for both hip and knee replacement, with younger hip-replacement patients gaining a significant amount of weight.5 Obesity therefore needs to be treated as an independent disease that increases the risk of requiring major joint replacement, and is adversely impacted by surgery that is aimed at reducing pain and increasing a person’s exercise ability. Exercise Exercise is beneficial for people with arthritis, and pre-operative functional status is posi- tively related to post-operative functional status. Inclusion of both pre-operative and post-operative strength training in a total hip replacement programme improves phys- ical function at 12 and 24 weeks post-operatively.6 The optimal type and the amount of exercise plus the timing of the pre-operative intervention need to be established. Indications for hip or knee replacement These indications are summarized in Figure 13.1. Concerns about the timing of surgery surface for two primary classes of patients: the younger, active candidate and the older candidate. For the younger (less than 60 years of age), active patient, the long-term sur- vival of the prosthesis is the major concern. While there are several studies on long-term outcome, most of these describe prosthesis survival for the more typical older and less active individual. Furthermore, as prosthesis design and materials improve, the newer prostheses will have longer survival. For the less active, older patient in whom long-term prosthesis survival is less of a con- cern, some information may be provided by comparing outcomes in patients with poor pre-operative symptoms versus those with better pre-operative symptoms as proxies for late versus early surgery. When followed at 6 and 24 months post-operation, those with poorer pre-operative status had poorer outcomes. Patients need to appreciate the small but real risk of perioperative complications and, for younger patients, the potential for revision surgery. However, they also should be appraised that likelihood of functional benefit is higher if they enter into surgery with a better functional status. Perioperative preparations and complications Rheumatoid arthritis (RA) patients also benefit from joint replacement, and in these individuals their immunosuppressant therapy needs to be considered. Weekly methotrexate is the mainstay of most RA regimes, and can be continued up to the time of surgery and recommenced upon return of baseline fluid balance and renal function. In a prospective, randomized study of post-operative infection and surgical complications in 388 RA patients in the UK who underwent elective orthopaedic surgery, one group con- tinued methotrexate and the other group ceased methotrexate two weeks pre-operatively and recommenced treatment two weeks post-operatively.6 Complication rates were compared between groups and with 228 RA patients not on methotrexate and under- going elective orthopaedic surgery. No increase in the duration of early post-operative
  • 73. 13 Joint replacement surgery 67 Indications: Pain limiting function despite conservative therapy Nocturnal pain disrupting sleep Understanding of potential complications Contraindications: Severe neurological or cognitive impairment that will impair rehabilitation Vascular disease/unstable angina/anaesthetic risk Chronic sepsis Plain X-ray Confirms significant No or mild X-ray joint pathology changes Review to exclude periarticular source of pain Orthopaedic referral Figure 13.1 Hip and knee joint replacement surgery. infections or rate of complications was found. Patients who continued methotrexate had significantly fewer adverse events than either of the other two groups (P <0.003). Additionally, those who did cease methotrexate had a higher incidence of disease flares in the six weeks following surgery than those who continued the medication. The risk of death is approximately 1% in the 90 days following hip replacement and slightly less for knee replacement. Pulmonary embolism and myocardial infarction occur within 90 days in 1% of patients. Dislocation occurs in 3% of total hip replacements. Deep joint infection occurs in about 0.4% of total knee replacements and 0.2% of total hip replacements. While dislocation and infection remain potential complications over the longer term, the risk is much higher in the first 90 days than subsequently. How long will it last? Long-term success of total hip arthroplasty is dependent on prosthetic component fix- ation and the amount of wear and debris generated by the bearing surface. Advances in
  • 74. 68 §02 Osteoarthritis both femoral cementing techniques and the design of cemented stems have resulted in near-perfect (98%) survivorship at ten years and good survivorship (93%) at 25 years.7 Comparable survival rates have been reported using cementless techniques for the femoral component. In the acetabular component, ten-year survival rates are similar for cemented and cementless techniques (approximately 95%–98%); however, at 15 years, cementless technology supersedes cemented (85%–95% versus 70%–95%). Cemented total knee arthroplasty (TKA) is the current gold standard, with consistent long-term (10–14 years) survival rates of 94%–98%. Whilst some cementless TKA tech- niques have demonstrated good long-term survival, the majority have not reliably resulted in bone ingrowth. Long-term survival rates and functional abilities are comparable in cru- ciate-retaining and cruciate-substituting prostheses. To improve patient satisfaction and function, implants have an increased arc of flexion that may approach 150 degrees of knee flexion. Recent literature searches and meta-analyses suggest that resurfacing the patella at TKA likely improves outcomes and long-term, pain-free patella function. Recent Developments 1 Ogonda et al.8 randomized patients to a standard 16 cm incision or a minimal (≤10 cm) incision for their hip replacement. They found that although the standard incision group had a higher estimated blood loss, there was no difference in mean units of transfusion or haematocrit at discharge. There were also no significant differences found in post-operative pain, timed 10 m walk on the second post-operative day, length of hospital stay or functional outcome. 2 Although TKA is currently the gold standard for knee joint replacement, unicompartmental arthroplasty has emerged as a suitable option for advanced medial compartment osteoarthritis, with outcomes comparable with those for TKA. The procedure is generally performed using a minimally invasive approach and leads to more rapid recovery, minimal bone loss, less pain and early discharge compared to TKA. The 10–15-year survival rates for unicompartmental knee arthroplasty are high and range from 95%–98%.9 Conclusion Total joint replacement should not be regarded as an intervention of last resort and should be offered to patients when their quality of life is compromised. Pre-operative functional status is the most significant predictor of post-operative functional status. Surgery should be considered when symptoms warrant it and when the intervention will contribute to a person’s post-operative life experience. As procedures, total hip and knee joint replacements (Figure 13.2) are costly, but total hip replacement is among the most cost-effective interventions in medicine. Long-term follow-up is available on older pros- theses and relief of pain and restoration of function can be expected in over 90% of patients, with a complication rate that is rare and a mortality rate of <1%.
  • 75. 13 Joint replacement surgery 69 (A) (B) Figure 13.2 Total hip and knee joint replacements. (A) An artificial hip joint with metallic femoral stem and ultra-high-molecular-weight polyethylene acetabular cup. An artificial knee joint in situ, with metallic femoral component and ultra-high-molecular-weight polyethylene bearing. (Both figures redrawn with permission from Fisher 2004.10).
  • 76. 70 §02 Osteoarthritis Further Reading 1 Powell A, Teichtahl AJ, Wluka AE, Cicuttini FM. Obesity: a preventable risk factor for large joint osteoarthritis which may act through biomechanical factors. Br J Sports Med 2005; 39: 4–5. 2 Flugsrud GB, Nordsletten L, Espehaug B, Havelin LI, Meyer HE. Weight change and the risk of total hip replacement. Epidemiology 2003; 14: 578–84. 3 Donovan J, Dingwall I, McChesney S. Weight change 1 year following total knee or hip arthroplasty. ANZ J Surg 2006; 76: 222–5. 4 Aderinto J, Brenkel IJ, Chan P. Weight change following total hip replacement: a comparison of obese and non-obese patients. Surgeon 2005; 3: 269–72. 5 Heisel C, Silva M, dela Rosa MA, Schmalzried TP. The effects of lower-extremity total joint replacement for arthritis on obesity. Orthopedics 2005; 28: 157–9. 6 Grennan DM, Gray J, Loudon J, Fear S. Methotrexate and early postoperative complications in patients with rheumatoid arthritis undergoing elective orthopaedic surgery. Ann Rheum Dis 2001; 60: 214–17. 7 Jones DL, Westby MD, Greidanus N et al. Update on hip and knee arthroplasty: current state of evidence. Arthritis Rheum 2005; 53: 772–80. 8 Ogonda L, Wilson R, Archbold P et al. A minimal-incision technique in total hip arthroplasty does not improve early post-operative outcomes. A prospective, randomized, controlled trial. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2005; 87: 701–10. 9 Yang KY, Wang MC, Yeo SJ, Lon NN. Minimally invasive unicondylar versus total condylar knee arthroplasty – early results of a matched pair comparison. Singapore Med J 2003; 416: 559–62. 10 Fisher J. Surgery for arthritis: total hip and knee joint replacement. ARC Topical Reviews 2004, Number 3.
  • 77. S E C T I O N T H R E E 03 Rheumatoid Arthritis 14 Causes 15 Laboratory and imaging investigations 16 Managing rheumatoid arthritis at onset 17 Evaluating the response to treatment 18 Pregnancy and rheumatic diseases 19 Diet and arthritis 20 Polyarthritis in the elderly P R O B L E M 14 Causes Case History Steve’s rheumatoid arthritis (RA) has been managed for the past four years with a combination of methotrexate, hydroxychloroquine and sulphasalazine. He is rheumatoid factor (RF) positive and has significant joint damage. He wishes to explore with you why he may have developed RA. His daughter, aged 24 years, has recently been told that she is RF positive. What genetic factors influence the development or severity of RA? What environmental factors are known to be involved? How does being RF positive influence the likelihood of developing RA? Background RA is a chronic inflammatory disease affecting the synovium and leading to joint damage and absorption of adjacent bone. Peak age of onset is in the fifth decade and females are © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 78. 72 §03 Rheumatoid Arthritis two to three times more likely to be affected, although the sex distribution becomes less apparent with increasing age. Apart from the disability caused by the disease, it also has a significant impact on life expectancy, with RA patients living on average three to ten years less than unaffected individuals. The overall incidence of the condition is 20–50 per 100 000 per year. This may have decreased since the 1960s. The prevalence varies in dif- ferent countries:1 b 0.5%–1.1% in Northern Europe and North America b 0.3%–0.7% in Southern Europe and other warmer countries b 0.5% in developing countries In the pre-clinical phase of RA, immunoglobulin G (IgG) may be elevated and RF (polyclonal antibodies directed at the Fc fragment of IgG) and anti-cyclic citrullinated peptide (anti-CCP) antibodies may be detected. Citrullination is a post-translational modification of arginine by peptidylarginine deaminase enzymes. Specific disease- modifying treatment is not indicated at this early phase of the disease. Genetics of RA The importance of genetic factors is clear from family studies: prevalence is 2%–12% in first-degree relatives of RA sufferers – i.e. approximately ten times that of the back- ground population. Concordance rate is 10%–30% in monozygotic twins and 5%–10% in same-sex dizygotic twins. The genetic component of RA has been studied by genome- wide linkage analyses and by study of individual candidate genes.2 The major sus- ceptibility gene for RA is the DRB1 gene located in the class II histocompatibility region on chromosome 6p. Risk of RA is associated with the alleles HLA-DRB1*0401, DRB1*0404, DRB1*0405, DRB1*0408, DRB1*0101 and DRB1*0102. These alleles have similar or identical sequences at the third hypervariable region in the b chain between amino acid positions 70 and 74. According to the shared epitope (SE) hypothesis, this sequence is directly involved in the immunopathogenesis of RA, although the precise mechanism is not clear. The human leukocyte antigen (HLA) component accounts for around 30% of the genetic risk. The susceptibility alleles linked to RA are present in around 70% of patients but also in 40% of the general population. Thus genotyping is not currently useful in clinical practice. Other genes associated with RA include: b Tumour necrosis factor (TNF)-a located in the class II part of the histocompatibility complex on 6p. Polymorphisms influence the level of TNF-a expression b The TNF-a receptor type 2 gene (TNFR2) located at 1p36. The 196R allele of this gene is linked with RA b Peptidylarginine deaminases (PADIs), also located at 1p36. These enzymes catalyse the citrullination of arginine residues and, therefore, determine the level of citrulli- nated peptides b SLC22A4 (solute carrier family 22 A4) at chromosome 5q31 – also implicated in Crohn’s disease b PTNP22 (tyrosine phosphate non-receptor type 22) at 1p13 – also linked with type 1 diabetes and autoimmune thyroid disease
  • 79. 14 Causes 73 Environmental factors These triggers may begin to operate long before clinically apparent disease develops. The pre-clinical phase of RA may last for up to 15–20 years. During this phase the prevalence of autoantibody markers increases amongst susceptible individuals as the onset of clin- ical disease approaches. IgA rheumatoid factors are probably the first markers to appear in most patients. Neither RF nor anti-CCP antibodies are entirely sensitive, but together the markers are reasonably specific – 85% to 90% for RF and 98% for anti-CCP. Markers of inflammation – including total IgG, erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) and C-reactive protein (CRP) – may be increased during the clinical phase. The patient may experience symptoms of malaise and fatigue and intermittent joint symptoms (palin- dromic rheumatism). Risk factors for RA are summarized in Figure 14.1. Environmental triggers may be more important than genetic factors.3 Some studies have shown much higher association than this in families but it is difficult to disentangle genetic influences from social and other environmental influences. Susceptibility Genetic • Family history • Other autoimmune disease • HLA-DRB1 SE etc. • Female gender Subclinical Environmental • Smoking • Infections (EBV etc) • Low UV (vitamin D) Diet Protective Aggravating Omega-3 Red meat Mediterranean Caffeine ? diet Fruit Vitamin C Disease onset Occupation • Agriculture • Postal and print • Silica • Mineral oil Smoking Aging Progression Oestrogen withdrawal Decreased androgen levels Periodontal disease Figure 14.1 Development of rheumatoid arthritis. EBV, Epstein–Barr virus; UV, ultraviolet light.
  • 80. 74 §03 Rheumatoid Arthritis Smoking is probably the most potent environmental trigger, with smokers at two- to four-fold increased risk of RA. The risk is dose dependent with heavy smokers being at higher risk than light smokers. A number of mechanisms could account for the link between smoking and RA – these include the immunomodulatory effect of tobacco com- ponents, oxidative stress and oestrogenic effects, and the effect of smoke in promoting peptide citrullination. Smoking also increases the risk for anti-double-stranded DNA (anti-dsDNA)-positive systemic lupus erythematosus. Smoking is associated with more severe rheumatoid disease: erosive arthropathy, rheumatoid nodules and vasculitis. The Nurses Health Study was a large cohort study investigating the effect of aspirin and vita- min E in preventing cardiac disease. In a prospective study of 103 818 women from this cohort followed from 1976 to 2002,4 there were 680 new cases of RA. Women with a his- tory of ten pack-years or more were at increased risk, and the risk of RA was related both to the intensity and duration of smoking. The increased risk persisted for up to 20 years after cessation of smoking. Oestrogen exposure in women has a protective effect. This is consistent with increased risk of the disease after the menopause and the slight protective effect of using hormone replacement therapy. It is not clear why the prevalence of RA is so much higher in women compared with men. As with other autoimmune diseases, pregnancy is protective, with the incidence during pregnancy being 70% lower than that for age- and sex-matched controls. However, there is a rebound increase after pregnancy with risk increased by as much as five-fold in the months after delivery. Breast-feeding also appears to increase risk. This may be due to the low-oestrogen state or to pro-inflammatory actions of pro- lactin. The relationship between sex steroid status and susceptibility to autoimmune dis- ease is complex.5 The influence of social, employment and educational status does not seem to be great in RA. The disease is more prevalent in urban populations, but this could be partly due to migration of patients with chronic RA to metropolitan centres. Certain occupations do seem to have increased risk: men who work in agriculture and in the paper and transport industries, and female printer and postal workers, appear to be at increased risk. Workers exposed to silica dust (e.g. from drilling or crushing rock) are at up to three-fold increased risk. Mineral oil exposure has been noted to increase risk of a number of autoimmune diseases including RA. Low intake of fruit and vitamin C relates to increased risk, while high intake of red meat carries a high risk. Regular consumption of oily fish (a source of omega-3 fatty acids) is protective, as is adherence to a Mediterranean diet. Low vitamin D status is probably a risk factor for RA, but there is no evidence that vitamin D supplementation protects against the disease. Some immune-mediated diseases, particularly type 1 dia- betes and multiple sclerosis, are more common in latitudes where there is lower exposure to ultraviolet light.6 While vitamin D status is the most plausible explanation for this association, other metabolic factors may equally be involved. The notion of an infectious trigger for RA is appealing. Evidence in favour of this includes the decreasing incidence of the condition and the associations with previous blood transfusion and pet ownership. There is no evidence for a seasonal incidence of the condition. Amongst candidate organisms are Epstein–Barr virus (EBV), rubella, parvo- virus and Borrelia burgdorferi. Of these, the strongest evidence is with EBV, the glyco- protein of which has cross-reactivity with the HLA-DRB1 SE. Increased incidence and
  • 81. 14 Causes 75 levels of EBV DNA have been reported in peripheral blood mononuclear cells and syn- ovial fluid of RA patients and the virus is well documented to have immunomodulatory properties. Recent Developments 1 Two recent studies7,8 have pooled data from the United Kingdom and United States to demonstrate that there are important susceptibility loci at chromosomes 6q and 16p. There appears to be an interaction between these loci and HLA determinants. Further study of the genes at these loci may shed more light on the pathogenesis of RA. 2 In a recent Swedish case–control study,9 positive immunostaining for citrullinated peptides was found in the cells from bronchoalveolar lavage of smokers. Furthermore, there was a strong association between smoking status and the presence of anti-citrulline antibodies. There was a positive interaction between anti- citrulline autoimmunty and the presence of SE in the HLA-DR region. Individuals who smoked and had double copies of the HLA-DR SE had a 21-fold increased risk of RA. 3 In a mouse model of RA, oestrogen deficiency by oophorectomy accelerated the development of arthritis and increased levels of RF, anti-dsDNA and anti-collagen antibodies.10 4 Periodontal disease is mainly caused by infection with Gram-negative anaerobes. These lead to increased production of cytokines that damage gingival connective tissue and increase resorption of dental alveolar bone. Marotte et al.11 have shown that the presence of HLA-DR SE correlates with increased periodontal bone destruction. Furthermore, periodontal bone destruction strongly correlated with wrist bone resorption in patients with RA. Conclusion RA has a significant genetic component but perhaps not as strong as was once thought. The most powerful genetic influence is the HLA-DRB1-related SE. Of known environ- mental triggers, smoking is the most powerful. Women are more prone to the disease but low oestrogen status appears to increase susceptibility. The presence of RF is not absolutely specific for the disease but is generally highly predictive. The antibody does occur in a proportion of the general population and may occur in other autoimmune connective tissue disorders. A long pre-clinical phase with positive RF and anti-CCP antibodies, sometimes with mild and variable symptoms, is common in RA. Further Reading 1 Alamanos Y, Drosos AA. Epidemiology of adult rheumatoid arthritis. Autoimmun Rev 2005; 4: 130–6.
  • 82. 76 §03 Rheumatoid Arthritis 2 Dieude P, Cornelis F. Genetic basis of rheumatoid arthritis. Joint Bone Spine 2005; 72: 520–6. 3 Oliver JE, Silman AJ. Risk factors for the development of rheumatoid arthritis. Scand J Rheumatol 2006; 35: 169–74. 4 Costenbader KH, Feskanich D, Mandl LA, Karlson EW. Smoking intensity, duration, and cessation, and the risk of rheumatoid arthritis in women. Am J Med 2006; 119: 503.e1–9. 5 Cutolo M, Lahita RG. Estrogens and arthritis. Rheum Dis Clin North Am 2005; 31: 19–27. 6 Ponsonby AL, Lucas RM, van der Mei IAF. UVR, vitamin D and three autoimmune diseases – multiple sclerosis, type 1 diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis. Photochem Photobiol 2005; 81: 1267–75. 7 Etzel CJ, Chen WV, Shepard N et al. Genome-wide meta-analysis for rheumatoid arthritis. Hum Genet 2006; 119: 634–41. 8 John S, Amos C, Shepard N et al. Linkage analysis of rheumatoid arthritis in US and UK families reveals interactions between HLA-DRB1 and loci on chromosomes 6q and 16p. Arthritis Rheum 2006; 54: 1482–90. 9 Klareskog L, Stolt P, Lundberg K et al. A new model for an etiology of rheumatoid arthritis: smoking may trigger HLA-DR (shared epitope)-restricted immune reactions to autoantigens modified by citrullination. Arthritis Rheum 2006; 54: 38–46. 10 Yoneda T, Ishimaru N, Arakaki R et al. Estrogen deficiency accelerates murine autoimmune arthritis associated with receptor activator of nuclear factor-kB ligand- mediated osteoclastogenesis. Endocrinology 2004; 145: 2384–91. 11 Marotte H, Farge P, Gaudin P, Alexandre C, Mougin B, Miossec P. The association between periodontal disease and joint destruction in rheumatoid arthritis extends the link between the HLA-DR shared epitope and severity of bone destruction. Ann Rheum Dis 2006; 65: 905–9.
  • 83. 15 Laboratory and imaging investigations 77 P R O B L E M 15 Laboratory and Imaging Investigations Case History Joan is a 52-year-old schoolteacher who you have diagnosed with rheumatoid arthritis (RA). You have discussed a range of treatment options with her and also discussed with her a number of investigations. She is keen to know about the monitoring and investigation required for different medications and what information will be gained from other scheduled investigations. What investigations should be undertaken at the onset of RA? What investigations help with monitoring the activity of the condition? How should follow-up be planned? Background Making a diagnosis of RA Joan has an inflammatory arthritis; it is established as a chronic problem, having extended beyond eight to ten weeks, which makes a post-viral arthropathy unlikely. The American College of Rheumatology classification for RA requires four of seven criteria to be met, with the clinical features of arthritis being present for at least six weeks: b Morning stiffness of greater than one hour duration b Objective evidence of joint inflammation, such as soft tissue swelling or fluid in 3 of 14 defined joint areas (right or left proximal interphalangeal [PIP], metacarpophalangeal [MCP], wrist, elbow, knee, ankle and metatarsophalangeal joints) b At least one of the joint areas demonstrating inflammation must be in the hands b Simultaneous involvement of the same joint area bilaterally in at least one pair b Rheumatoid nodules b A positive rheumatoid factor (RF) using a method that is positive in <5% of normal subjects b Typical changes of RA in hand and wrist X-rays, which must include erosions or unequivocal periarticular osteopenia RA is one of the most common autoimmune diseases, affecting 1% of the population. Other diagnoses, such as psoriatic arthritis or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), could present with the same clinical scenario and the history and examination undertaken will have considered these in the differential diagnosis. © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 84. 78 §03 Rheumatoid Arthritis Investigations for RA RF is a polyclonal antibody predominantly of the immunoglobulin M (IgM) and IgG classes, which targets the Fc region of the IgG. Whilst commonly thought to have diagnos- tic significance by both doctors and patients, it has a very poor predictive value, being pres- ent in only 70% of RA cohorts and also present in 5% of the normal population. RF positivity increases with age and is positive in any circumstance with prolonged antigen stimulation, so that chronic infections such as malaria and tuberculosis account for the bulk of RF positivity globally. Similarly in individual patients, age and chronic sepsis need to be considered in addition to the pattern of joint disease before attributing a positive RF with a diagnosis of RA. RF positivity associates with increased joint erosions and vasculitis. Radiographs of the hands and wrists, feet and cervical spine were historically under- taken at baseline and then one- to two-yearly to monitor for erosive disease. Fortunately, the model of therapy has changed so that the goal is suppression of inflammation as soon as possible after diagnosis is established; this is combined with the knowledge that joint erosions detected by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) or musculoskeletal ultrasound occur up to 18 months before their detection on plain X-ray. In Joan’s case, radiographs will add little, demonstrating the soft tissue swelling that was observed on clinical examin- ation and therefore reinforcing the clinical pattern noted. In later disease, different pat- terns of involvement can be noted for psoriasis, SLE and RA. Psoriasis classically develops ‘pencil in cup’ erosions of both PIP and distal interphalangeal joints with the proximal phalanx narrowing to the sharpened pencil, burrowing into the cup-like, widened distal phalanx. SLE is almost always a non-erosive disease. X-ray changes in RA mirror the joints clinically involved, primarily affecting the hands, the PIP, MCP and wrists. Soft tis- sue swelling occurs early, with periarticular osteopenia noted, and subsequently there is symmetrical joint space narrowing. Erosions when they occur begin at the site of synovial lining of the joint capsule reflecting onto the cartilage/periosteum junctions, so that they occur slightly distant from the joint surface. Joan’s erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) and serum C-reactive protein (CRP) will both be increased and will act as a means to monitor therapy, with the goal being their normalization. Both ESR and CRP are measures of acute phase proteins produced in the liver in response to monocyte-derived cytokines. CRP testing is more expensive than ESR but is the preferred measurement for monitoring success in suppressing joint inflamma- tion, particularly in RA. The situation is more complex in SLE, with some individuals having a cytokine pattern resulting in an elevated CRP, and others whose disease pattern is not associated with a rise in CRP.1 The blood film commonly shows an inflammatory thrombocytosis, with more estab- lished disease showing a normochromic normocytic anaemia; this can eventually mimic the hypochromic microcytic picture of iron deficiency, due to the inflammatory process inhibiting the utilization of iron stores. Concomitant therapies such as non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) may cause genuine iron deficiency through gastro- intestinal blood loss. Corticosteroids induce a neutrophil leukocytosis. The presence of lymphopenia in Joan would have caused a reconsideration of the diagnosis of SLE. Clinical examination should include urinalysis, with the presence of proteinuria or leukocytes warranting further microscopy and evaluation. Proteinuria would suggest glomerular inflammation. If SLE remains part of the differential diagnosis, an antinu- clear antibody (ANA) test can be requested. A significant positive result is a titre of 1:160
  • 85. 15 Laboratory and imaging investigations 79 or greater, and again in itself has poor diagnostic or prognostic value unless interpreted as part of the clinical presentation. Evaluation of electrolytes, renal function and liver function should be undertaken. NSAIDs may exacerbate hyperkalaemia and impair renal function, with several of the disease-modifying agents notable for their potential to cause hepatitis with elevation of transaminases. Safety monitoring of RA medications A guide to the safety monitoring for the agents used for treatment of RA is shown in Table 15.1. Methotrexate, alone or in combination with other agents, is the basis of most RA regimes. Biological agents that target specific cytokines such as tumour necrosis fac- tor (TNF) and interleukin-1, or that block cell-to-cell signalling (such as cytotoxic lym- phocyte-associated antigen linked to immunoglobulin [CTLA4-Ig; abatacept]) are becoming increasingly used in those who do not respond quickly to ‘standard’ therapy. Screening for hepatitis B and C is recommended, although a positive result is not an absolute contraindication to therapy. Recent studies have suggested an enhanced hepa- titis C antiviral effect of interferon and ribavirin in the setting of concomitant etanercept. Table 15.1 Guide to safety monitoring of commonly used antirheumatic medications NSAIDs Methotrexate Sulphasalazine Leflunomide Anti-TNF therapy + Baseline BP, oedema, K , Chest X-ray, FBC, LFT Chest X-ray, Chest X-ray, hepatitis B creatinine hepatitis B & C serology, hepatitis B & C & C serology; screen for FBC, LFT, chest serology, FBC, LFT, latent TB as per local auscultation chest auscultation guidelines Periodic K+ and creatinine at FBC, LFT at four- to six- FBC, LFT monthly ¥3, FBC, LFT at four- to As clinically indicated one week; BP and weekly intervals; then three-monthly six-weekly intervals; oedema at each chest auscultation at chest auscultation at clinical visit each clinical visit each clinical visit BP, blood pressure; FBC, full blood count/screen; K+, serum potassium; LFT, liver function tests; TB, tuberculosis. Liaison between specialist and primary care practitioner A close collaboration and correspondence flow is required. The management plan will be developed between Joan and her specialist, but much of its implementation will be with her general practitioner. They will need to consider the impact that any new illness will have on her RA management, and also the impact of her RA management on intercurrent illness as well as preventative activities such as vaccinations. Common points of ambiguity are who will undertake prescribing and who will monitor and communicate with Joan about any abnormalities detected on periodic screening. Joan should be encouraged to attend her general practitioner regularly and this eventually should allow alternating visits between the two physicians, with specialist attendance four- to six-monthly. Recent Developments 1 Detection of antibodies to cyclic citrullinated peptides (CCP) has a sensitivity similar to RF, but specificity is much higher in the range of 95%–99%.2,3 In patients with early undifferentiated arthritis, the presence of anti-CCP antibodies has an odds
  • 86. 80 §03 Rheumatoid Arthritis ratio of 38 for subsequent development of RA, and is an adverse prognostic marker for both clinical disease and radiological progression. Repeated measurement currently has no clinical utility, with therapeutic intervention leading to only modest reduction in levels that do not correlate with clinical indicators. 2 Anti-TNF therapy appears to protect against joint damage but may have little influence on systemic inflammatory markers such as ESR and CRP.4 High-sensitivity CRP measurement can generate specific values lower than the previous threshold in RA subjects with a normal CRP; subjects with high-sensitivity CRP values 2–8 mg/l had higher disease activity scores, less remission rates and greater depression and helplessness than those with values <2 mg/l. High-sensitivity CRP also performs consistently better than ESR at predicting other disease activity variables.5 A patient’s joint count is, not surprisingly, a good marker of activity and subsequent prognosis. In subjects with early arthritis of less than one year’s duration, a joint count of greater than seven actively diseased joints accurately predicted subsequent performance and function.6 3 Detailed radiological imaging and scoring has been undertaken in trials of biological therapy, which suggest that progression can be halted and that joint erosions can mature with regrowth of cortical bone and infilling. Plain radiographs of the hands and feet remain quick and affordable imaging modalities, but erosions can be detected by more sensitive imaging techniques around 18 months before they are detected on plain films. Imaging modalities that can be used include ultrasound, MRI and computed tomography (CT). Most erosions at the wrist will be detected by both CT and MRI, although CT will detect more erosions particularly at the metacarpal bases, possibly because of its ability to delineate cortical bony margins.7 High-resolution ultrasound requires good apposition of the probe and an ability to access the bone surface. As a consequence, wrist examination is suboptimal, with MCP joints 2 and 5 exhibiting better correlation with MRI than ultrasound of MCP 3 and 4, which can only be accessed in two planes.8 Conclusion A clear and positive approach is needed as you discuss the investigations that will assist in confirming the diagnosis, and in determining disease activity and its current impact on function. The shared care between specialist and primary care physician is aimed at inhib- ition of the inflammatory process and therefore halting the local and systemic impact of the disease. Involving the patient in the goal setting at the start is helpful in gaining their understanding of the strategies you are using to bring the disease under control. A clear goal of the absolute minimum number of tender and swollen joints, lowering of inflam- matory markers and improvement in a patient’s quality of life is critical. Antirheumatic medications are highly effective in bringing disease under control, and that should always be the opening when discussing any new medications: to clearly put the benefits so that this can be weighed against the potential adverse events, which themselves are discussed in the context of how to minimize them and how to detect them early. RA remains a chronic disorder that, while not curable, is eminently treatable with an increasing range of options and flexible delivery systems to maintain a high quality of life in nearly all patients.
  • 87. 15 Laboratory and imaging investigations 81 Further Reading 1 Liou LB. Different monocyte reaction patterns in newly diagnosed, untreated rheumatoid arthritis and lupus patients probably confer disparate C-reactive protein levels. Clin Exp Rheumatol 2003; 21: 437–44. 2 Riedemann JP, Muñoz S, Kavanaugh A. The use of second generation anti-CCP antibody (anti-CCP2) testing in rheumatoid arthritis – a systematic review. Clin Exp Rheumatol 2005; 23 (5 Suppl 39): S69–76. 3 Zendman AJW, van Venrooij WJ, Pruijn GJM. Use and significance of anti-CCP autoantibodies in rheumatoid arthritis. Rheumatology 2006; 45: 20–5. 4 Smolen JS, van der Heijde DM, St Clair EW et al. Predictors of joint damage in patients with early rheumatoid arthritis treated with high-dose methotrexate with or without concomitant infliximab: results from the ASPIRE trial. Arthritis Rheum 2006; 54: 702–10. 5 Dessein PH, Joffe BI, Stanwix AE. High sensitivity C-reactive protein as a disease activity marker in rheumatoid arthritis. J Rheumatol 2004; 31: 1095–7. 6 Gerber LH, Furst G, Yarboro C, el-Gabalawy H. Number of active joints, not diagnosis, is the primary determinant of function and performance in early synovitis. Clin Exp Rheumatol 2003; 21 (5 Suppl 31): S65-70. 7 Perry D, Stewart N, Benton N et al. Detection of erosions in the rheumatoid hand; a compara- tive study of multidetector computerized tomography versus magnetic resonance scanning. J Rheumatol 2005; 32: 256–67. 8 Szkudlarek M, Klarlund M, Narvestad E et al. Ultrasonography of the metacarpophalangeal and proximal interphalangeal joints in rheumatoid arthritis: a comparison with magnetic res- onance imaging, conventional radiography and clinical examination. Arthritis Res Ther 2006; 8; R52.
  • 88. 82 §03 Rheumatoid Arthritis P R O B L E M 16 Managing Rheumatoid Arthritis at Onset Case History Jason, aged 48 years, has returned for his second visit with suspected rheumatoid arthritis (RA). He has a three-month history of increasing pain involving his hands, wrists and feet. He is a non-smoker. You note active synovitis affecting most of his proximal interphalangeal joints and metacarpophalangeal joints, both wrists and his metatarsophalangeal joints. Erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) is 63 mm/h, serum C-reactive protein (CRP) 26 mg/l. He has strongly positive rheumatoid factor (RF) and elevated anti-cyclic citrullinated peptide (anti-CCP) antibodies. What medications would you recommend to Jason? Will providing Jason with educational material and support impact on his RA? Background To impact on the morbidity of RA, long-term management of patients is required, based not only on drug treatment, but also on non-pharmacological approaches such as phys- iotherapy and psychosocial support. The pharmacological treatment of RA is still prob- lematical and as yet there are no reliably curative or disease-remitting therapies, although considerable gains have been made recently with the advent of biological therapies. However, RA often progresses to disability. It is hoped that the full application of the older disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDs) together with the newer DMARDs and biological agents can improve this outlook. First-line pharmacological therapy for all of the inflammatory arthritic diseases includes the non-steroidal anti- inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). These are useful symptomatically but have no clear effect on the progression of RA, with virtually all patients requiring additional treatment with a DMARD. Omega-3 oil supplementation Inflammation contributes to a range of acute and chronic human diseases and is charac- terized by the production of inflammatory cytokines, arachidonic acid-derived eicosanoids (prostaglandins, thromboxanes, leukotrienes), reactive oxygen species and adhesion molecules. Long-chain omega-3 fatty acids – eicosapentaenoic acid and © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 89. 16 Managing rheumatoid arthritis at onset 83 docosahexaenoic acid – have anti-inflammatory properties when taken in doses greater than 2.7 g daily and are of proven benefit in RA, providing reduced morning stiffness, decreased tender joint count and a lessened need for NSAIDs. At sufficiently high intakes, long-chain n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFAs), as found in oily fish and fish oils, decrease production of inflammatory eicosanoids, cytokines and reactive oxygen species and decrease the expression of adhesion molecules. Long-chain n-3 PUFAs act both directly (e.g. by replacing arachidonic acid as an eicosanoid substrate and inhibiting arachidonic acid metabolism) and indirectly (e.g. by altering the expression of inflammatory genes through effects on transcription factor activation). Long-chain n-3 PUFAs also give rise to a family of anti-inflammatory medi- ators termed resolvins. The required dose of omega-3 fish oil can be taken using a large number of fish oil capsules (more than nine standard fish oil capsules containing oil from eviscerated fish bodies [30% omega-3] daily); however, the cost can be prohibitive. A less expensive alternative is to take about 10–15 ml of bottled fish body oil daily. The palata- bility and hence long-term acceptance of fish oil can be improved by using a ‘two-glass technique’. This involves ‘floating’ the dose of fish oil on 30 ml of fruit or vegetable juice in a small glass. The contents are swallowed without contact with the lips, avoiding the fish oil taste. This is followed by slowly sipping a further 40 ml of juice (from a separate glass) to rinse the mouth. Reflux of the fish oil can be avoided by taking it immediately before a solid meal – and without any extra fluid – to encourage mixing of the fish oil with the food and its transport from the stomach into the small intestine. Passage of the oil from the stomach can also be facilitated by lying on the left side for 15 minutes after the dose, or by dividing the daily dose and having each half immediately before the morning and evening meals.1 DMARDs A recent change in the use of DMARDs is that they are generally commenced as soon as a diagnosis of an inflammatory arthritis is made, in order to have the maximal effect on slowing the progress of the disease.2 The rationale for early initiation of therapy is the demonstration of rapid functional decline, and evidence that many of the deleterious effects of RA, such as erosions of bone, occur within the first one to two years of disease. This approach contrasts to the older disease-management regimens in which DMARDs were only commenced on the appearance of bony erosions on joint X-rays. Many patients with RA and other inflammatory arthritic diseases are also adminis- tered intra-articular and/or low-dose oral corticosteroids. They are frequently adminis- tered as bridging therapy until the effect of a DMARD is fully established. In some patients they are used long term with a DMARD, in order to satisfactorily suppress the disease. Corticosteroids may also be used alone for disease control in the elderly if this can be achieved with a daily dose equivalent of 7.5 mg prednisolone or less. Biological agents These are inhibitors of either tumour necrosis factor (TNF) or interleukin-1. These drugs produce rapid control of RA in a high percentage of cases, and joint destruction may be halted and even reversed in some patients. There are, however, potential problems with the biological agents, particularly the activation of infections, as well as very high finan- cial costs.
  • 90. 84 §03 Rheumatoid Arthritis The most recent strategy to optimize treatment of RA has been the introduction of ini- tial combination therapy. This approach is based on the experience of oncologists, with the combination of different mechanisms of action leading to additive or synergistic effects without significantly increasing toxicity. Studies in which one arm receives inter- mediate- to high-dose corticosteroids have demonstrated a clinical superiority that becomes less noticeable, however, as the steroid dose reduces or is withdrawn. Interestingly, in these studies a radiographic benefit does continue to be seen for several years, suggesting that the initial, rapid clinical and laboratory improvement does retard or halt the structural damage that is otherwise occurring.3 The first-line choices of a single agent in RA consist of methotrexate, leflunomide and sulphasalazine. Methotrexate is currently the gold standard DMARD, with doses acceler- ated to achieve 20 mg/week within 6–8 weeks of commencement, with folic acid supple- mentation of 5 mg/week. Objective outcomes need to be recorded including swollen and tender joint counts, inflammatory markers (ESR, CRP) and a quality of life/functional index. Failure to achieve remission of disease activity after a maximum of 3–4 months of therapy should result in an escalation or switching of therapy. An algorithm of treatment is suggested in Figure 16.1. Patient education Patient education is thought to be beneficial in helping patients cope with their disease and cooperate with its complex management. The focus is to teach patients to adjust their daily activities as dictated by disease symptoms. In addition to teaching patients what they should do, patients are also instructed on how to approach situations and to make adjustments that are appropriate for each individual and their needs. However, it is not clear which educational interventions are most effective in improving health status for patients with chronic disease. A systematic review of randomized controlled trials focused on the effects of patient education on pain, functional disability, joint counts, patient and physician global assessment, affect scores and measures of acute phase reac- tants.4 The quality of studies identified was not very high, with issues of randomization and concealment impacting adversely on their quality. At first follow-up there is a small but significant beneficial effect, particularly for functional disability. The magnitude of the effect is small, however, similar to that gained from the use of the weaker DMARDs. The duration of effect is also brief, being lost at follow-up 3–14 months later. Therefore strategies to preserve and extend the initial beneficial effects of education over a longer time need to be explored. Recent Developments 1 The clinical response to treatment of RA can be assessed by the proportion of patients who have a 70% or greater improvement according to seven clinical and laboratory measures of disease activity; this is designated as having an American College of Rheumatology (ACR)-70 response. ACR-70 responses were found in 19%–21% of patients receiving methotrexate monotherapy in trials in early RA but in 33%–40% of those receiving TNF inhibitors with methotrexate. In established RA, ACR-70 responses occurred in fewer than 5% of patients receiving methotrexate monotherapy but in 10%–27% of those receiving the
  • 91. 16 Managing rheumatoid arthritis at onset 85 Establish RA diagnosis or • RF unclassified oligoarthritis/polyarthritis or • RF unclassified oligoarthritis/polyarthritis 3 months duration Document baseline disease activity • Patient education on disease and its therapy • Commence analgesia, NSAID as needed • Omega–3 oil supplementation • Consider low-dose steroid • Start DMARD and safety monitoring Methotrexate 20–25 mg/wk plus folate Evaluate at 10–12 weeks Adequate response Inadequate response Periodic review • Combination therapy • Biological agents Figure 16.1 Antirheumatic therapy in early RA. (Adapted with permission from the American College of Rheumatology Subcommittee on Rheumatoid Arthritis Guidelines 20025 and Smolen et al. 2005.6) combination. TNF inhibitors substantially reduce the erosive damage assessed on X-ray and magnetic resonance imaging. They also decrease the self-assessed disability measured using the Health Assessment Questionnaire and improve the quality of life assessed using SF-36.7 2 Cigarette smoking remains the most important lifestyle risk factor and one that is modifiable. Males are three times more likely to develop RA if they smoke, with the risk increasing 13-fold in both sexes for heavy smokers (41–50 pack-years). The influence of smoking is substantially greater in those with a background HLA-DRB1
  • 92. 86 §03 Rheumatoid Arthritis shared epitope genetic susceptibility. Stopping smoking can reduce this risk, although the benefit is not seen until at least ten years after quitting, when the increased risk halves.8 Conclusion Early recognition of RA and prompt disease suppression with DMARDs and pred- nisolone is the key to the initial improvement of patients’ quality of life and to minimiz- ing subsequent progressive joint damage. Methotrexate retains its key role in the early treatment of RA, and whilst there remains controversy over unequivocal demonstration of the superiority of combination therapy, several studies do support the concept. Some of the best evidence in support of combination therapy is that of TNF blockers when combined with methotrexate, in which the combination is superior to monotherapy with either agent with respect to clinical, functional and radiographic outcome. The strategy of aiming for tight disease control with rapid switching of regimens if patients do not improve when assessed against measurable and recorded outcome is also a key advance. The literature also suggests that the addition of intermediate- to high-dose prednisolone to DMARDs, whether as monotherapy or combination therapy, is beneficial if intro- duced early in the course of RA. Further Reading 1 Cleland LG, James MJ, Proudman SM. Fish oil: what the prescriber needs to know. Arthritis Res Ther 2006; 8: 202–10. 2 Nell VP, Machold KP, Eberl G, Stamm TA, Uffmann M, Smolen JS. Benefit of very early referral and very early therapy with disease-modifying anti-rheumatic drugs in patients with early rheumatoid arthritis. Rheumatology 2004; 43: 906–14. 3 Smolen JS, Aletaha D, Keystone E. Superior efficacy of combination therapy for rheumatoid arthritis: fact or fiction? Arthritis Rheum 2005; 52: 2975–83. 4 Riemsma RP, Taal E, Kirwan JR, Rasker JJ. Systematic review of rheumatoid arthritis patient education. Arthritis Rheum 2004; 51: 1045–59. 5 American College of Rheumatology Subcommittee on Rheumatoid Arthritis Guidelines. Guidelines for the management of rheumatoid arthritis. Arthritis Rheum 2002; 46: 328–46. 6 Smolen JS, Aletaha D, Machold KP. Therapeutic strategies in early rheumatoid arthritis. Best Pract Res Clin Rheumatol 2005; 19: 163–77. 7 Scott DL, Kingsley GH. Tumor necrosis factor inhibitors for rheumatoid arthritis. N Engl J Med 2006; 355: 704–12. 8 Oliver JE, Silman AJ. Risk factors for the development of rheumatoid arthritis. Scand J Rheumatol 2006; 35: 169–74.
  • 93. 17 Evaluating the response to treatment 87 P R O B L E M 17 Evaluating the Response to Treatment Case History Charles and Dianna are a married couple who have been under your care for some years. Charles is aged 43 years with a 20-year history of ankylosing spondylitis (AS), and Dianna is aged 48 years and has had rheumatoid arthritis (RA) for eight years. You have noted that they are increasingly restricted in their activities. As part of your ongoing commitment to care, you want to implement a method of recording the impact of your treatment. What measures are available for monitoring disease activity? How can function and quality of life be quantified? Background The benefit of any therapeutic intervention must outweigh the cost, with cost most easily measured in monetary terms. More difficult to measure is the cost to the individual in terms of convenience of use, monitoring and adverse effects – both actual and potential. Similarly it can often be difficult to measure benefit, and this particularly applies to rheumatic disease, where a hard end-point such as mortality is rarely the outcome mea- sure. Patients with rheumatic disease experience pain and impaired function, but over time they adapt to these circumstances and symptom-reporting alters, so that quietly and without complaint function is lost. RA and AS are contrasting diseases. In Table 17.1 the demographic and clinical characteristics are compared, providing insight into the differ- ent outcome measures that need to be evaluated for each disease process. Table 17.1 Characteristics of RA and AS Rheumatoid arthritis Ankylosing spondylitis Gender F>M M>F Age Middle age onwards Late teens onwards Peripheral Predominant with involvement of hand Unusual, with occasional involvement of hip and disease and feet shoulder Spinal disease Cervical inflammation Ascending spinal restriction with impaired posture F, female; M, male. © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 94. 88 §03 Rheumatoid Arthritis Outcome measures vary according to the situation and purpose for which they are being evaluated, often differing significantly when being used in routine clinical practice and research trials. A pragmatic approach is required if they are to be utilized by the aver- age practitioner who either does not have specialist knowledge or lacks specialist equip- ment. In broad terms, the outcomes of interest in rheumatic disease are: b Laboratory evidence of inflammation recorded as erythrocyte sedimentation rate or serum C-reactive protein b Clinical joint inflammation recorded as the number of tender or swollen joints on examination b Clinical examination of spinal function b Patient’s self-reported experience of pain, fatigue or functional consequence of their disease b Radiological progression Laboratory markers of disease activity Laboratory investigations, by themselves, can be misleading. It is not unusual for a per- son to have normal inflammatory markers despite a small number of inflamed peripheral joints; similarly, elevated markers may be caused by incidental illness such as urinary tract infection. RA, with its distinct synovial inflammation, often leads to elevated inflammatory markers, whereas the spondyloarthropathies (in which enthesial inflam- mation at the tendon–periosteal interface predominates) have much lower and often normal values. Physical evaluation of disease activity Counting a patient’s tender and swollen joints is a quick and easy way of both examining the patient and evaluating the extent of their disease activity. While you could examine every joint, examining the easy-to-access 18 joints of upper limbs and knees has been shown to be a valid measure of disease activity (Figure 17.1). The joints examined are the interphalangeal joint of the thumb, proximal interphalangeal joint of the fingers, the metacarpophalangeal joints, wrists, elbows, shoulders and knees – totalling 18 joints. The method of examination is to palpate the joint in two directions – applying sufficient pres- sure to blanch the distal third of the nail bed of your thumb – to determine separately the presence of swelling and tenderness. The tender joint count (TJC) and swollen joint count (SJC) can be recorded both within the clinical record and in correspondence to other practitioners (i.e. SJC = 4/18, TJC = 6/18). This allows a quick analysis for trends over time and also provides an indicator of absolute disease severity. A count of six to eight indicates moderate severity, sufficient for entry into many trials of new therapeutic agents. Assessing spinal function requires a fuller examination and exposure of the patient but does allow serial evaluations, which are valid in detecting progressive loss of function and potentially act as patient motivation for their ongoing exercise programme. An index of spinal movement – the British Ankylosing Spondylitis Metrology Index (BASMI) – pro- vides a score of relative severity for any outcome and allows serial comparison. Tables 17.2 and 17.3 describe both the scoring system and method of measurement relating to
  • 95. 17 Evaluating the response to treatment 89 Figure 17.1 Mannequin showing the 28 easily accessible joints for evaluation in routine practice (highlighted). Table 17.2 BASMI scoring system Score 0 1 2 Tragus to wall (cm) <15 15–30 >30 Lumbar flexion (cm) >4 2–4 <2 Cervical rotation (degrees) >70 20–70 <20 Lumbar side flexion (cm) >10 5–10 <5 Intermalleolar distance (cm) >100 70–100 <70 1 Adapted with permission from Irons and Jeffries 2004.
  • 96. 90 §03 Rheumatoid Arthritis Table 17.3 Obtaining BASMI measurements Measure Starting position Method Tragus to wall Standing with back to wall, outer edges of Patient draws chin in as far as possible. Examiner feet 30 cm apart measures distance between tragus and the wall with a rigid ruler Lumbar flexion Outer edges of feet 30 cm apart. Examiner Patient flexes forward from waist with knees fully (modified Schober) marks midpoint of line level with iliac crests; extended. Distance between upper and lower marks is a second point is marked 10 cm above and a measured, and then 15 cm is subtracted third 5 cm below Cervical rotation Patient supine on bed Patient rotates head as far as possible. Angle between (performed for neutral position and rotation is measured with each side) goniometry Lumbar side flexion As for tragus to wall Measure from tip of middle finger to floor with rigid 1 m (performed for ruler. Patient side-flexes without forward flexion or each side) knee flexion. Remeasure from tip of middle finger to floor. Calculate difference between two measurements Intermalleolar distance Patient lies supine on floor Keeping knees straight, patient moves legs as far apart as possible. Distance between medial malleoli is measured Modified with permission from Irons and Jeffries 2004.1 AS. The ability to comment to a patient on the progress of their disease is important, and can also be a motivating force for compliance with interventions, particularly exercise and physiotherapy. Evaluating quality of life As medical practitioners, it is readily acknowledged that for many patients physicians are not able to cure them of their disease but aim instead to improve their ‘quality of life’. The latter has many domains, and in practice physicians are primarily aiming to influ- ence those areas related to a person’s health that impact on their global well-being – so- called health-related quality of life. Even within this more circumscribed area there are instruments that measure this in a generic way, thus allowing the same instrument to be used in different disease states providing comparisons that may be used to support health resource distribution decisions. Disease-specific instruments also exist and often provide greater insights into an individual disease and may respond quicker to interventions for that illness. Some self-reported questionnaires available for RA and AS are listed in Table 17.4, and can be accessed via internet search. Table 17.4 Self-reported health-related quality of life questionnaires RA AS Health Assessment Questionnaire (HAQ) AS Quality of Life (ASQOL) RA Quality of Life (RAQOL) BAS Disease Activity Index (BASDAI) BAS Functional Index (BASFI) BAS, British Ankylosing Spondylitis.
  • 97. 17 Evaluating the response to treatment 91 An important domain to consider in patients with RA and AS is that of fatigue. Unlike normal tiredness, fatigue is chronic and typically is not related to over-exertion and is not relieved by rest. Fatigue is a frequent complaint in many chronic diseases and can be assessed via visual analogue scales and also by dedicated questionnaires. As an outcome it has a strong relationship with the other joint symptoms in RA and AS, and is negatively influenced by sleep disorders. Regular physical activity helps alleviate fatigue and improves quality of life. Recent Developments 1 There are conflicting data regarding survival in patients with AS. A broad population-based study from Rochester, Minnesota, showed no difference in mortality between men with AS and the general population. Other studies indicate that mortality amongst AS patients seen in specialist referral centres is higher – standardized mortality ratio of 1.7 – with a linear relationship between mortality and disease severity. Furthermore, mortality in AS may be related to disease duration. Mortality risk ratios relative to the general male population are 4.0 for gastrointestinal disease, 1.3 for circulatory diseases and 1.2 for cerebrovascular disease. Smoking is a dose-dependent risk factor for the development of atherosclerosis, but it is unknown whether or not AS patients smoke more than the general population. However, smoking is associated with worse clinical, functional and radiological outcomes in AS.2 2 The inflammatory processes in AS may affect various structures of the heart; the most characteristic conditions are conduction defects and aortic insufficiency and, less commonly, pericarditis, cardiomyopathy and mitral valve disease. Conduction disturbances may occur in AS due to inflammation and fibrosis of the interventricular septum thereby affecting the atrioventricular node. Aortic insufficiency develops because the inflammatory process affects the aortic wall directly behind and above the sinuses of Valsalva. This leads to scarred, fibrotic, thickened and shortened aortic valve cusps and to a dilated aortic root, resulting in aortic regurgitation. The occurrence of conduction disturbances in patients with AS varies from 1% to 33%, and of aortic insufficiency from 1% to 10%, and increases with age, disease duration and the presence of peripheral arthritis. Impaired ventricular relaxation leading to diastolic dysfunction is being increasingly recognized in AS, even in subjects with clinically mild disease. Yildirir and colleagues examined 88 AS patients and 31 healthy controls and found that diastolic function of the left ventricle was significantly disturbed in AS patients compared to controls. 3 3 It is now recommended that three domains be assessed in the clinic for therapeutic responses in RA: patient-reported measures of physical function and/or global disease activity; physician-reported measures of physical function and/or global disease activity; and imaging of the hands and/or feet on a biannual basis.4 In practice, a 10 cm visual analogue scale can be used by both patient and physician for the global disease activity. Radiographic images should be compared over time, and may require the assistance of your local radiologist. Measures of improvement for individually relevant physical activities need to be defined for each patient.
  • 98. 92 §03 Rheumatoid Arthritis Conclusion A range of practical and relevant measures exists for measuring meaningful outcomes in patients with arthritis – particularly AS and RA. These neatly combine laboratory, objec- tive clinical and subjective physician and patients’ measurements to provide a multido- main assessment that provides information on current disease activity and its impact on the person’s quality of life, and allows you to evaluate the utility of interventions that the patient is receiving. Further Reading 1 Irons K, Jeffries C. The Bath Indices. Outcome Measures for use with Ankylosing Spondylitis Patients. National Ankylosing Spondylitis Society, East Sussex, United Kingdom, 2004. [Accessed November 2007] 2 Doran MF, Brophy S, MacKay K, Taylor G, Calin A. Predictors of longterm outcome in ankylosing spondylitis. J Rheumatol 2003; 30: 316–20. 3 Yildirir A, Aksoyek S, Calguneri M, Oto A, Kes S. Echocardiographic evidence of cardiac involvement in ankylosing spondylitis. Clin Rheumatol 2002; 21: 129–34. 4 Zatarain E, Strand V. Monitoring disease activity of rheumatoid arthritis in clinical practice: contributions from clinical trials. Nat Clin Pract Rheumatol 2006; 2: 611–18. P R O B L E M 18 Pregnancy and Rheumatic Diseases Case History Jane is a 32-year-old lawyer who has been treated for rheumatoid arthritis (RA) for the past four years. Her symptoms are well controlled on methotrexate 20 mg/week and diclofenac 50 mg bd as needed. She and her partner would like to start a family. She wishes to discuss the effect a pregnancy would have on her arthritis and vice versa. What are the beneficial and adverse effects of pregnancy on RA? Does she need to change her treatment? Will RA affect her chances of becoming pregnant? © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 99. 18 Pregnancy and rheumatic diseases 93 Background RA tends to improve in pregnancy, with 80% of patients enjoying virtually complete remission. The disease remains active in the remainder but only worsens in a small minority. Most causes of inflammatory polyarthritis (IP) follow this pattern. A small proportion of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) experience flares during pregnancy. These are now less common with more effective therapy before pregnancy and with planning of pregnancy. Previously, pregnancy flares of SLE may have been largely due to withdrawal of drugs in patients with disease that was still quite active. Prolactin is a pro-inflammatory hormone and may contribute to some cases of IP wors- ening in pregnancy and in the post-partum. RA is an autoimmune inflammatory disease in which CD4+ T lymphocytes have a prominent role in the underlying pathological process. CD4+ T cells can be divided into two subsets: T helper 1 cells (Th1) and T helper 2 cells (Th2). Th1 cells produce inter- feron-g, interleukin (IL)-2, tumour necrosis factor (TNF)-b and IL-12. Activation of this cell type and dominance of the Th1 cytokine pattern facilitates cell-mediated immunity. The Th2 cell pattern leads to secretion of IL-4, IL-10 and IL-13, which facilitates humoral immunity. Of the two T-cell patterns, the Th1 cell-mediated immunity pattern is more consistent with active autoimmune diseases. In general terms, pregnancy is associated with a shift towards a Th2 humoral pattern of immunity.1,2 Furthermore, circulating antagonists to Th1-type cytokines are increased, both during normal pregnancy and in pregnancies of patients with autoimmune diseases. These antagonists include interleukin- 1 receptor antagonist (IL-1ra) and the soluble receptors for TNF and IL-6 (sTNFR and sIL-6R). The cytokine pattern in pregnant patients with rheumatic diseases does not differ markedly from that of normal pregnant women. Increased levels of oestrogen, androgens and progesterone may all contribute to the shift away from the pre-pregnant Th1 pattern, and this leads to decreased cell-mediated immunity. Impairment of antigen-presenting function and neutrophil activity may also be relevant, as these are the initial steps that lead to normal activation of lymphocytes. It is noteworthy that remission of inflammatory conditions is more likely if the mother and foetus are dissimilar in HLA determinants, suggesting that the more active pregnancy-related immunosuppression occurs in women where there is the most marked HLA disparity between themselves and their foetus. Fertility in rheumatic diseases Women with RA are more likely to be nulliparous or to have a smaller family than their non-RA counterparts. There is, however, no evidence of a general decrease in fertility among patients with RA.3 Their general debility and drug treatment (including steroids) may decrease sexual desire and the frequency of intercourse. They may also be concerned about potential effects of disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDs) on their baby, and about their ability to deal with pregnancy and to care for a young child. Concerns about worsening symptoms during pregnancy and afterwards may also play a part. Paradoxically, while normal women often experience marked decrease in physical function and increase in symptoms (including pain) during pregnancy, many women with RA feel better and experience less pain. There is an increased rate of fetal loss related either to the underlying disease states or to drug treatments, including non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs).
  • 100. 94 §03 Rheumatoid Arthritis Cyclophosphamide is rarely needed in the management of RA but is used in the man- agement of severe SLE, particularly for nephritis or vasculitis. Its use in women over the age of 35 years generally renders them infertile, with its effects on younger women being more variable. The effects of cyclophosphamide on the ovary can be diminished by use of a high-oestrogen oral contraceptive preparation or with gonadotrophin-releasing hor- mone agonists or antagonists. Alternatively, oocyte recovery with cryopreservation can be used. In men, sperm count is decreased with methotrexate, cyclophosphamide or sul- phasalazine. The count usually recovers when the drug is stopped but, if there is concern, sperm can be stored. Fertility treatment is possible for women with RA and SLE – care should be taken with SLE as hormone treatments may increase disease activity. Disease during pregnancy The risk of increased activity of SLE may be less than was once thought. With modern treatment, more women start pregnancy with the disease in remission. Also, we have become comfortable with using some of the disease-modifying drugs in pregnancy so that the disease can be effectively treated throughout. Flares of lupus during pregnancy are generally mild. However, disease activity in pregnancy increases risk of intrauterine death, fetal growth retardation, pre-eclampsia and premature rupture of membranes leading to early delivery. Lupus flares in pregnancy are less likely if the disease is well con- trolled at conception. Unplanned pregnancies, however, can lead to worsening of skin rash, increased joint symptoms, mucosal ulceration, anaemia and thrombocytopenia, hypertension and proteinuria, renal casts and increasing levels of anti-double-stranded DNA (anti-dsDNA) antibodies with decreased complement (C3 and C4). The risk of thromboses, particularly venous thromboses, is increased two- to four- fold during normal pregnancy and in the six weeks post-partum, and is particularly high after Caesarean section. The risk of both venous and arterial thrombosis is increased in women with antiphospholipid syndrome (APS), and all women with lupus or a history of pregnancy loss should be screened by testing for lupus anticoagulant and anti-cardiolipin antibodies. APS is present in 37% of patients with SLE, but can occur in other auto- immune disease and in the absence of autoimmune disease.4 APS also increases the risk of pre-eclampsia, premature labour and HELLP (Haemolytic anaemia, Elevated Liver enzymes, Low Platelets). The effect of pregnancy on the spondyloarthropathies is more variable – the periph- eral manifestations (arthropathy and uveitis) tend to improve, while spinal symptoms often worsen. Vasculitides are relatively rare and there are few systematic studies during pregnancy. Like SLE, these conditions may flare up (particularly in the first and second trimesters). Patients with Behçet’s disease are at increased risk of thrombosis in preg- nancy. Lupus nephritis and renal vasculitis can be difficult to distinguish from pre- eclampsia. The latter is more likely to be associated with hypertension and improves rapidly following delivery. Systemic sclerosis does not appear to be at particular risk of progressing during pregnancy. Effect on the foetus Transplacental passage of immunoglobulin G (IgG) antibodies, including anti-SSA/Ro and anti-SSB/La, can lead to neonatal lupus syndrome and congenital heart block (CHB). The former can cause a transient photosensitive rash, hepatic dysfunction and bone
  • 101. 18 Pregnancy and rheumatic diseases 95 marrow depression. CHB occurs in the offspring of mothers who are anti-SSA/Ro positive, and most infants born with this complication require a pacemaker before the age of one year. It is rare, occurring in only 2% of infants of such mothers, and in 1 in 22 000 of the general population. Ideally, all young women with an inflammatory arthropathy such as SLE or RA should be screened for lupus anticoagulant, anti-cardiolipin antibodies and anti-SSA/Ro prior to them considering a family, or they should be tested early in their pregnancy. The rash of neonatal lupus resolves over the first three to five months of life, as the maternally derived IgG is cleared from the baby’s circulation. SLE disease activity at conception and the presence of antiphospholipid antibodies are the major determinants of fetal outcome. Fetal loss occurs in up to 30% of patients with active lupus. All inflammatory arthropathies increase the risk of premature delivery. However, with modern obstetric monitoring and neonatal management, the risk to the child has been markedly decreased in recent years. Drugs None of the drugs used in IP (except simple analgesics) is entirely safe during pregnancy. Methotrexate, cyclophosphamide, azathioprine, gold and cyclosporine should all be stopped at least three and preferably six months before pregnancy. Leflunomide has a very prolonged functional half-life (several months) due to its enterohepatic recircula- tion and is also very teratogenic. Prior to its prescription to a young woman, it is advis- able to discuss the time frame of possible pregnancies and to clearly state that pregnancy should not occur within two years of ceasing the medication, unless the drug has been washed out using cholestyramine and a plasma drug level obtained that confirms elimination. NSAIDs should be stopped if possible before pregnancy as they may increase risk of early pregnancy loss. Later adverse effects on the infant include premature closure of the ductus arteriosus with resulting pulmonary hypertension, cutaneous and intracranial bleeding and impaired renal function leading to oligohydramnios. If NSAIDs are required in pregnancy, older agents with a short half-life are best – indomethacin, ibuprofen and diclofenac. Corticosteroids are relatively safe in pregnancy if the dose is kept below the equivalent of 20 mg/day prednisolone. If it is considered necessary to treat mother and foetus, then dexamethasone or betamethasone should be used. Otherwise, hydrocortisone, cortisone or prednisolone should be used; less than 10% of these are delivered to the foetus (the remainder that crosses the placenta is inactivated by 11b- hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase). Side effects of steroid therapy mainly affect the mother and include hypertension, oedema, pre-eclampsia and gestational diabetes. The most extensively documented teratogenic effect is with methotrexate, which can also induce miscarriage even with normal foetuses. The drug may cause a range of con- genital abnormalities including limb anomalies, craniofacial anomalies and a range of nervous system anomalies including anencephaly and hydrocephalus. Sulphasalazine has been extensively used throughout pregnancy in patients with both RA and inflammatory bowel disease and is considered safe. Where immunosuppression is required, azathioprine is a reasonable choice. The foetus cannot convert it to its active metabolite, 6-mercaptopurine, and it is therefore relatively free of teratogenic effect. It has, however, been associated with growth retardation and premature rupture of membranes.
  • 102. 96 §03 Rheumatoid Arthritis Recent Developments 1 In a national (United States) study with access to data from over four million deliveries, Chakravarty and colleagues5 showed that, compared with the background pregnant population, women with RA or SLE were more likely to develop a hypertensive disorder, spend more time in hospital and to have a Caesarean delivery. The prevalence of hypertensive disorders was highest in patients with SLE and was comparable in these patients to the prevalence of hypertensive disorders in gestational diabetes (GDM). There was increased risk of premature rupture of membranes and of intrauterine growth retardation in both RA and SLE. The Caesarean section rate was not as high as in patients with GDM. 2 There are fewer data available on Sjögren’s syndrome (SS) in pregnancy than for RA or SLE. A recent case–control study6 investigated reproductive problems in patients with SS. Complaints of vaginal dryness were found twice as commonly as in controls and affected over 50% of SS patients. The previously documented association between SS and endometriosis was confirmed. Fertility was not decreased in SS, but women chose to have fewer children because of their disease. Conclusion The patient should stop methotrexate at least three months before pregnancy, which should be carefully planned wherever possible. Careful monitoring of the condition in the months before pregnancy should be achieved, which will determine the level of ther- apy required. Clearly the latter should be kept to a minimum before and during preg- nancy. One would not expect a major reduction in fertility in the above patient. Further Reading 1 Gordon C. Pregnancy and autoimmune diseases. Best Pract Res Clin Rheumatol 2004; 18: 359–79. 2 Østensen M, Förger F, Villiger PM. Cytokines and pregnancy in rheumatic disease. Ann NY Acad Sci 2006; 1069: 353–63. 3 Katz PP. Childbearing decisions and family size among women with rheumatoid arthritis. Arthritis Rheum 2006; 55: 217–23. 4 Tincani A, Bompane D, Danieli E, Doria A. Pregnancy, lupus and antiphospholipid syndrome (Hughes syndrome). Lupus 2006; 15: 156–60. 5 Chakravarty EF, Nelson L, Krishnan E. Obstetric hospitalizations in the United States for women with systemic lupus erythematosus and rheumatoid arthritis. Arthritis Rheum 2006; 54: 899–907. 6 Haga HJ, Gjesdal CG, Irgens LM, Østensen M. Reproduction and gynaecological manifestations in women with primary Sjögren’s syndrome: a case– control study. Scand J Rheumatol 2005; 34: 45–8.
  • 103. 19 Diet and arthritis 97 P R O B L E M 19 Diet and Arthritis Case History Michelle is 37 years old and has had rheumatoid arthritis (RA) for four years. She is compliant with her medication and has achieved near-remission but does not like taking tablets. She has a body mass index of 27.6 kg/m2 and is seeking advice on whether there are any effective diets or supplements. What is the effect of being overweight or obese on rheumatic diseases? Are there pro- or anti-inflammatory components of the diet? What simple, risk-free advice might she be given? Is there a place for food supplements? Background Pharmacological measures to improve symptoms and drugs to modify disease activity have transformed the management of rheumatic diseases. Dietary measures have a much less certain place but emerging evidence is beginning to point to a role in disease preven- tion in patients who are at high risk of developing the diseases, and in controlling symp- toms or preventing relapse in patients who have diagnosed disease. There is increasing pressure on health professionals to be knowledgeable about dietary factors as patients are increasingly informed. The increased predisposition to osteoarthritis amongst patients who are either overweight or obese is now well documented, as is the importance of vari- ous dietary components in RA. Diet as a susceptibility factor for RA The cause of RA is unknown but is likely to involve both genetic susceptibility and envir- onmental factors such as diet, and may involve interplay of both factors. Available data suggest that at least one-third of RA susceptibility is explained by environmental vari- ation. The possibility that diet may play a role in both the onset and persistence of RA is a frequently reported experience and there is a growing literature in support of this hypothesis.1 A large prospective study was performed in the United Kingdom using RA cases registered from the Norfolk Arthritis Register. A number of dietary factors emerged as being of possible relevance.2 Low fruit and vitamin C intake was associated with a doub- ling in the risk for RA, with the highest daily intake of the antioxidants b-cryptoxanthin and zeaxanthin having the lowest risk for RA. It was suggested that one glass of freshly © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 104. 98 §03 Rheumatoid Arthritis squeezed orange juice per day would be sufficient to offer protection. A high intake of red meat had a modest risk for RA, which is independent of any lowering of fruit and vege- table intake, and may be explained by red meat providing a dietary source of omega-6 oils. The reported effects of decaffeinated/caffeinated coffee, tea or total caffeine con- sumption are internally inconsistent and conflicting, making a real effect unlikely.2 Alcohol consumption and the risk of developing RA has only been studied in women. The results are conflicting, at best suggesting a modest protective effect in women con- suming the most alcohol.1 Fruit, vegetables and antioxidants Monocytes, macrophages and granulocytes at the site of an inflammatory process gener- ate reactive oxygen species. These, in turn, lead to increased production of inflammatory mediators. This process, which is partly mediated by increased local nitric oxide produc- tion, can potentially be inhibited by antioxidants, which scavenge reactive oxygen species.3 Interestingly, in patients with RA, blood markers of antioxidant nutritional status are lower than in normal controls. Fruit and vegetables are the main source of anti- oxidants in the diet, including retinoids, vitamins C and E, carotenoids, selenium and lutein. Lower intake of vitamin C is associated with increased risk of inflammatory polyarthritis.4 Essential fatty acids and the Mediterranean diet The Mediterranean diet is characterized by less red meat and more fish, with olive oil as the primary fat source, an abundance of plant food and moderate wine consumption. High levels of omega-3 fatty acids may protect against inflammation by substituting for omega-6 fatty acids. Polyunsaturated fatty acids contain two or more double bonds, with the omega-3 or omega-6 classification according to the site of the double bond proximal to the methyl terminus. Mammals do not possess the enzyme necessary to introduce double bonds at the 3 or 6 positions – they are therefore essential fatty acids and must be obtained from the diet. The Western diet is abundant in omega-6 fatty acids due to the abundance of linoleic acid in soybean, safflower, sunflower and corn oil.5 Fish oil con- tains the omega-3 fatty acids eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA) and docosahexaenoic acid (DHA). These compete with arachidonic acid for cyclooxygenase (COX)-1, COX-2 and lipoxygenase enzymes, and their metabolism leads to incorporation of anti-inflamma- tory prostanoids and leukotrienes in cell membranes. Olive oil is rich in oleic acid, which can be metabolized to eicosatrienoic acid, similar to omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acid from fish oil. Stamp et al.5 have extensively reviewed the role of dietary oils in RA. In combination with non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs)/aspirin, omega-3 oil produced a novel family of bioactive lipids known as resolvins, named for their anti- inflammatory effect and tendency to resolve inflammation at the site of study. Fish oil supplementation reduced expression of the antigen-presenting class II HLA-DR mol- ecule on human monocytes, with a reduced ability to present antigen after culture with EPA and DHA. The risk of RA has been documented to be lower in those who consume higher amounts of olive oil or oily fish.6 These observations are consistent with several randomized controlled trials showing modest antirheumatic benefit of omega-3 fatty acid supplementation, including reduced early morning stiffness, tender joint count and use of NSAIDs (Box 19.1).
  • 105. 19 Diet and arthritis 99 Box 19.1 Effects of omega-3 oils on the manifestations of RA b Modest clinical improvement when used with standard pharmacotherapy b Deterioration in symptoms after discontinuation b Ability to decrease or cease NSAIDs and hence reduce associated gastrointestinal and cardiovascular risk b Reduce sudden cardiac death Dietary supplements and RA In all studies of fish oils, the benefits were observed against a background of standard therapy of NSAIDs, disease-modifying agents and immunomodulators. Collectively, these studies have established that fish oil supplementation that delivers 2.6 g or more per day of the long-chain fatty acids EPA plus DHA reduces symptoms after a latent period of three months. The latency can be reduced with higher doses of fish oil. For anti- inflammatory effect it is recommended to take 2.6–4.0 g of EPA and DHA per day. The required dose of fish oil can be taken either as fish oil capsules or from bottled fish body oil, with patient preference relating to cost and palatability. In addition to oil supple- ments, patients should be encouraged to review their background diet so as to minimize omega-6 oil intake and maximize omega-3 intake (Box 19.2). Elemental diets provide food in the most basic forms – i.e. free amino acids, medium chain triglycerides and small sugars – and are proposed as being hypoallergenic. General benefit has not been evident in several trials. Vegetarian and vegan diets have been reported to improve symptoms. Many of the studies commence with a fast with resultant improvement in clinical and biochemical parameters, which is not always sustained in the longer term when caloric intake in its modified form is reintroduced. Fasting has been shown to reduce both clinical and laboratory markers of inflammation, possibly by redirecting scarce resources away from inflammatory pathways and reducing disease activity but compromising immune defences. It is important to ensure that sufficient calories and nutrients are being provided to ensure well-being. Elimination diets seek to remove foods that are putatively allergenic from the diet. Studies demonstrate that a pro- portion of patients improve when putative allergenic foods are eliminated, with worsen- ing of symptoms at some point when foods are sequentially reintroduced. Box 19.2 Diet in rheumatoid arthritis b Diet as a risk factor – Low fruit, vitamin C, b-cryptoxanthin, zeaxanthin – High meat b Diet as a protective or therapeutic factor – High consumption of oily fish, olive oil, cooked vegetables b Conflicting data – Caffeine, decaffeinated coffee, tea – Vitamin D and dairy products b Doubtful benefit – Elemental diet
  • 106. 100 §03 Rheumatoid Arthritis Recent Developments 1 Turmeric has been used for centuries in Ayurvedic medicine as a treatment for inflammatory disorders including arthritis. In an animal model of arthritis, a curcuminoid-containing turmeric extract demonstrated efficacy in preventing joint swelling and destruction as determined clinically, histologically and by measurement of bone mineral density.7 The putative mechanism of action was further elucidated by analysis of turmeric’s effect on articular transcription factor activation and microarray analysis of articular gene expression. Treatment in vivo prevented local activation of nuclear factor-k-beta (NF-kB) and the subsequent expression of NF-kB-regulated genes mediating joint inflammation and destruction, including chemokines, COX-2 and receptor activator of NF-kB ligand (RANKL). Consistent with these findings, inflammatory cell influx, joint levels of prostaglandin E2 and periarticular osteoclast formation were all inhibited by turmeric extract. Other researchers using curcumin have documented antiproliferative, anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive activities, as identified by inhibition of neutrophil activation, synoviocyte proliferation and angiogenesis.8 2 Polyphenols are secondary metabolites of plants and are generally involved in the defence mechanism against ultraviolet radiation and insects, but have anti- inflammatory activity when consumed. Classified into four groups – flavonoids, stillbenes, lignas and phenolic acids – these naturally occurring plant compounds can have potent effects on reducing chronic disease in animal models.9 Flavanols (one of the flavonoids) have been extensively studied, and there is an estimated daily consumption of 20–25 mg/day in the United States. The potential mechanisms of their anti-inflammatory activities include inhibition of COX and lipoxygenase enzymes, as well as nitric oxide synthase, and inhibition of the transcription factors NF-kB and PPARs (peroxisomal proliferator-activated receptors). In collagen- induced arthritis (a mouse model of RA, which is triggered by tumour necrosis factor [TNF]-a) the oral administration of flavonoids improves the arthritis even when the disease has become established.10 Dietary sources of flavonoids include tea, red wine, fruits, vegetables and legumes. Flavanones are in citrus, isoflavones in soy products, anthocyanidins in wine and bilberry, and flavans are in apples and tea. Citrus flavonoids are found in citrus fruits, rutin in buckwheat, epigallocatechin gallate in green tea and naringenin in grapefruit. Oligomeric proanthocyanidins are found in grape seeds and skins. Quercetin is found in onions, tea and apples. Polyphenols are the most abundant group of compounds in fresh tea leaves and are found in green and black tea beverages as 30%–42% and 3%–10% of the total dry matter, respectively. Many medicinal plants contain bioflavonoids, such as ginkgo biloba, hawthorn and Chinese skullcap. Conclusion ‘Does my diet affect my arthritis?’ is a question familiar to all rheumatologists and pri- mary care practitioners. One-third to three-quarters of RA patients believe that food plays an important role in their symptom severity, and up to half will have tried dietary manipulation to improve their quality of life. The most consistent link between diet and
  • 107. 19 Diet and arthritis 101 Table 19.1A Omega-3 friendly foods FATS AND OILS Use either canola, sunola or olive oil spread, mayonnaise and salad dressing instead of your usual oil products Flaxseed oil can be used in salad dressings or mixed with sunola or olive oil and used in baking BREADS AND CEREALS Choose breads, crispbreads and cereals that have added linseed NUTS Macadamias, hazelnuts, cashews and almonds can be enjoyed every day in limited amounts (one handful) Peanuts (and peanut paste) and pistachios – one handful 2–3 times a week MEAT Use lean cuts of meat FISH Choose oily fish, i.e. mullet, flathead, snook, trevally, fresh tuna, canned pink salmon, canned sardines FRUITS AND VEGETABLES Eat freely CONVENIENCE FOODS Frozen chips (these are pre-cooked in canola oil) McCain – Healthy Choice; Straight Cut or Country Style Birds Eye – Steak House, Crinkle Cut, Home Style, French Fries, Flavour Crisp (Seasoned Crunchy Wedges only) SNACK FOODS & CONFECTIONERY Most potato crisps are cooked in omega-6 fats, which may prevent the omega-3 fats going into your body Kettle Chip Company chips are cooked in sunola oil FAST FOODS Pizza Haven and Fasta Pasta use canola oil Based on a pamphlet developed by Dr E Mantzioris, Dr MJ James and Prof LG Cleland, Royal Adelaide Hospital, Australia. Table 19.1B Foods to avoid FATS AND OILS Avoid all other oils, cooking sprays, dressings, mayonnaise, lards, dairy blends, drippings, cooking margarines and spreads NUTS & LEGUMES Brazil nuts, pecan nuts, pine nuts, walnuts, sesame seeds (tahini paste, houmous), sunflower seeds FISH Packaged frozen fish such as fish fingers CONVENIENCE FOODS All other varieties of frozen chips. Avoid those fruits or vegetables that are canned in dressings (e.g. potato salad) SNACK FOODS & CONFECTIONERY Health food bars – sesame bars, nut bars, muesli bars arthritis to date remains that of polyunsaturated omega-3 oils. Additional potential mechanisms are under exploration, and it is prudent advice to any patient with inflam- matory polyarthritis that they aim to alter their omega-3/omega-6 balance (Table 19.1). This should occur in parallel with the use of single and preferably combination disease- modifying agents. There is limited evidence for benefit of restrictive or elimination diets and any benefits are likely to be individual and not transferable to the next patient.
  • 108. 102 §03 Rheumatoid Arthritis Research into the dietary polyphenols may open up new areas of dietary manipulation in the treatment of chronic inflammatory disease. Further Reading 1 Pattison DJ, Harrison RA, Symmons DPM. The role of diet in susceptibility to rheumatoid arthritis: a systematic review. J Rheumatol 2004; 31: 1310–19. 2 Oliver JE, Silman AJ. Risk factors for the development of rheumatoid arthritis. Scand J Rheumatol 2006; 35: 169–74. 3 Pattison DJ, Symmons DPM, Young A. Does diet have a role in the aetiology of rheumatoid arthritis? Proc Nutr Soc 2004; 63: 137–43. 4 Pattison DJ, Silman AJ, Goodson NJ et al. Vitamin C and the risk of developing inflammatory polyarthritis: prospective nested case–control study. Ann Rheum Dis 2004; 63: 843–7. 5 Stamp LK, James MJ, Cleland LG. Diet and rheumatoid arthritis: a review of the literature. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2005; 35: 77–94. 6 Choi HK. Dietary risk factors for rheumatic diseases. Curr Opin Rheumatol 2005; 17: 141–6. 7 Funk JL, Frye JB, Oyarzo JN et al. Efficacy and mechanism of action of turmeric supplements in the treatment of experimental arthritis. Arthritis Rheum 2006; 54: 3452–64. 8 Jackson JK, Higo T, Hunter WL, Burt HM. The antioxidants curcumin and quercetin inhibit inflammatory processes associated with arthritis. Inflamm Res 2006; 55: 168–75. 9 Yoon J-H, Baek SJ. Molecular targets of dietary polyphenols with anti-inflammatory properties. Yonsei Med J 2005; 46: 585–96. 10 Kumazawa Y, Kawaguchi K, Takimoto H. Immunomodulating effects of flavonoids on acute and chronic inflammatory responses caused by tumor necrosis factor alpha. Curr Pharm Des 2006; 12: 4271–9.
  • 109. 20 Polyarthritis in the elderly 103 P R O B L E M 20 Polyarthritis in the Elderly Case History John is 69 years old and presents because of pain in his shoulders and hands. He is unable to get out of bed with ease or dress himself. His symptoms started suddenly five weeks ago and he thought they would get better with tablets he bought from the chemist. What are the common forms of polyarthritis in the elderly? Is there evidence that osteoarthritis can be modified by the use of medication? What factors should be considered in the treatment of arthritis in the elderly? Background Arthritis and rheumatism are major physical and psychological burdens in the elderly population. As most forms of arthritis are chronic, the combination of increasing life- span, cumulative arthritis incidence and concomitant disease and treatments creates the almost inevitable experience of arthritis. Approximately two-thirds of elderly people experience sufficient symptoms each day to warrant regular use of non-steroidal anti- inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). Symptoms are sufficient to disrupt the sleep or leisure activities of one-third of the elderly population, with nearly all these people using at least one medical, complementary or self-care strategy. Arthritis is the most prevalent chronic condition among adults over the age of 65 years (48.9 per 100 adults), followed by hyper- tension (40.3 per 100 adults) and heart disease (28.6 per 100 adults). The psychological burden of arthritis is often underestimated. Osteoarthritis Osteoarthritis (OA) is the commonest condition to affect synovial joints and the single most important cause of locomotor disability. Although not an inevitable consequence of aging, OA is strongly related to age, which may represent cumulative insult to the joint, possibly aggravated by decline in neuromuscular function or senescence of homeostatic repair mechanisms. OA is uncommon and multiple joint OA is rare in persons aged less than 45 years. Prevalence of OA varies in different populations, but on average affects 60%–70% of those aged over 45 years. The prevalence of radiographic OA exceeds that of clinical OA, and is almost universal in the elderly population in distal interphalangeal joints and knees. The prevalence of symptomatic OA also increases with age, 15% of those aged 55 years having symptomatic knee OA. There is a pronounced female prepon- derance after the age of 55 years for severe radiographic OA. This has suggested that © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 110. 104 §03 Rheumatoid Arthritis oestrogen deficiency may play a role in aetiology. Occupation predisposes to OA of spe- cific joints (e.g. hip of farmers). The best-characterized OA risk factor is obesity, with OA in the knee and to a lesser extent in the hip correlating with higher body weights. OA is a condition of synovial joints characterized by focal cartilage loss and an accom- panying reparative bone response. It is a slowly progressing inflammatory process and not simply ‘wear and tear’. The final common pathway of OA is cartilage degradation. Brandt and Mazzuca1 reviewed nine clinical trials purporting to demonstrate disease modifica- tion in OA, with their focus on placebo-controlled randomized clinical trials in which joint space narrowing (JSN) was used as an outcome. They also examined the effects of the purported disease-modifying osteoarthritis drugs (DMOADs) on joint pain (Table 20.1). Whilst some agents have shown possible efficacy, trial design has been poor with heteroge- neous populations and insufficiently sensitive outcome measures. No therapy has yet been approved as having either chondroprotective or structure-modifying properties in OA. Table 20.1 Effect of disease-modifying osteoarthritis drugs (DMOADs) Intervention Joint Study duration (months) JSN Sx control GI. Sulp 1500 mg K 36  ? GI. Sulp 1500 mg K 36   Ch. Sulp 800 mg K 24 ?  Ch. Sulp 800 mg K 12 ?  Doxycycline 200 mg K 30   Risedronate 5/15 mg K 12   IA Hyaluronan K 12 ? ? Diacerein 100 mg H 36   Ch. Sulp, chondroitin sulphate; GI. Sulp, glucosamine sulphate; H, hip; IA, intra-articular; JSN, joint space narrowing; K, knee; Sx, symptom. The Glucosamine/chondroitin Arthritis Intervention Trial (GAIT)2 involving 1500 overweight subjects with symptomatic and radiographic knee OA, found that neither glucosamine nor chondroitin – alone or in combination – were better than placebo for symptom control. The internal active control in this study was celecoxib and this was sig- nificantly better than placebo for symptom control. A potential explanation for this lack of clinical effect of glucosamine is the differences between the serum levels obtained in vivo after standard doses of glucosamine and the doses used in the precursor loading of cultured human chondrocytes studied in vitro. In clinical studies, a single dose of glu- cosamine sulphate was detected in 17 of 18 subjects at 30–45 minutes after administra- tion, with peak concentrations occurring at 90–180 minutes. The detected serum concentration range of 2–11 mmol/l would contribute only 2% of galactosamine incorpor- ation into chondroitin sulphate in the in vitro experiments in human chondrocytes.3 Rheumatoid arthritis The onset of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) is often abrupt in the elderly, and although the classical peripheral symmetrical small joint polyarthritis develops, shoulder symptoms
  • 111. 20 Polyarthritis in the elderly 105 may predominate initially and prominent hand oedema may obscure the diagnosis. Late- onset RA (LORA) has been reported to have a more equal gender distribution, an acute onset and prominent elevation of erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR). It is also charac- terized by disabling morning stiffness and marked pain, predominantly in the upper extremities. The physical examination is of pronounced synovitis of the shoulders and the wrists as well as the metacarpophalangeal joints and proximal interphalangeal joints, with marked limitation of motion and severe soft tissue swelling. Conditions that may mimic and cause diagnostic confusion with LORA are remitting seronegative symmetric synovitis with pitting oedema (RS3PE) and polymyalgia rheumatica (PMR) (Table 20.2). A diagnosis of PMR or LORA can be made in the same patient at different stages of the same illness depending on the predominant clinical manifestation at the time. RS3PE is an acute onset, bilateral symmetrical synovitis predominantly of the wrist, carpus, small hand joints and flexor digitorum sheaths, associated with marked oedema of the dorsum of the hand. Patients are persistently rheumatoid factor (RF) negative and respond rapidly to low-dose steroids. Cantini et al.,4 in their prospective five-year study of PMR and RS3PE, found no demographic, clinical or immunogenetic differences. No patient developed RA, and they concluded that PMR and RS3PE constitute a spectrum within the same disease. Table 20.2 Differences and similarities between LORA, PMR and RS3PE LORA PMR RS3PE Age of onset Over 60 years Over 55 years Over 60 years Sex ratio F:M 1:1 5:1 1:4 Mode of onset Acute or subtle Acute Acute Predominant Peripheral joints in upper Shoulders, lower back, hips, Hands, wrists, shoulders, knees joint pattern limbs and shoulders knees Distal oedema May be present May be present Present RF positivity 50% Negative Negative HLA association DR4 ? B7 Course Severe in RF+ Long-term steroids 2–4 years Self-limited 1–2 years Mild in RF– Giant cell arteritis in 10%–15% Response to Poor in RF+ Good Good low-dose steroid Good in RF– Modified with permission from Canoso JJ. Rheumatology in Primary Care. WB Saunders Co., Philadelphia, 1997. In general, the therapeutic approach in LORA is similar to that for younger patients. Consideration needs to be given, however, to concomitant illnesses and the elderly patient’s reduced physiological reserve, and the ability of the liver and kidneys to metab- olize medications. NSAIDs increase the risk of gastrointestinal bleeding and can impair renal function, with the resultant salt and water retention impacting on hypertension and cardiac function. The mortality for gastrointestinal bleeding increases rapidly in later life, with risk factors for bleeding being age over 65 years, past history of peptic ulcers or
  • 112. 106 §03 Rheumatoid Arthritis bleeds, concomitant steroids/anticoagulants/antiplatelet agents and general frailty. Risk factors for renal failure include age over 65 years, hypertension, cardiac failure and con- comitant diuretics or angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors. The evidence that select- ive cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitors offer meaningful gastroprotection in an elderly cohort is doubtful, and any positives are outweighed by adverse impact on renal and cardiac function. In the past, low-dose corticosteroids have been promoted for use in the elderly due to their rapid onset of action. This strategy is acceptable if the goal is rapid suppression of the inflammatory process with the steroids acting as a bridge to a longer-term alternative agent allowing the withdrawal of steroids. The danger is if the alternative agent is not introduced and/or the patients continue to receive steroids in the long term. Even low- dose steroids (<7.5 mg prednisolone per day) are associated with reduction in bone min- eral density, hyperglycaemia, weight gain and hypertension. Gout Prolonged hyperuricaemia is a necessary prerequisite for clinical gout, but fortunately gout only develops in a small percentage of patients with chronic hyperuricaemia. In men, uric acid accumulation begins after puberty, with the first attacks usually occurring after the age of 35–40 years. In women, oestrogen facilitates renal excretion of urate, such that the age at which clinical gout occurs is older; occurrence is often the combination of post-menopausal status and, frequently, thiazide diuretic use, and more recently the con- comitant use of low-dose aspirin. In the elderly, joints previously damaged (mostly by OA) facilitate seeding of uric acid crystals through exposed collagen and glycosaminogly- cans. Age-related and concomitant illness impacts on renal function to further enhance uric acid retention, leading to more frequent and more severe attacks of gout. Eventually, the patient may have chronic polyarticular gout, which no longer resembles the acute, self-limited illness, and is easily confused with a polyarthritis such as RA. Colchicine is related to the cytotoxic agents vincristine and vinblastine, and is renally excreted. Its use in the elderly is often associated with diarrhoea and risk of bone marrow suppression. Oral, intramuscular and intra-articular steroids are well suited to suppress- ing an acute attack of gout. In the longer term, allopurinol remains the agent of choice in the elderly, as it does not rely on preserved renal function and does not increase the risk of renal calculi. It is, however, renally excreted, with any dosage reduction either based empirically on renal function, or more specifically based on the serum measurement of the active allopurinol metabolite, oxypurinol. Conclusion OA, gout, pseudogout, RA and PMR are commonly encountered in the elderly popula- tion. Diagnostic confusion may occur because of age-related effects on diagnostic tests such as ESR, RF and antinuclear antibodies. The onset of scleroderma, systemic lupus erythematosus or idiopathic polymyositis is uncommon in the elderly. Increasing life- span is impacting both on overall prevalence and incidence of the rheumatic diseases in the elderly community. The combination of aging, cumulative morbidities and polypharmacy makes the elderly particularly susceptible to drug-related adverse events.
  • 113. 20 Polyarthritis in the elderly 107 This, however, should not detract from the same overall goal of improving an individ- ual’s quality of life and functioning. Further Reading 1 Brandt KD, Mazzuca SA. Lessons learned from nine clinical trials of disease-modifying osteoarthritis drugs. Arthritis Rheum 2005; 52: 3349–59. 2 Clegg DO, Reda DJ, Harris CL et al. Glucosamine, chondroitin sulfate, and the two in combi- nation for painful knee osteoarthritis. N Engl J Med 2006; 354: 795–808. 3 Biggee BA, Blinn CM, McAlindon TE, Nuite M, Silbert JE. Low levels of human serum glucosamine after ingestion of glucosamine sulphate relative to capability for peripheral effectiveness. Ann Rheum Dis 2006; 65: 222–6. 4 Cantini F, Salvarini C, Olivieri I et al. Remitting seronegative symmetrical synovitis with pit- ting oedema (RS3PE) syndrome: a prospective follow up and magnetic resonance imaging study. Ann Rheum Dis 1999; 58: 230–6.
  • 114. S E C T I O N F O U R 04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma 21 Antinuclear factor 22 SLE – risk factors and diagnosis 23 Monitoring and managing SLE 24 Sjögren’s syndrome 25 Raynaud’s phenomenon 26 Assessing and treating scleroderma 27 Immunosuppressive drugs P R O B L E M 21 Antinuclear Factor Case History Mary is 32 years old and presents with chronic fatigue and general malaise. She has two young children aged two and five years. Her pregnancies were uncomplicated. Her mother suffers from autoimmune thyroid disease. Her erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) is slightly elevated at 25 mm/h and the immunology laboratory reports that her serum is antinuclear antibody (ANA) positive at a titre of 1:320. What is the clinical significance of the positive ANA? What factors will aid the interpretation of this result? Are there other tests that should be requested? © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 115. 110 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma Background ANA is detected by indirect immunofluorescence on fixed and permeabilized Hep2 cells derived from a human laryngeal carcinoma. ANA is positive in the majority of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) but is not specific for SLE, frequently being positive in other connective tissue diseases. ANA may also be detected in autoimmune thyroid and liver diseases. It may become positive in patients with infections and inflam- matory disorders including inflammatory bowel disease. A small proportion of the nor- mal population, particularly the elderly, are also ANA positive. ANA results are reported as titres – the maximum dilution at which the antibody can be detected by immunofluor- escence.1 Beginning at 1:40 dilution, serial doubling dilutions are analysed until the observer no longer detects the presence of antinuclear fluorescence (i.e. 1:40, 1:80, 1:160, 1:320, 1:640 dilutions and so on). Often reported as positive at a titre of 1:40, clinically meaningful positives begin at 1:160. Although higher titres are more likely to indicate the presence of an underlying disease, repeated measurements are generally not useful in tracking the activity of underlying diseases. Different patterns of staining, indicating which antibody may be present, have long been recognized but are now of less clinical significance as specific markers for connective tissue diseases have been described: Homogeneous: Due to anti-double-stranded DNA (anti-dsDNA), anti-histone (seen in drug-induced lupus) or anti-nucleosome (histone–DNA complex). Membranous: Antibodies to membrane components including lamins A, B and C. Speckled: Antibodies directed at non-histone antigens. Coarse speckles – anti-Sm (Smith antigen) and anti-uracil-rich 1 ribonucleoprotein (anti-U1RNP); fine speckles – anti- SSA/Ro or anti-SSB/La. Anti-centromere: Characteristic of limited form of systemic sclerosis (CREST syndrome). Nucleolar: Anti-DNA topoisomerase I (Scl-70), a marker for systemic sclerosis. The Hep2000 cell line is increasingly used for ANA testing as it contains a proportion of Ro antigen-transfected cells and identifies both ANA and anti-Ro antibodies. Sensitivities and specificities for various disease states are shown in Table 21.1. Positive ANA should always be interpreted in the light of the clinical picture. Extractable nuclear antigens are antibodies directed against small ribonuclear proteins and include anti-Sm, anti-U1RNP, anti-SSA/Ro and anti-SSB/La. With modern diagnostic techniques, it is debatable whether SLE can be diagnosed in the absence of antinuclear antigens although older literature suggests that up to 5%–10% of cases may be autoantibody negative. Of 263 patients referred with a presumptive diagnosis of SLE, 29% were ANA positive but did not have autoimmune disease, and half of these had received treatment with cortico- steroids at dosages as high as 60 mg/day.2 Anti-dsDNA DNA was the first of the nuclear antigens to be identified (in 1957). High avidity immunoglobulin G (IgG) antibodies directed at double-stranded DNA are highly specific for SLE. The antigenicity of DNA is increased when it is complexed to histones or other nucleosome proteins. The level of anti-dsDNA is a reasonable marker of disease activity, particularly where there is renal involvement. Antibodies against the comple-
  • 116. 21 Antinuclear factor 111 Table 21.1 ANA in connective tissue diseases Disease Sensitivity (%) Specificity (%) Systemic lupus erythematosus 96 57 Scleroderma 85 54 Secondary Raynaud’s 64 41 Polymyositis/dermatomyositis 61 63 Sjögren’s syndrome 48 52 Rheumatoid arthritis 41 56 3 Adapted with permission from Habash-Bseiso et al. 2005. ment component C1q may also be useful. The antibodies are not only markers for the disease but directly participate in the disease process through immune complex depos- ition, cross reactivity with other antigens and promotion of immune reactions within tis- sues. A variety of methods have been described for detection including the Farr assay, Crithidia luciliae immunofluorescence and a range of enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs). Anti-SSA/Ro and anti-SSB/La These were first described as antibodies against determinants in salivary glands of patients with Sjögren’s syndrome. They are directed against 52 kDa and 60 kDa Ro pro- teins, La or to one of a number of RNA particles. Anti-Ro occurs in some patients with SLE, mixed systemic sclerosis (SSc)/SLE syndrome, primary biliary cirrhosis and in 15%–20% of patients with polymyositis/dermatomyositis (PM/DM). In SLE, it has been associated with non-erosive (Jaccoud’s) arthropathy and with late onset of the disease (at age >50 years). Anti-La is most commonly found in Sjögren’s syndrome. In SLE, it gener- ally occurs with anti-Ro and together they are a marker for low risk of renal disease. Anti- La is also found in patients with hypergammaglobulinaemia or cryoglobulinaemia. Anti-Ro is found in patients with complement C2 or C4 deficiency. Anti-Ro IgG crosses the placenta and is responsible for congenital heart block in the offspring of mothers with SLE. Heart block and tachyarrhythmias occur with increased frequency in mixed connect- ive tissue disease (MCTD), SSc and PM/DM, where they are often associated with the presence of anti-Ro.4 Anti-Sm and anti-RNP Anti-Sm shows high specificity for SLE but is only found in 5%–30% of patients, with fewer Caucasian patients and up to 30% of black patients being positive. Anti-RNP is positive in 25%–47% of SLE patients, and is a particularly good marker for MCTD. Although the two autoantibodies are highly associated, they may have different clinical associations: anti- RNP in patients with SLE and Raynaud’s phenomenon and typically with milder renal involvement; anti-Sm, along with high anti-dsDNA, is a marker for more severe renal involvement. Anti-Sm is directed at seven proteins that form the core of U1, U2, U4 and U5 small nuclear ribonucleoprotein particles. Anti-RNP is directed at 70 kDa, A and C pro- teins in the core of U1RNA particles. Detection is by counterimmunoelectrophoresis,
  • 117. 112 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma immunoblotting or ELISA. Anti-Sm is technically difficult to detect and more than one method may be required. Anti-Sm may arise by molecular mimicry with an Epstein–Barr virus, while cross-reactivity with influenza B has been suggested for anti-RNP. Anti-Jo-1 Initially described in 1980 in a patient with interstitial pulmonary fibrosis (John P), these antibodies are highly specific for inflammatory myopathies. Anti-Jo-1 is directed at the histidyl-tRNA synthetase. Autoantibodies against six of the 20 aminoacyl-tRNA syn- thetases have now been described. The antibody occurs in 20%–30% of patients with PM, but in 60%–70% where there is concurrent pulmonary fibrosis. DM is more fre- quently associated with malignancy than PM, but anti-Jo-1 is present in 5%–10% of cases. Anti-Jo-1 often occurs along with anti-Ro52. The association of inflammatory myositis, interstitial pulmonary fibrosis and Raynaud’s phenomenon has been called ‘antisynthetase syndrome’. Detection of anti-Jo-1 is by counterimmunoelectrophoresis, immunoblotting or ELISA. Anti-Scl-70 These are antibodies against the enzyme topoisomerase I. They are rarely found in healthy individuals and are reasonably specific for SSc, particularly where there is diffuse cutaneous involvement or interstitial pulmonary fibrosis. They are detectable in about 40% of patients with SSc, and have also been described in patients with localized sclero- derma, eosinophilia myalgia syndrome and graft-versus-host disease. Anti-hnRNP Antibodies to heterogeneous nuclear ribonucleoproteins (hnRNPs) have only relatively recently come to prominence and are positive in 35% of rheumatoid arthritis patients, 20%–30% of patients with SLE and in 40% with MCTD. The hnRNPs are abundant nuclear proteins involved in RNA processing in association with RNA polymerase II. The most common anti-hnRNPs are antibodies against the A1 protein (a marker for Raynaud’s phenomenon associated with SLE), the A2/B complex (associated with erosive arthritis in SLE) and K protein. Anti-RA33 is thought to be a relatively specific marker for rheumatoid disease. The above autoantibodies should only be sought if ANA is positive and there is a strong clinical suspicion of the related disease. The associations between autoantibodies and the various disease states is summarized in Table 21.2. Recent Developments 1 Environmental factors including drugs and infections are important triggers for the development of ANA. In a recent study,5 ANA (measured by ELISA) was found in 10.9% of men and 12.2% of women. Records of infectious diseases in early life were available. Participants who had mumps, rubella or a diarrhoeal illness later in life were more likely to be ANA positive. 2 Smoking is another environmental trigger for rheumatoid arthritis, SLE, autoimmune thyroid disease and multiple sclerosis. Generation of reactive oxygen
  • 118. 21 Antinuclear factor 113 Table 21.2 Autoantibodies in connective tissue diseases SLE MCTD SS SSc RA PM/DN Raynaud’s ANA +++ ++ ++ +++ + ++ ++ dsDNA ++++ ++ – – – – + Ro ++ ++ – – – ++ – La + – ++ – – – – Sm ++ + + – – – – RNP ++ +++ + – – – ++ Jo-1 + + + – – +++ + Scl-70 – – – ++ – – + hnRNP ++ ++ + – ++ – – The higher number of + signs, the greater utility in diagnosis for each syndrome. This does not imply that the markers are useful for monitoring disease activity. ANA, antinuclear antibody; dsDNA, double-stranded DNA; MCTD, mixed connective tissue disease; PM/DM, polymyositis/dermatomyositis; RA, rheumatoid arthritis; RNP, ribonucleoprotein; SLE, systemic lupus erythematosus; SS, Sjögren’s syndrome; SSc, systemic sclerosis. species in smokers may lead to exposure of potential autoantigens or may alter antigens rendering them more immunogenic. In the study by Freemer et al.,6 current smokers had a higher risk for anti-dsDNA positivity than never smokers (odds ratio [OR] 4.0; 95% confidence interval [CI] 1.6–10.4). Current smokers had a higher risk than previous smokers (OR 3.0; 95% CI 1.3–7.1). 3 Recent technical advances both in immunofluorescence techniques7 and in multiplex technologies8 are not only allowing for more standardized testing but are increasing throughput and decreasing cost. Multiplex technologies include pre- coating nitrocellulose strips with multiple antigens or using polystyrene beads coated with antigen. In the latter case, the presence of autoantibodies to specific antigens can be quantified by fluorescence-activated cell sorting. A line blot immunoassay has been developed for the simultaneous detection of multiple antibodies to extractable nuclear antigens.9 4 Endometriosis affects 5%–15% of women and is characterized by growth of endometrial tissue in extrauterine sites. An association with autoimmunity has long been postulated. In a recent study, circulating ANA was found in 46 out of 112 women with laparoscopically proven endometriosis.10 Laminin-1 is a major component of basement membranes. Autoantibodies to laminin-1 determinants have been associated with infertility and recurrent abortion, and the incidence of such antibodies is increased in endometriosis.11 Conclusion ANA positivity does not necessarily signify that the patient has an underlying connective tissue disorder. However, the above patient has a high titre of ANA and some symptoms that would be consistent with an autoimmune disorder. History and examination should focus on the presence or otherwise of joint symptoms, skin lesions, renal involvement
  • 119. 114 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma Positive ANA Signs and symptoms of • Arthropathy • Skin lesion • Lung involvement (fibrosis) • Nervous system involvement Check renal and hepatic function ? Increased inflammatory markers (ESR and CRP) ? Normocytic anaemia Titre 1:80 Titre 1:80–1:320 Titre 1:320 ? Clinical Possible clinical Likely to be significance significance significant Ix further only if If normal dsDNA strong clinical SLE unlikely C3 and C4 levels suspicion Screen for ENA Measure specific autoantibodies Interpret results with clinical picture Specific diagnosis and treatment Figure 21.1 Investigation of a patient with positive ANA. ENA, extractable nuclear antigen; Ix, investigation.
  • 120. 21 Antinuclear factor 115 and central nervous system problems. Increased levels of inflammatory markers (ESR and serum C-reactive protein [CRP]) would be consistent with an active autoimmune condition. SLE should be excluded by measurement of anti-dsDNA and complement C3 and C4. Levels of the latter would be lower than normal in a patient with active SLE. Management of the patient with positive ANA is summarized in Figure 21.1. Further Reading 1 Muro Y. Antinuclear antibodies. Autoimmunity 2005; 38: 3–9. 2 Narain S, Richards HB, Satoh M et al. Diagnostic accuracy for lupus and other systemic autoimmune diseases in the community setting. Arch Int Med 2004; 164: 2435–41. 3 Habash-Bseiso DE, Yale SH, Glurich I, Goldberg JW. Serologic testing in connective tissue diseases. Clin Med Res 2005; 3: 190–3. 4 Lazzerini PE, Capecchi PL, Guideri F, Acampa M, Galeazzi M, Laghi Pasini F. Connective tissue diseases and cardiac rhythm disorders: an overview. Autoimm Rev 2006; 5: 306–13. 5 Edwards CJ, Syddall H, Goswami R, Dennison EM, Cooper C. Infections in infancy and the presence of antinuclear antibodies in adult life. Lupus 2006; 15: 213–17. 6 Freemer MM, King TE, Criswell LA. Association of smoking with dsDNA autoantibody production in systemic lupus erythematosus. Ann Rheum Dis 2006; 65: 581–4. 7 Tsiakalou V, Tsangaridou E, Polioudaki H et al. Optimized detection of circulating anti- nuclear envelope autoantibodies by immunofluorescence. BMC Immunol 2006; 7: 20–9. 8 Binder SR. Autoantibody detection using multiplex technologies. Lupus 2006; 15: 412–21. 9 Damoiseaux J, Boesten K, Giesen J, Austen J, Tervaert JWC. Evaluation of a novel line- blot immunoassay for the detection of antibodies to extractable nuclear antigens. Ann NY Acad Sci 2005; 1050: 340–7. 10 Dias JA, de Oliveira RM, Abrao MS. Antinuclear antibodies and endometriosis. Int J Gynaecol Obstet 2006; 93: 262–3. 11 Inagaki J, Kondo A, Lopez LR, Shoenfeld Y, Matsuura E. Pregnancy loss and endometriosis. Pathogenic role of anti-laminin-1 autoantibodies. Ann NY Acad Sci 2005; 1051: 174–84.
  • 121. 116 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma P R O B L E M 22 SLE – Risk Factors and Diagnosis Case History Jenny, aged 21 years, presented with fatigue, a photosensitive rash on her arms and face, recurrent mouth ulcers and sore joints. She smokes 20 cigarettes per day and consumes very little alcohol. Her medications are the oral contraceptive and minocycline for acne. On what basis could you make a diagnosis of systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE)? What further investigations should be undertaken? What environmental or inherited risk factors predispose to SLE? Background Diagnosis of SLE SLE is a disease characterized by the production of a variety of antibodies against nuclear components that causes inflammation and injury to multiple organs. It primarily affects women from the late teens onwards with a peak incidence between the ages of 15 and 45 years. In European populations the prevalence is 12–64 cases per 100 000, and it is three to five times more prevalent in African-American and Afro-Caribbean women. Recent studies in human populations and animal models have associated elements of the innate immune system and abnormalities in the immature B lymphocyte receptor reper- toires with disease initiation. A variety of cytokines, most notably type 1 interferons (IFN-a, IFN-b), play an important role in pathogenesis. The American College of Rheumatology (ACR) criteria for the classification of SLE (Table 22.1) act as an aide-memoire to the multisystem nature of SLE and to the investiga- tions that should be undertaken. Patients with SLE almost always suffer from debilitating fatigue, with the majority having associated weight loss and fever. Three-quarters of patients with SLE have mucocutaneous disease in the form of butterfly rash, oral ulcers, alopecia and Raynaud’s phenomenon; purpura, vasculitis or urticaria occur less often. The majority (60%) experience arthralgia or arthritis in a pattern that may mimic rheumatoid arthritis (RA). Renal disease and haematological problems occur in approximately one- third of patients; cardiac, neuropsychiatric and gastrointestinal problems occur in 20%. Lack of antinuclear antibody (ANA) at a titre of 1:160 or higher makes SLE very unlike- ly. Remaining patients are often positive for anti-Ro antibodies. False-positive ANA results increase with age, and up to 5% of healthy individuals may be ANA positive. Specific ANA immunofluorescence patterns – such as anti-centromere, anti-nucleolar or proliferating cell nuclear antigen – may be reported and require no further characteriza- © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 122. 22 SLE – risk factors and diagnosis 117 Table 22.1 American College of Rheumatology (ACR) classification criteria for SLE1 1. Malar rash b Fixed erythema over the malar eminences, sparing the nasolabial folds 2. Discoid rash b Erythematous patch with keratotic scaling and follicular plugging 3. Photosensitive skin rash 4. Oral ulcers 5. Arthritis b Non-erosive joint inflammation in 2+ peripheral joints 6. Pleuritis or pericarditis 7. Renal disorder b Proteinuria >0.5 g/24 h, or cellular casts 8. Neurological disorder b Seizures or psychosis (not explained by drugs or metabolic changes) 9. Haematological disorder b Haemolytic anaemia, leukopenia, lymphopenia, thrombocytopenia 10. Immunological disorder b Anti-DNA antibody, anti-Sm antibody, antiphospholipid antibody 11. Antinuclear antibody tion. Sera with either a homogeneous or rim pattern on ANA testing should undergo anti- double-stranded DNA (anti-dsDNA) testing, and a speckled ANA pattern should undergo testing for antibodies to extractable nuclear antigens. Anti-dsDNA antibodies are the most specific autoantibody; however, they are not very sensitive, occurring in only one-half of lupus patients during the course of their disease. Anti-dsDNA antibodies may also be found in autoimmune hepatitis and chronic infections such as syphilis, subacute bacterial endocarditis and parasitic infection.2 The presence of anti-Sm antibodies is specifically identified in the ACR criteria, even though low titres have been reported in other diseases. Anti-Sm is very rare in normal individuals and is virtually pathognomonic for SLE. It is found in 5%–30% of SLE patients and is more prevalent in black Americans. Environmental and genetic interaction in the aetiology Several genetic loci have been associated to SLE in multiplex families using genome-wide linkage studies. Alleles within the major histocompatibility complex (Fcg receptors, immunoglobulin receptor homologues, cell signalling molecules, cytokines/ chemokines, complement, opsonins etc.) have been found to be associated with SLE. Concordance rate in monozygotic twins is <60%, invoking a significant environmental contribution to the disease. SLE, as already noted, is characterized by a wide range of autoantibodies that target intracellular, cytoplasmic, cell-surface and plasma antigens. Autoantibodies to DNA and histones – individually and together (as the nucleosome complex) – have been found in serum of individuals years before the onset of disease, and progressive accumulation of the autoantibodies precedes the onset of disease. An understanding of the mechanism that allows B cells to be exposed to and subsequently to develop antibodies to nuclear antigens that are shielded from immune surveillance is critical to our understanding of the pathogenesis of SLE. A common link between many of the antigens that are targeted in SLE is that they are translocated to the cell surface as nuclear blebs during apoptosis. The current dogma is that clearance of intact dying cells prevents secondary necrosis of apoptotic cells and hence release of nuclear blebs containing potential autoantigens.
  • 123. 118 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma Table 22.2 Drugs implicated in drug-induced lupus3 Definitely capable of DIL b Hydralazine, procainamide, isoniazid, methyldopa, chlorpromazine, quinidine, minocycline Possibly inducing lupus b Sulphasalazine, anticonvulsants, antithyroid drugs, statins, b-blockers, interferon-a, penicillamine, fluorouracil, thiazide diuretics Suggested to induce lupus b Multiple antibiotics, oestrogens and oral contraceptives, captopril, calcium channel blockers, etanercept, infliximab However, under special circumstances, apoptotic cells may trigger an immune response, which may activate T and B cells and the formation of autoantibodies. Drug-induced lupus There are various kinds of lupus: (a) SLE; (b) discoid lupus (inflammatory scarring skin lesions); (c) subacute cutaneous lupus (non-scarring, non-atrophy producing photo- sensitive dermatosis); and (d) drug-induced lupus (DIL). Drugs responsible for develop- ing DIL can be divided into three groups (Table 22.2).3 There are no symptoms pathognomonic for DIL; however, some features are com- mon. Patients often present with mild lupus-like symptoms, which can develop as early as one month after initiation of treatment or can be delayed as long as a decade. Men are as frequently affected as women, and Caucasians are affected up to six times more fre- quently than black patients and may have a more severe illness. Features common in DIL are fever, arthralgia, pleuritis, pericarditis, mild cytopenia, anaemia and elevated erythro- cyte sedimentation rate. Hypocomplementaemia and clinical features of malar or discoid rash, photosensitivity, oral ulcers, alopecia and renal or neurological disorder are very uncommon. Anti-histone antibodies, especially IgG anti-([H2A-H2B]-DNA) are posi- tive in 75%–95% of DIL patients, but also occur in 75% of SLE patients. There is usually an absence of anti-dsDNA and anti-extractable nuclear antigen (anti-ENA) antibodies, with a high frequency of anti-single-stranded DNA (anti-ssDNA) antibodies. Amongst the medications definitely capable of inducing lupus, procainamide is currently the drug most frequently associated with DIL. Between 2% and 21% of patients receiving hydralazine also develop the disease, the greatest risk being with doses >200 mg/day. The link between minocycline and DIL became evident when minocycline became used for the treatment of acne and RA. A case–control prospective study found an eight-fold increased risk for current users, and DIL has been individually confirmed by rechallenge. Developing any time between three months and six years after initiation, minocycline DIL (in contrast to classical DIL) has a female preponderance. Typical is a symmetrical poly- arthritis with early morning stiffness, often with fever and myalgia. A wide range of cuta- neous manifestations are reported: vasculitis, livedo reticularis, erythema nodosum and subcutaneous nodules. Positive ANA is found in >80% of patients. Hepatic damage is often associated but prognosis of minocycline DIL is generally good, with rapid resolution of all aspects including chronic active hepatitis on withdrawal of the drug. The high incidence of SLE in females during their reproductively capable years has prompted the association with female sex hormones. However, it remains controversial as to whether the addition of exogenous oestrogens on a background of endogenous
  • 124. 22 SLE – risk factors and diagnosis 119 hormones can induce or worsen lupus. It had been suggested that both oral contraceptive pills (OCPs) and hormone replacement therapy (HRT) could be used without changing disease activity if patients were normotensive, non-smoking, with only stable to moder- ate disease and were antiphospholipid antibody negative.4 The Safety of Estrogens in Lupus Erythematosus National Assessment (SELENA) trials comprised two separate ran- domized controlled trials of low-dose synthetic oestrogen and progestin OCPs,5 and HRT6 in women with inactive or stable SLE disease activity. The twelve-month rates of severe flares and for mild or moderate flares were almost identical for the group receiving OCPs and for the placebo group, demonstrating safe use of low-dose OCPs in SLE patients with stable disease. In the HRT trial severe flares were rare, with a twelve-month severe flare rate of 0.081 for the HRT group and 0.049 for the placebo group. Mild to moderate flares were significantly increased in the HRT group: 1.14 flares/person-year for HRT vs 0.86 flare/person-year for placebo (P <0.01), with an increased probability of any type of flare by twelve months in the HRT group (P <0.01). Adding a short course of HRT is associated with a small risk for increasing the natural flare rate of lupus. Recent Developments 1 Whereas genetic information (with the exception of somatic mutations) is homogeneous in an organism regardless of cell type, epigenetic modifications are characteristic of different cell types and play a role in defining the transcriptome, which determines the identity of each cell type.7 The epigenetic framework could explain several disease characteristics, including age dependence and quantitative nature, and the mechanism by which environment modulates genetic predisposition to disease. Abnormalities in the DNA methylation system aberrantly increase or decrease gene expression, which has been implicated in SLE. Support for this concept is the global hypomethylation of T cells from patients with active SLE and the hypomethylating effect of drugs used to induce SLE such as procainamide, hydralazine and 5-azacytidine (Table 22.3). In the case of histone modification, histone-deacetylating drugs skew gene expression of CD40L, interleukin (IL)-10 and interferon-g. Alteration of T cell–B cell interactions has been proposed as the common pathogenic mechanism that leads to disease. However, the recognition of dendritic cells (DCs) as efficient stimulators of B and T cell lymphocytes, as well as key controllers of immunity and tolerance, has led to the hypothesis that SLE may be driven by inappropriate DC activation. Two mechanisms have been described: elevated functional levels of interferon,8 and defective complement-mediated clearance of apoptotic cells (Figure 22.1).9 2 Monocytes from SLE patients have enhanced antigen-presenting ability and act like myeloid dendritic cells; serum from SLE patients rapidly differentiates normal monocytes into cells with DC morphology and function. A candidate serum cytokine that may be responsible for this maturation is type 1 interferon (IFN-1). Elevated levels of IFN-1 have been found in the serum of SLE patients. Administration of exogenous IFN-1 as therapy for chronic viral infection or malignancy is associated with autoantibody production in up to 34% of recipients and autoimmune complications in 4%–19%.10 Mature DCs activate cytotoxic T cells, leading to cell death and the generation of nucleosomes that can be captured and presented by DCs
  • 125. 120 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma Table 22.3 Epigenetic changes in SLE Epigenetic change Consequence Disease association Methylation of cytosine in Repression of transcription Autoreactivity via T cell response to sub-threshold CpG dinucleotides promoters antigenic stimuli, and overexpression of adhesion receptor LFA-1 Altered nuclear architecture CD70 overexpression leading to excess B cell stimulation in SLE Histone modification Repression of tumour suppressor genes leading to b Lysine acetylation Transcriptional activity malignant transformation b Lysine methylation, Variable transcriptional effect Hypomethylation causing chromosomal instability serine phosphorylation Altered nuclear architecture Failed transcriptional regulation of imprinted genes (e.g. Prader–Willi syndrome) Complement Viral infection IFN mutations deficiency Monocyte ↓ Clearance of ↑ Type 1 apoptotic cells interferon ↑ Apoptosis and Myeloid DC nuclear blebs Loss of tolerance and autoantibody production Figure 22.1 Decreased complement and increased interferon (IFN) predispose to autoantibody production. DC, dendritic cell. generated in the presence of IFN-1. Together with IL-6, IFN-1 promotes the differentiation of mature B cells into plasma cells, which are long-lived autoantibody producers. Thus, the effect of IFN-1 on DCs, B cells and T cells could explain the breakdown of tolerance to nuclear antigens, and the subsequent autoantibody secretion and immune complex formation characteristic of SLE. 3 In humans there is a very strong association between deficiencies of the complement components C1 and C4 and the presence of SLE. It has been hypothesized9 that complement deficiency leads to impaired clearance of dying cells and allows prolonged exposure of nuclear blebs (the putative source of autoantigens). The same authors expanded the theory to include any mechanism that impairs clearance of apoptotic cells, with evidence for C1q, C4, IgM, macrophage phagocytosis and tissue transglutaminase. In the presence of adequate complement levels, apoptotic cells are rapidly taken up by immature DCs before the release of intracellular material can
  • 126. 22 SLE – risk factors and diagnosis 121 activate them, yet at the same time allowing for the nuclear material to be processed by the DC in its immature form leading to tolerance. Conclusion SLE is one of the great masqueraders in medicine, with multiple varied presentations. Despite its potential to be a devastating illness, in the majority of cases the presentation is often a poorly defined illness with subjective complaints greater than any observed abnormalities. Many of the classification criteria listed in Table 22.1 develop over time and are not cumulative, such that a detailed previous history needs to be undertaken, particularly as many of the features such as mouth ulcers or photosensitivity may not subsequently be recalled spontaneously. It is in this setting that the clinical challenge is to consider the diagnosis of SLE, to investigate appropriately, but then not to over-rely on the presence of an antinuclear antibody to make the diagnosis. Further Reading 1 Hochberg MC. Updating the American College of Rheumatology revised criteria for the classification of systemic lupus erythematosus. Arthritis Rheum 1997; 40: 1725. 2 Kurien BT, Scofield RH. Autoantibody determination in the diagnosis of systemic lupus erythematosus. Scand J Immunol 2006; 64: 227–35. 3 Sarzi-Puttini P, Atzeni F, Capsoni F, Lubrano E, Doria A. Drug-induced lupus erythematosus. Autoimmunity 2005; 38: 507–18. 4 Kreidstein S, Urowitz MB, Gladman DD, Gough J. Hormone replacement therapy in systemic lupus erythematosus. J Rheumatol 1997; 24: 2149–52. 5 Petri M, Kim MY, Kalunian KC et al. Combined oral contraceptives in women with systemic lupus erythematosus. N Engl J Med 2005; 353: 2550–8. 6 Buyon JP, Petri MA, Kim MY et al. The effect of combined estrogen and progesterone hormone replacement therapy on disease activity in systemic lupus erythematosus: a random- ized trial. Ann Intern Med 2005; 142: 953–62. 7 Ballestar E, Esteller M, Richardson BC. The epigenetic face of systemic lupus erythematosus. J Immunol 2006; 176: 7143–7. 8 Pascual V, Farkas L, Banchereau J. Systemic lupus erythematosus: all roads lead to type 1 interferons. Curr Opin Immunol 2006; 18: 676–82. 9 Cook HT, Botto M. Mechanisms of disease: the complement system and the pathogenesis of systemic lupus erythematosus. Nat Clin Pract Rheumatol 2006; 2: 330–7. 10 Borg FAY, Isenberg DA. Syndromes and complications of interferon therapy. Curr Opin Rheumatol 2007; 19: 61–6.
  • 127. 122 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma P R O B L E M 23 Monitoring and Managing SLE Case History Jane, having contacted the Arthritis Foundation and looked on the internet, realises that systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) is a multisystem disorder. She wishes to discuss the potential problems that she may face in the future. What are the most frequent manifestations of SLE? What monitoring should she undergo? What are the current treatments for SLE? Background The term lupus was first used in the early 1800s, and is derived from the Latin term for wolf (Canis lupus). It was applied to the skin condition lupus vulgaris to imply an appearance of the skin that looked to be torn off as a wolf might have done. Subsequently, the Latin term for redness – erythematosus – was appended. The clinical features are represented in Figure 23.1. Almost ubiquitous is the presence of fatigue, weight loss and intermittent fevers. After constitutional symptoms, arthralgia and mucocutaneous manifestations are the most com- mon, and in various forms account for five of the eleven American College of Rheumatology (ACR) criteria for the classification of SLE. Joint pain with or without object- ive inflammation is the most common reason for patients to present to their doctor. Most commonly, this presents as a small joint peripheral arthritis, which also involves wrists and knees and in many respects resembles rheumatoid arthritis. Both can be multisystem in manifestation, and nodules similar to rheumatoid nodules may be present in up to 10% of patients. It is unusual for patients with SLE to develop any erosive changes. The butterfly rash in a malar distribution with sparing of the nasolabial folds is the pathognomonic rash of SLE. Photosensitivity occurs in around one-half of SLE patients, and warrants reminding of the importance of sun avoidance and sunblock, with light in the 360–400 nm spectrum inducing both rash and systemic exacerbations. Other rashes are less common. Alopecia varies in its pattern from ‘more hair in my brush or shower plug hole’ to distinct patches of hair loss, particularly if there have been scarring discoid lesions of the scalp. Immunosuppressive agents may lead to hair thinning. Progressive renal disease in SLE is often asymptomatic and should be sought by urin- alysis for blood and protein and serial serum creatinine measurements. Any abnormality warrants further evaluation including 24-hour urine collection, microscopy of urinary sediment and a low threshold for review by a renal physician. © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 128. 23 Monitoring and managing SLE 123 Alopecia Rash Depression Oral ulcer Psychosis 75% 12%–20% Pericarditis Pleurisy Cardiac disease Lung disease 5%–20% 15%–30% Renal 40%–70% Arthritis 5%–75% Raynaud’s 35%–50% Gastrointestinal 15%–25% Figure 23.1 Clinical features of SLE. Pleural manifestations have been reported in 30%–60% of patients, and include symptomatic pleurisy, effusions and pleural rubs. Pleurisy is usually not associated with pleural rub, and the differential diagnosis includes primary pleural serositis and sec- ondary serositis due to underlying infection, or pulmonary infarct (particularly in those with thrombophilia). Pleural effusions may be found incidentally on chest X-ray and are usually small. When sufficiently large to drain, an exudate is present with a normal glu- cose level. Monitoring SLE SLE afflicts African-Americans three times more frequently than their European- American counterparts, and they are considered to have a poorer prognosis. Some of the
  • 129. 124 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma different socioeconomic, demographic, psychological and behavioural variables are highly correlated. The LUMINA (Lupus in minorities: nature versus nurture) cohort study resulted in a series of papers, with a recent report on predictors of disease activity over time.1 The cohort of 554 subjects included 18% Texan Hispanics, 17% Puerto Rican Hispanics, 36% African-Americans and 29% Caucasians. Univariate analysis confirmed an odds ratio of 3 between Texan Hispanic or African-American ethnicity and Caucasian, and higher disease activity over time. These characteristics remained signifi- cant in a multivariate model. High disease activity was independently associated with lack of health insurance, abnormal illness-related behaviour and poor social support, and was negatively associated with age. Laboratory monitoring Early detection of renal disease is a major goal (Table 23.1), as the survival curves are vastly different for those with and without renal disease. Specific symptoms are not observed by the individual until there is advanced nephrotic syndrome or renal failure. Urinalysis is an extremely cheap and highly sensitive approach to detect haematuria and proteinuria, and can then be followed by a 24-hour urine collection and quantitative microscopy. Regular serum creatinine measurement is recommended. Routine haematology is undertaken for the detection of anaemia, leukopenia and thrombocytopenia. Interpretation of results should take into account the effect of treat- ment, with steroids elevating neutrophil counts and decreasing lymphocyte counts, and immunosuppressants exerting cytotoxic effects. In the LUMINA study, the immunological variable identified as being independently associated with high levels of disease activity was the presence of anti-double-stranded DNA (anti-dsDNA) antibodies.1 Previously these antibodies had been associated with disease activity and with lupus nephritis but not concomitantly with flares, as it is pro- posed that as the immune complexes are deposited in tissues their circulating levels decrease. Increasing levels of anti-dsDNA antibodies, which then fall, may herald exacer- bations of lupus nephritis or other organ involvement. Whilst this remains controversial, Table 23.1 Monitoring of SLE patients History Examination Laboratory investigations Fatigue Vitals – BP, pulse, temperature Urinalysis for proteinuria, haematuria Mucocutaneous features (oral Cardiorespiratory – rubs, effusions Urine microscopy for casts ulcers, photosensitive rash) and fibrosis Full blood screen Chest pain, SOBOE Arthritis – number and severity Renal function Arthritis Skin rash C-reactive protein Urinary features Preventative screening Smoking cessation; body mass index goal <25 kg/m2 Monitor BP (target of <130/80 mmHg). Treat if >140/90 mmHg Fasting lipids (target LDL-cholesterol <2.6 mmol/l. Treat if >3–4 mmol/l Fasting glucose, and homocysteine Anti-Ro, anticardiolipin and lupus anticoagulant prior to planned pregnancy Anti-dsDNA antibodies BP, blood pressure; LDL, low-density lipoprotein; SOBOE, shortness of breath on exertion.
  • 130. 23 Monitoring and managing SLE 125 Hypertension Hyperhomocysteinemia Hyperlipidaemia Inflammation Diabetes CRP, TNF Cardiovascular disease in SLE Prothrombosis Lipid oxidation (anticardiolipin antibodies) ? SLE treatment Smoking (steroid therapy) Figure 23.2 Potential factors for cardiovascular disease in SLE. Adapted with permission from Frostegård 2005.2 some authors have recommended corticosteroid therapy to prevent flares in SLE patients manifesting this pattern. If an increasing titre of anti-dsDNA antibody is detected, careful examination should be undertaken. Preventative monitoring With modern drugs, the survival rate for SLE has dramatically improved, as has survival from acute disease flares. This has, however, revealed a later mortality due to cardiovas- cular disease (CVD). The predisposition of younger women to SLE results in pre- menopausal women with SLE having a 50-fold increased risk of myocardial infarction. Autopsy and angiographic studies demonstrate increased prevalence of atherosclerotic lesions in SLE patients. Measurements of intima–media thickness (IMT) of the carotid artery can be used as a surrogate measure of atherosclerosis; it is not clear from studies of IMT in patients with SLE whether this marker is increased in the condition. Cross- sectional studies reveal carotid plaques in one-third of women with lupus. There remains uncertainty as to whether atherosclerosis in SLE is increased in a general distribution or whether it is primarily an increased risk of localized plaque. Traditional risk factors for CVD should be sought and monitored in patients with SLE, but research is highlighting a number of other risk factors (Figure 23.2).2 The suppression of inflammation is the aim of SLE therapy, and this can be assessed by both the erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) and serum C-reactive protein (CRP). In
  • 131. 126 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma SLE the profound hypergammaglobulinaemic response leads to chronic elevation of the ESR, leaving CRP to be the better marker of inflammation. Systemic inflammation accel- erates the atherosclerotic process. In the general population, increased levels of CRP are associated with increased risk of CVD. In one of the LUMINA reports, CRP was a specific risk factor for CVD: the median serum CRP in all patients with vascular events was approximately three times that in those without vascular events. This finding, however, also raises the conundrum of corticosteroids, which on the one hand are very potent inhibitors of inflammation, yet in long-term high doses do contribute to adverse cardio- vascular outcomes. It is possible that low doses of corticosteroids that optimize suppres- sion of inflammation may have a net beneficial cardiovascular effect.3 Guidance and support in the cessation of smoking is advised, as smoking promotes both atheroma and flares of lupus. A recent meta-analysis showed that smoking increased the likelihood of SLE (odds ratio 1.5), most notably with antibodies to dsDNA.4,5 The risk–benefit ratio of low-dose aspirin (60–100 mg/day) favours its use in all patients with SLE.6 All SLE patients who have defined risk for CVD should receive low-dose aspirin, as should those patients with both SLE and either a positive immunoglobulin G anticardiolipin antibody or lupus anticoagulant. Treatment of SLE Modifiable lifestyle factors include sun avoidance, stopping smoking, exercise, diet (with emphasis on altering the omega-3:omega-6 balance and reducing salt intake if hyperten- sive) and weight management. Specific interventions may be required for the treatment of dyslipidaemia, diabetes and hypertension. The threshold for intervention is lower due to the adverse effect of SLE itself. In practice, sun avoidance needs to be constantly reinforced – wide-brimmed hats, clothing that provides sun protection and the regular application of quality sunblock. The availability of a range of cosmetic-grade moisturisers and make-up containing sun- block has aided the acceptability of this advice. Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs and selective cyclooxygenase-2 (COX-2) inhibitors are frequently used for soft tissue symptoms and control of arthralgia and arthritis in the general population, and have been used in SLE, although they are not usu- ally specifically registered for this population group. They should, however, be used with caution due to risks of induction of hypertension, peripheral oedema and reduced renal function. Most regulatory agencies have stated that COX-2 inhibitors should not be used in patients who have, or are at major risk of, CVD. Hydroxychloroquine (200–400 mg/day) is useful for skin rashes, joint pain and oral ulcers. It also has a weak antithrombotic action. Doses of <6 mg/kg/day are associated with a very low risk of retinopathy, and physicians are advised to discuss with a local oph- thalmologist as to a monitoring regime. Higher doses can be used in the short term for patients with ongoing photosensitivity. While its mechanism of action remains uncer- tain, it does alter antigen processing by affecting the pH of the phagolysosome, and may also regulate innate immunity via Toll-like receptors. A teratogenic effect was suspected but seems to have been ruled out,7 and its use is safe and effective in pregnancy. Dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA) has been advocated for the treatment of SLE, pro- viding a reduction in fatigue. DHEA is a sex-hormone precursor produced by the adren- al glands and is converted to either oestrogen or androgen in different peripheral tissues.
  • 132. 23 Monitoring and managing SLE 127 Randomized placebo-controlled trials support a modest beneficial effect when doses of 200 mg daily are used, but this is outweighed by side effects of hirsutism, acne, hyperten- sion and adverse lipid profile.8 It is tempting to prescribe oral corticosteroids to the patient who is miserable with symptoms of SLE. However, once commenced, it is very hard to keep good control on the dose and to cease therapy. Corticosteroid toxicity includes hyperglycaemia, hypercholes- terolaemia, hypertension, osteoporosis, glaucoma, weight gain, skin fragility, myopathy and avascular necrosis. As an adjunct and steroid-sparing agent, azathioprine is one of the immunosuppressants most commonly used in SLE (chapter 27). A purine analogue, its effect is to inhibit DNA synthesis, and in doses of 1.5–2.5 mg/kg/day it has benefit in preventing serious lupus complications. Drug hypersensitivity occurs in a small percent- age of patients, resulting in systemic illness, rash, acute hepatitis and abdominal pain. Monitoring of bone marrow, liver function and lipase is recommended at four- to six- weekly intervals. As a cytotoxic agent it has been generally recommended that azathio- prine not be used in pregnancy although the evidence for teratogenicity is limited and the beneficial effects of disease control on fertility, fetal outcome and the health of the mother may warrant its continuation during pregnancy. Recent Developments 1 SLE nephritis is characterized by immune complex-mediated glomerular and tubulointerstitial inflammation, which leads to chronic renal insufficiency in up to 30% of affected patients. Cyclophosphamide is the principal treatment of diffuse glomerulonephritis (World Health Organization [WHO] class IV). Cyclophosphamide given as 6 ¥ 500 mg infusions followed by oral azathioprine was as effective as the initial high-dose cyclophosphamide National Institutes of Health (NIH) regime.9 The evolution of mycophenolate mofetil (MMF) from a transplant rejection modifier to a broader immunosuppressant application has shown that 2–3 g/day is as effective as cyclophosphamide in inducing and maintaining remission in those with mild to moderate renal disease. MMF has a better safety profile than cyclophosphamide, avoiding haemorrhagic cystitis, ovarian failure and the longer- term cancer risks. A systematic review and meta-analysis found that a complete or partial (66%–80%) response was more frequent with MMF than with cyclophosphamide, with one additional complete or partial response for every eight patients treated.10 2 Central nervous system involvement has been described in up to 50% of lupus patients. Cognitive dysfunction and headaches are the most common features, affecting 60%–80% of patients. Aseptic meningitis, demyelination, myelopathy, acute confusional states or psychosis are rare. The prevalence of depression is no higher in SLE than in other chronic debilitating diseases.11 Psychosis in lupus is characterized by delusions or hallucinations; it is uncommon in SLE and occurs in only 2%–5% of patients receiving high-dose (1 mg/kg/day) corticosteroids. Secondary causes such as drug use or drug withdrawal, metabolic and electrolyte derangements and sepsis should always be excluded before concluding that it is lupus psychosis.
  • 133. 128 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma Conclusion SLE is challenging both to diagnose and to treat successfully. With its protean manifest- ations, milder forms are being increasingly recognized or suspected due to the increasing availability of autoantibody testing. There have been major advances in therapy. Immunosuppressants such as MMF have led to significant gains in the treatment of nephritis. Even newer therapies are on the horizon, with the monoclonal antibody rituxi- mab providing dramatic and long-lasting remissions in patients who were previously unresponsive. The remaining challenges are in improving overall quality of life, reducing the impact of fatigue and protecting patients from cardiovascular deaths as they survive the initial insult of SLE. Further Reading 1 Alarcón GS, Calvo-Alén J, McGwin G et al; LUMINA study group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multiethnic cohort: LUMINA XXXV. Predictive factors of high disease activity over time. Ann Rheum Dis 2006; 65: 1168–74. 2 Frostegård J. SLE, atherosclerosis and cardiovascular disease. J Intern Med 2005; 257: 485–95. 3 Hall FC, Dalbeth N. Disease modification and cardiovascular risk reduction: two sides of the same coin? Rheumatology 2005; 44: 1473–82. 4 Costenbader KH, Kim DJ, Peerzada J et al. Cigarette smoking and the risk of systemic lupus erythematosus: a meta-analysis. Arthritis Rheum 2004; 50: 849–57. 5 Freemer MM, King TE, Crisswell LA. Association of smoking with dsDNA autoantibody production in systemic lupus erythematosus. Ann Rheum Dis 2006; 65: 581–4. 6 Wahl DG, Bounameaux H, de Moerloose P, Sarasin FP. Prophylactic antithrombotic therapy for patients with systemic lupus erythematosus with or without antiphospholipid antibodies: do the benefits outweigh the risks? Arch Int Med 2000; 160: 2042–8. 7 Costedoat-Chalumeau N, Amoura Z, Duhaut P et al. Safety of hydroxychloroquine in preg- nant patients with connective tissue diseases: a study of one hundred thirty-three cases com- pared with a control group. Arthritis Rheum 2003; 48: 3207–11. 8 Sibilia J. Treatment of systemic lupus erythematosus in 2006. Joint Bone Spine 2006; 73: 591–8. 9 Houssiau FA, Vasconcelos C, D’Cruz D et al. Early response to immunosuppressive therapy predicts good renal outcome in lupus nephritis: lessons from long-term followup of patients in the Euro-Lupus Nephritis Trial. Arthritis Rheum 2004; 50: 3934–40. 10 Moore RA, Derry S. Systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised trials and cohort studies of mycophenolate mofetil in lupus nephritis. Arthritis Res Ther 2006; 8: R182. 11 Bruns A, Meyer O. Neuropsychiatric manifestations of systemic lupus erythematosus. Joint Bone Spine 2006; 73: 639–45.
  • 134. 24 Sjögren’s syndrome 129 P R O B L E M 24 Sjögren’s Syndrome Case History You have been asked to see Wilma, aged 52 years, because she may have Sjögren’s syndrome (SS). Wilma has a teenage family of three and works part-time in the family dry cleaning business. Recently she has become fatigued. Her optician recommended drops for dry eyes and she complains of mouth dryness. Investigations have been normal apart from a 1:160 positive antinuclear antibody (ANA). What are the potential causes of sicca syndrome? How would you investigate? Assuming she has SS, how should she be followed-up and managed? Background After rheumatoid arthritis (RA), SS is the second most common autoimmune rheumatic disease.1–3 It is named after Henrik Sjögren, who described a series of cases in 1933. SS affects 0.5% of the population and is nine times more common in women. SS may affect up to two million people in the United States. There are two peaks of onset – one after menarche and a second following menopause. The cardinal symptoms are dryness of the eyes (keratoconjunctivitis sicca) and mouth (xerostomia) secondary to autoimmune dis- ease of the exocrine glands (lacrimal and salivary). The international consensus criteria for diagnosis of primary SS are summarized in Box 24.1. Diagnosis of secondary SS can be made when there is an established connective tissue disease, at least one symptom of sicca syndrome and at least two objective tests to confirm the diagnosis. SS associated with RA may produce more lacrimal than oral symptoms. Secondary SS may occur in up to 40%–50% of patients with RA, 10%–30% of those with SLE and may also occur in sys- temic sclerosis, polymyositis and polychondritis. Tests to measure tear and saliva pro- duction should be carried out when the patient is not taking anticholinergic drugs. At least 50% of glandular tissue needs to be lost before patients begin to experience symp- toms. The following should be considered in a differential diagnosis: radiation to the head and neck, sarcoidosis, infection (human immunodeficiency virus [HIV], human T-lymphotropic virus type 1 and hepatitis C) and graft-versus-host disease. In SS, the exocrine glands are infiltrated by CD4+ helper T lymphocytes, which trigger activation of cytotoxic T cells and B cells with consequent production of autoantibody and destruction of glandular tissue. Anti-SSA/Ro or anti-SSB/La are present in a high proportion of patients and may have a diagnostic sensitivity comparable with that of © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 135. 130 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma Box 24.1 International consensus criteria for diagnosis of SS Ocular symptoms (at least one) Persistent dry eyes every day for at least three months Recurrent sensation of sand or gravel in the eyes Use of a tear substitute more than three times per day Oral symptoms (at least one) Persistent dry mouth every day for at least three months Recurrent feeling of swollen salivary glands Need to drink liquid in order to swallow dry food Objective evidence of dry eyes (at least one) Schirmer’s test Rose-Bengal Lacrimal gland biopsy with focus score >1 (at least 50 lymphocytes per lobule with four lobules assessed) Objective evidence of salivary gland involvement (at least one) Salivary gland scintigraphy Parotid sialography Unstimualted whole sialometry (≤1.5 ml per 15 minutes) Laboratory abnormality (at least one) Anti-SSA or anti-SSB ANA Immunoglobulin M (IgM) rheumatoid factor Positive biopsy of a minor salivary gland Focus score >1 (see above) At least four of the above six criteria should be satisfied for a positive diagnosis of primary SS salivary gland biopsy.4 ANA is positive in the majority, but is not detectable in up to 25% of patients. Other autoantibodies may also be detected, particularly in secondary SS. Dry eyes Over 85% of patients with SS present with sicca syndrome. Decreased tear production can be demonstrated using Schirmer’s test, where a strip of filter paper is placed under the lower eyelid. The degree of wetting of the paper over five minutes is measured. There is an age-related decrease in tear formation, probably contributed to by androgen or oestrogen deficiency. Subjects who habitually use computer screens may complain of dry eyes because of decreased blinking, particularly if they work in a low-humidity environment. Not only is the volume of tears decreased in sicca syndrome, but there is also decreased tear content of lysozyme and lactoferrin. Management may include use of artificial tears, topical immunosuppressives (corticosteroid, cyclosporin) and punctal occlusion. Dry mouth Patients with dry mouth are at risk of oral candidiasis, dental caries and fissuring of the tongue and gums. Decreased saliva flow is easily demonstrated using sialometry – the
  • 136. 24 Sjögren’s syndrome 131 patient discharges his/her saliva into a vessel for 15 minutes and the amount of saliva is weighed. Flow rates of <0.1ml/min are abnormal. Differential diagnosis of dry mouth is presented in Box 24.2. Salivary flow is stimulated by acetylcholine acting through mus- carinic M1 and M2 receptors. Drugs with anticholinergic action (e.g. tricyclic antidepres- sants) should be avoided where possible. Muscarinic secretagogues (pilocarpine or cevimiline) may improve salivary flow. Patients should avoid alcohol and smoking if pos- sible, and not use alcohol-containing mouthwashes. Careful attention should be paid to oral and dental hygiene. Antibacterial mouthwashes (e.g. chlorhexidine) may be useful. Chewing sugar-free gum or use of artificial saliva may provide temporary relief. Fluoride- releasing preparations including dental varnishes are often used. A topical preparation of interferon is being tried although, as with decreased lacrimation, the glands are largely destroyed by the time symptoms develop and immunomodulatory treatment is likely to be of limited use. Extraglandular manifestations These are extremely variable but can pose a considerable threat to health. Skin lesions include palpable and non-palpable purpura, alopecia, vitiligo and an increased incidence of cutaneous lymphoma. Arthralgia is typically symmetrical and non-erosive, although erosive arthralgia can occur. Muscular pains can produce a picture like fibromyalgia or polymyalgia, but inflammatory polymyositis can occur. Gastrointestinal manifestations include swallowing problems related to decreased saliva, atrophic gastritis, abnormal liver tests and autoimmune liver disease. The lungs may be affected by interstitial pneu- monitis and there is an increased risk of pulmonary lymphoma. Pericarditis and pul- monary hypertension can occur. Renal problems, including interstitial nephritis, may occur with SS or as a result of immunosuppressives. Cranial and peripheral neuropathies Box 24.2 Differential diagnosis of xerostomia Sjögren’s syndrome Drugs b primary Anticholinergics b secondary Tricyclic antidepressants Antihistamines Salivary duct aplasia or atresia Benzhexol, benztropine Salivary duct stones Entacapone Sialadenitis Loperamide b bacterial (staphylococcal, Diuretics streptococcal) b viral (e.g. mumps) Smoking Irradiation or chemotherapy Alcohol Marijuana Dehydration, mouth breathing Diabetes (mellitus or insipidus) Taste disturbances Hypercalcaemia Head/neck trauma Hyperlipoproteinaemia Sarcoidosis Autonomic neuropathy Amyloidosis Lambert–Eaton syndrome Cirrhosis
  • 137. 132 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma are described. Autoimmune thyroiditis is very common. The chronic and disabling symptoms may lead to anxiety, depression or other psychological problems. There is a 40-fold increase in the risk of lymphoma in SS. Manifestations may include enlarging parotids, hypergammaglobulinaemia and hepatosplenomegaly. The presence of systemic features may necessitate the prescription of disease- modifying drugs. Hydroxychloroquine (6–8 mg/kg/day) is useful where there is myalgia or arthralgia. Visceral manifestations may respond to low-dose corticosteroids (pred- nisolone <15 mg/day). Other immunosuppressives used include azathioprine (1–2 mg/ kg/day), methotrexate (7.5–25 mg/week) and cyclophosphamide (0.5–1 g/m2/day). Leflunomide or cyclosporin are useful in refractory cases. Recent Developments 1 Both sarcoidosis and SS affect salivary and lacrimal glands and they share many systemic features. The presence of autoantibodies obviously favours SS, while hilar lymphadenopathy or hypercalcaemia would point towards sarcoidosis. A number of cases have now been identified where the two conditions coexist.5 While this may be coincidence, it could point to the presence of common aetiological factors. 2 Geographical distribution and seasonality of onset suggest that there could be an infectious trigger. Amongst the leading candidates are Coxsackie viruses, which appear to have a predilection for exocrine glands. Recently, Coxsackie virus B4 sequences have been identified in the salivary glands of SS patients.6 Subclinical infection may trigger localization of helper lymphocytes in the salivary glands leading to lymphocytic and dendritic cell activation. 3 Anti-centromere antibodies are characteristic of limited forms of scleroderma but can also be detected in some patients with SS. The molecular determinants are a group of centromere proteins (CENP-A, -B, -C, -D, -E, -F, -G and -H). Antibodies to CENP-B or CENP-C have been described in about one-half of patients with limited scleroderma and one-fifth of those with SS.7 By contrast, antibodies to CENP-H may be more specific for SS, and may identify a distinct group separate from those who are positive for anti-Ro and anti-La.8 4 The difficulty in defining SS as a clinical entity has led to a quest for more specific serological markers. Antibodies to the protein a-fodrin were described about ten years ago. a-fodrin is an intrinsic membrane protein that binds to calmodulin, actin and microtubules, and is involved in regulation of exocytosis. A recent study9 has confirmed that these antibodies are present in a small proportion of a large series of SS patients, and may be positive in some who are negative for anti-Ro and anti-La. Conclusion Normally, up to 500 ml of saliva is produced daily. SS is an autoimmune condition, and investigations should confirm diminished lacrimal and salivary secretion. Ideally, autoimmune markers should be positive, and evidence of lymphocytic infiltration should be demonstrated on a biopsy of lacrimal or salivary gland. SS may be primary or occur in association with an underlying connective tissue disease. If the disease is thought to be primary, careful inquiry should be made about systemic symptoms and involve-
  • 138. 24 Sjögren’s syndrome 133 Dry eyes Decreased lacrimation (test) Dry mouth 4 out of 6 positive Underlying CT disease Decreased saliva (test) Autoantibody (Ro, La, ANA) Positive salivary/lacrimal biopsy Primary SS Secondary SS Dry eyes • Artificial tears • Punctal closure • Local immunosuppressives Exclude other causes Dry mouth • Dental/oral hygiene • Pilocarpine, cevimiline • Artificial saliva Systemic/visceral involvement Low-dose prednisolone Azathioprine, cyclophosphamide or methotrexate Leflunomide or cyclophosphamide Figure 24.1 Investigation and management of SS. CT, connective tissue. ment of organs other than the exocrine glands. Treatment is mainly symptomatic and topical (Figure 24.1), with immunosuppressive treatment being reserved for patients with involvement of other organs including the lung and kidney. Further Reading 1 Derk CT, Vivino FB. A primary care approach to Sjögren’s syndrome. Postgrad Med 2004; 116: 49–59.
  • 139. 134 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma 2 Fox RI. Sjögren’s syndrome. Lancet 2005; 366: 321–31. 3 Fox RI, Liu AY. Sjögren’s syndrome in dermatology. Clin Dermatol 2006; 24: 393–413. 4 Kessel A, Toubi E, Rozenbaum M, Zisman D, Sabo E, Rosner I. Sjögren’s syndrome in the community: can serology replace salivary gland biopsy? Rheumatol Int 2006; 26: 337–9. 5 Ramos-Casals M, Brito-Zeron P, Garcia-Carrasco M, Font J. Sarcoidosis or Sjögren syndrome? Clues to defining mimicry or coexistence in 59 cases. Medicine 2004; 83: 85–95. 6 Triantafyllopoulou A, Moutsopoulos HM. Autoimmunity and coxsackievirus infection in primary Sjögren’s syndrome. Ann NY Acad Sci 2005; 1050: 389–96. 7 Gelber AC, Pillemer SR, Baum BJ et al. Distinct recognition of antibodies to centromere pro- teins in primary Sjögren’s syndrome compared with limited scleroderma. Ann Rheum Dis 2006; 65: 1028–32. 8 Hsu TC, Chang CH, Lin MC, Liu ST, Yen TJ, Tsay GJ. Anti-CENP-H antibodies in patients with Sjögren’s syndrome. Rheumatol Int 2006; 26: 298–303. 9 Ruiz-Tíscar JL, López-Longo FJ, Sánchez-Ramón S et al. Prevalence of IgG anti-a-fodrin anti- bodies in Sjögren’s syndrome. Ann NY Acad Sci 2005; 1050: 210–16. P R O B L E M 25 Raynaud’s Phenomenon Case History Rachel is aged 14 years and presents because she has poor circulation. Her mother describes Rachel’s fingers as going white, blue and then red when the weather is cold or when Rachel has been exercising. Her mother is concerned about this and wants to know what it may mean for Rachel’s future health. What is Raynaud’s phenomenon? How would you determine whether it is a marker for future disease? What treatment options exist for management? Background In 1862, a medical student Maurice Raynaud described the phenomenon that bears his name; it is characterized by transient cessation of blood flow to the digits of the hands or © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 140. 25 Raynaud’s phenomenon 135 Box 25.1 Triphasic colour changes of Raynaud’s phenomenon White: excessive vasoconstriction and cessation of regional blood flow Blue: cyanosis due to residual blood desaturation Red: hyperaemia as the attack subsides and blood flow is restored feet (Box 25.1). Occasionally other structures are involved such as the tip of the nose, an earlobe, nipple or even tongue. Raynaud’s phenomenon occurs in 3%–5% of the population, although symptoms have been reported in 10% of women and 8% of men. The prevalence is higher in women, with onset generally between menarche and menopause, and the severity is greater over this period. Between 80% and 90% of Raynaud’s phenomenon is termed primary and has no identifiable cause or associated disease. Secondary Raynaud’s phenomenon is most often found in association with an underlying rheumatic disease (Box 25.2). There is some evi- dence for a genetic predisposition, especially in those with early onset (age <40 years). Box 25.2 Primary and secondary Raynaud’s phenomenon Primary Raynaud’s phenomenon – An uncomplicated and usually benign condition, often with a long-standing history, beginning in adolescence, with no or minimal tissue damage. Secondary Raynaud’s phenomenon – Associated with underlying connective tissue disease (systemic sclerosis or mixed connective tissue disease), with potentially disabling ulceration or tissue necrosis. Onset is usually after age 30–40 years. Less common causes are use of vibrating tools, paraproteinaemias, cryoglobulinaemia, large blood vessel disease and drugs (b-blockers, bleomycin, cisplatin, fentanyl, nicotine). The Practice Points (Box 25.3) identify a number of factors that can be evaluated in predicting the likelihood of the Raynaud’s presentation being the first indicator of a more serious disease. Of the four points listed, the absence of distorted nailfold capillaries is the most predictive of a benign outcome. Even patients with isolated Raynaud’s with nailfold capillaroscopy abnormalities and/or antinuclear antibody have only a 10%–15% likeli- hood of developing a connective tissue disease during long-term follow-up. Box 25.3 Practice Points Raynaud’s phenomenon as a precursor of an underlying connective tissue disease such as scleroderma or systemic lupus erythematosus is very unlikely with: b Absence of tissue damage such as pulp scarring or atrophy b Normal erythrocyte sedimentation rate b Negative antinuclear antibody b Absence of distortion of nailfold capillaries observed with an ophthalmoscope set at 40+ dioptre
  • 141. 136 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma Table 25.1 Pathogenetic factors Increased vasoconstriction Reduced vasodilation Vascular factors ≠ Endothelin-1 ØNO and prostacyclin ≠Angiotensin II ≠Thromboxane A2 Neural factors Activation of a2-adrenoreceptors ØCalcitonin gene-related peptide Circulating factors ≠Platelet-derived thromboxane and serotonin Oxidative stress damaging endothelium Flow factors Reduced fibrinolysis predisposing to fibrin deposition and vascular obstruction Increased viscosity and reduced red cell deformability NO, nitric oxide. Pathogenesis The association with female gender suggests a hormonal influence. Increased vascular reactivity also occurs in the pre-ovulatory part of the menstrual cycle. A large epidemio- logical study found no association between Raynaud’s phenomenon and smoking, although severity may be worse in smokers. The pathogenesis of Raynaud’s phenomenon has been reviewed by Herrick1 and by Boin and Wigley.2 The overall model of aetiology is an imbalance of vasoconstriction over vasodilation. This results from changes in the vas- cular endothelium and smooth muscle, neural mediators of vascular tone and circulating platelet-derived mediators. These factors are in turn moderated by the level of physical activity, ambient temperature, emotional state and direct trauma or inflammation of the vessels. Table 25.1 summarizes the multiple influences that underlie the pathogenesis. Non-pharmacological therapy Education and introduction of conservative management are needed for all patients (Table 25.2). Avoidance of cold exposure is advocated, including frozen food sections of supermarkets. Patients should maintain or try and increase the temperature of the chest and abdomen to enhance peripheral vasodilation as a heat dissipation measure. Thermal biofeedback (TBF) is a psychophysiological technique in which subjects are trained to control peripheral vasoconstrictor responses and to acquire voluntary hand-warm- ing skills. Initially taught with feedback such as peripheral temperature or blood flow, it is Table 25.2 Treatment strategies Non-pharmacological therapy Pharmacological therapy Avoid cold, emotional stress, smoking Antiplatelet agents Biofeedback ≠Vasodilation ØVasoconstriction Calcium channel blockers Angiotensin II receptor antagonists Sildenafil/tadalafil ACE inhibitors Intravenous/oral prostanoids Bosentan L-arginine supplementation Serotonin reuptake inhibitors a1/a2-adrenergic blockers ACE, angiotensin-converting enzyme.
  • 142. 25 Raynaud’s phenomenon 137 hypothesized that subsequent hand-warming can occur without the feedback instrument. A systematic review of eight randomized controlled trials (RCTs) highlighted major shortcom- ings in study design, particularly in the teaching of TBF and taking account of environmental factors.3 However, the authors concluded that TBF treatment was efficacious. Cervical spinal cord stimulation has been proposed for severe Raynaud’s phenom- enon, but remains controversial and is not yet supported by good clinical trials. Low- level laser therapy, applied to the fingers and dorsum of the hand for 30 minutes in five sessions over three weeks, significantly decreased the frequency and severity of attacks in a sham-controlled double-blind trial. The mechanism of action remains unexplained. Pharmacological treatment The sympathetic nervous system mediates a tonic vasoconstrictive effect on the vascular wall, with noradrenaline-induced vasoconstriction mediated by a1 and a2 adrenoreceptors. The a2 receptors are more important in the regulation of digital vascular tone. Trials of non- selective sympathetic blockers have not been successful. Prazosin, an a1 receptor antagonist, showed a modest benefit over placebo, but probably insufficient to balance side effects. An a2 receptor antagonist has been developed, and in an RCT reduced the frequency of Raynaud’s attacks in scleroderma-associated Raynaud’s, but not in primary Raynaud’s patients. Calcium channel blockers (CCBs), particularly of the dihydropyridine class, are wide- ly prescribed for Raynaud’s phenomenon. A meta-analysis evaluated the effectiveness of CCBs in primary Raynaud’s and noted an average reduction of three to five attacks per week and a one-third reduction in severity.4 Nifedipine is the most studied and has bene- fits over placebo and nicardipine. Adverse effects of CCBs include flushing, headache, oedema and tachycardia. Prostacyclin is a potent, short-lived vasodilator that also has antiproliferative effects on smooth muscle and reduces platelet aggregation. Intravenous iloprost decreases the number and duration of vasospastic episodes, but its use usually requires central-line administration and is complicated by cost, hypotension and parotid and menstrual pain. Serotonin is a potent platelet-derived vasoconstrictor, and it is therefore counter- intuitive to use selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) as they would be expected to increase the plasma concentration of serotonin. Despite this, several case reports describe the use of SSRIs in Raynaud’s phenomenon, with both beneficial and worsening outcomes. Fluoxetine decreases the frequency and severity of vasospastic episodes and increases the rate of rewarming after a cold challenge. Angiotensin II receptor antagonists and angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors have both shown effects on endothelial function and remodelling. On this basis, their use in Raynaud’s phenomenon is being explored. The frequent findings of microthrombin in secondary Raynaud’s and evidence of platelet activation suggest a potential benefit from antiplatelet therapy or anticoagulation. Two controlled trials that studied aspirin and dipyridamole in patients who had scleroderma failed to show a benefit; however, many clinicians recommend low-dose aspirin unless there is a contraindication. Recent Developments 1 Sildenafil is a selective inhibitor of cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cGMP)-specific phosphodiesterase type V; its use leads to an increase in cGMP and thus it
  • 143. 138 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma potentiates the effect of nitric oxide-mediated activation of guanylate cyclase. cGMP causes a decrease in intracellular calcium, resulting in vascular smooth muscle relaxation and dilatation. Lichtenstein was the first to successfully use sildenafil for Raynaud’s phenomenon in a group of ten patients.5 Fries et al.6 reported a crossover study of 16 patients with secondary Raynaud’s who had failed to respond to at least two conventional vasodilatory agents. Active treatment was sildenafil 50 mg bd and the frequency and duration of symptoms of Raynaud’s phenomenon decreased significantly, leading to improved well-being of the patients. In this study, capillary blood flow was severely impaired and sometimes hardly detectable, with sildenafil leading to a >400% increase in flow velocity. Despite its short half-life (four hours), the data on capillary flow and symptom control suggest a longer functional effect of sildenafil. Further refinements in phosphodiesterase inhibition are on the horizon, with the longer-acting tadalafil (half-life 17 hours) having been used in a patient with secondary Raynaud’s who was resistant to sildenafil.7 2 Cilostazol (100 mg bd) is a phosphodiesterase type III inhibitor that in a crossover trial showed no change in symptoms and only a very modest increase in flow- mediated dilation of the brachial artery in patients with primary and scleroderma- related Raynaud’s.8 3 Bosentan is a non-selective endothelin A/B antagonist. In a trial of scleroderma patients with digital ulcers, bosentan almost halved the development of new ulcers compared to placebo during the four-month trial.9 However, there was no benefit on healing of existing ulcers, and self-assessed Raynaud’s severity was similar between active and placebo therapy. In a case report of severe Raynaud’s phenomenon, beneficial effects of bosentan in healing of gangrenous digits were observed. A reduction of CD146 cells – a population of mainly endothelial cells – was noted, suggestive of reduced vascular injury. A concomitant increase in CD34 cells – which are stem cells containing endothelial progenitors – suggested increased vascular repair.10 Conclusion Cold-induced vasospasm is common in the teenage years and for the majority of patients does not require medical review. For those patients presenting to a doctor, it is helpful to have a scheme to identify those at risk of developing a connective tissue disease. The major- ity of patients will fulfil the criteria for primary Raynaud’s phenomenon and require no fur- ther investigation. Avoidance of cold and emotional triggers is important, as once vasospasm has occurred its resolution can be protracted and painful. A range of treatments is under investigation, although at this time the benefit:risk ratio is marginal for most. Further Reading 1 Herrick AL. Pathogenesis of Raynaud’s phenomenon. Rheumatology 2005; 44: 587–96. 2 Boin F, Wigley FM. Understanding, assessing and treating Raynaud’s phenomenon. Curr Opin Rheumatol 2005; 17: 752–60. 3 Karavidas MK, Tsai P-S, Yucha C, McGrady A, Lehrer PM. Thermal biofeedback for primary Raynaud’s phenomenon: a review of the literature. Appl Psychophysiol Biofeedback 2006; 31: 203–16.
  • 144. 26 Assessing and treating scleroderma 139 4 Thompson AE, Pope JE. Calcium channel blockers for primary Raynaud’s phenomenon: a meta-analysis. Rheumatology 2005; 44: 145–50. 5 Lichtenstein JR. Use of sildenafil citrate in Raynaud’s phenomenon: comment on the article by Thomson et al. Arthritis Rheum 2003; 48: 282–3. 6 Fries R, Shariat K, von Wilmowsky H, Böhm M. Sildenafil in the treatment of Raynaud’s phenomenon resistant to vasodilatory therapy. Circulation 2005; 112: 2980–5. 7 Baumhaekel M, Scheffler P, Boehm M. Use of tadalafil in a patient with secondary Raynaud’s phenomenon not responding to sildenafil. Microvasc Res 2005; 69: 178–9. 8 Rajagopalan S, Pfenninger D, Somers E et al. Effects of cilostazol in patients with Raynaud’s syndrome. Am J Cardiol 2003; 92: 1310–15. 9 Korn JH, Mayes M, Matucci Cerinic M et al. Digital ulcers in systemic sclerosis: prevention by treatment with bosentan, an oral endothelin receptor antagonist. Arthritis Rheum 2004; 50: 3985–93. 10 Dunne J, Dutz J, Shojania K, Ng B, van Eeden S. Treatment of severe Raynaud’s phenomenon with bosentan in a patient with systemic sclerosis. Rheumatology 2006; 45: 911–12. P R O B L E M 26 Assessing and Treating Scleroderma Case History Mary is 42 years old and presents with increasing stiffness of her hands. Since her mid- thirties she had noted painful blanching of her fingers in cold water or when handling cold objects. Last winter she had ulcers on her fingertips and she had indigestion most of this year. She has bilateral sclerodactyly. Her blood pressure (BP) is 145/93 mmHg and she is easily fatigued. What clinical and laboratory features will assist you in the diagnosis? What treatments should be used for scleroderma? © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 145. 140 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma Background Scleroderma is a rare condition with a prevalence of approximately 1 in 5000, and an annual incidence of 1 in 50 000 to 1 in 300 000. Strictly, scleroderma denotes disease lim- ited to the skin and subcutaneous tissues (localized scleroderma, or morphea), and dis- ease involving the internal organs is systemic sclerosis (SSc). Morphea is characterized by fibrosis of the skin and adjacent structures. Morphea can be differentiated from SSc by the distribution of lesions (no sclerodactyly or perioral involvement), absence of Raynaud’s phenomenon and/or periungual telangiectasia.1 The generalized form of disease can be divided into limited cutaneous SSc/sclero- derma and diffuse cutaneous SSc/scleroderma; limited cutaneous disease does not extend beyond the elbow and knee, although the face may be involved. In diffuse cutaneous dis- ease, the skin lesions involve the more proximal limb and trunk. Diffuse scleroderma is more common in African-Americans, black patients in Africa and the Choctaw Indian. Genome-wide scanning has identified susceptibility loci on three different non-HLA chromosomes: fibrillin on chromosome 15, SPARC (secreted protein acidic and rich in cysteine) on chromosome 5 and topoisomerase 1 on chromosome 20. The characteristics of diffuse and limited cutaneous scleroderma are presented in Table 26.1. CREST is often but not always used as a synonym for limited cutaneous scle- roderma, and dates from the early 1960s. CREST patients have three or more of the five syndromic features: b Calcinosis b Raynaud’s phenomenon b oEsophageal dysmotility b Sclerodactyly b Telangiectasia CREST can be considered with limited cutaneous SSc. Wollheim proposed that the five CREST components were not meant to serve as criteria of a special subset of scleroderma, and features of CREST occur with time irrespective of other disease characteristics.2 Table 26.1 Characteristics of diffuse and limited scleroderma Diffuse cutaneous scleroderma Limited cutaneous scleroderma History of Raynaud’s phenomenon with onset within one year Skin involvement restricted to hands, face, forearm, feet Skin sclerosis proximal to the elbow, and may involve trunk Prominence of calcinosis and telangiectasia Tendon friction rubs may occur Nailfold capillary dilation, aneurysm and dropout Nailfold capillary dilation, aneurysm and dropout Early onset of pulmonary, renal and diffuse gastrointestinal Delayed but often severe pulmonary hypertension involvement Often anti-topoisomerase 1 antibodies (anti-Scl-70); rarely Anti-centromere antibodies common especially with anti-centromere antibodies calcinosis and telangiectasia Anti-RNA polymerase III Ten-year survival: 54%–62% Ten-year survival: 69%–89%
  • 146. 26 Assessing and treating scleroderma 141 Ninety-five per cent of patients with scleroderma have a positive antinuclear antibody (ANA) test, but specific patterns are not reliably diagnostic. Both anti-centromere and anti-topoisomerase 1 (anti-Scl-70) have a low sensitivity, and a diagnosis of scleroderma is not excluded by a negative result. Anti-centromere antibodies favour a diagnosis of limited cutaneous scleroderma. Anti-topoisomerase 1 antibodies are only 30% sensitive, but are highly specific for SSc and correlate with interstitial lung disease. The skin capillaries can be visualized at the nailfold using an ophthalmoscope or a der- moscope, or in the research situation using video capture. A range of abnormalities have been described including dilatation and aneurysm formation, dropout, haemorrhage and budding. Three-quarters of scleroderma patients have abnormalities of their nailfold capillaries, and the presence of normal capillaries is the strongest negative predictor of scleroderma in patients with Raynaud’s phenomenon. There appears to be no nailfold capillary difference between limited cutaneous and diffuse cutaneous scleroderma. The initial complaint of limited cutaneous scleroderma is Raynaud’s phenomenon, whereas patients with diffuse cutaneous scleroderma often present with generalized hand swelling, skin thickening or arthralgias with or without Raynaud’s phenomenon. They may initially complain of tight, puffy fingers that occurs in the morning but then lasts all day. This is the oedematous stage, with oedema usually non-pitting and painless. This usually progresses to a thickened, tight indurative stage over months to years, with the skin becoming shiny and adherent to the underlying subcutis. Dermal thickening and epidermal thinning lead to loss of dermal appendages, with hair loss and absent sweating. Mottled hyper- and hypopigmentation may be noted. Facial involvement may lead to a pinched nose, tightened lips and a ‘mouse-like’ appearance. Finally, there is an atrophic stage in which the dermis softens and thins but remains firmly bound down to the subcu- taneous fat. With limited cutaneous scleroderma, clusters of dilated tortuous capillaries and venules are noted. Joint pain, immobility and contractures are the result of fibrosis around tendons and other periarticular structures. Contractures of the hand are most common, but large joint contractures may occur. Some patients have palpable and/or audible deep tendon friction rubs due to fibrinous tenosynovitis. Skin ulcers are of two forms: digital tip ulcers secondary to ischaemia, and ulceration over bony prominences where the skin is contracted and tight and susceptible to trauma. Reduced vascularity perpetuates poor healing. Both limited and late diffuse cutaneous scleroderma may develop calcinosis at areas of pressure such as the finger pads, olecra- non bursa, extensor surface of forearm, buttocks and around the patella. The gastrointestinal (GI) tract is the second most commonly affected organ, with involvement in 75%–90% of cases. The hallmark effect is smooth muscle fibrosis, leading to dysmotility, with 80% of patients developing oesophageal dysfunction. Impaired gas- tric emptying and decreased lower oesophageal sphincter tone allow reflux with heart- burn and dysphagia. In the longer term, Barrett’s oesophagus and strictures may develop, and the risk of adenocarcinoma of the oesophagus is increased. Dysmotility occurs throughout the GI tract and can cause gastroparesis, small bowel bacterial overgrowth and malabsorption, pseudo-obstruction, severe constipation and megacolon. Pulmonary involvement occurs in more than 70% of cases and is the most common cause of SSc-related death. Pulmonary fibrosis is common and can cause severe restrict- ive lung disease. Chest X-ray shows lower lobe interstitial thickening in a reticular– nodular pattern. High-resolution computed tomography (HRCT) may show ground-glass
  • 147. 142 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma appearance, representing alveolitis, or fibrotic honeycombing with traction bronchiecta- sis. Pulmonary function testing can serially document changes in lung volumes with restriction and increasing impairment of gas transfer. Readily detected by right heart catheterization and echocardiograph, pulmonary artery hypertension (PAH) occurs in 20%–40% of patients with SSc. The five-year cumulative survival is 10% in those with PAH compared with 80% in those without. PAH can develop early, particularly in limit- ed cutaneous SSc, and can occur without pulmonary fibrosis. In diffuse cutaneous SSc, development of pulmonary fibrosis may lead to secondary PAH. The patient develops dyspnoea disproportionate to any lung findings, and may have accentuation of the pul- monary component of the second heart sound. A clue to PAH is disproportionate reduc- tion in the carbon monoxide diffusion capacity relative to the forced vital capacity (FVC). Renal disease occurs almost only in those with diffuse cutaneous disease. Scleroderma renal crisis, which could result in rapid death or dialysis, is essentially a thing of the past due to the use of angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors. The crisis occurs most often in patients with early diffuse cutaneous SSc in the context of rapid skin pro- gression. It is characterized by accelerated hypertension presenting as headache, short- ness of breath, seizures, retinal haemorrhage, left heart failure and renal failure. Prognosis Italian and French-Canadian studies report increasing mortality with increasing skin involvement using a diffuse, intermediate and limited classification. A five-year study from the United Kingdom (UK) identified advanced age, diffuse cutaneous disease, high- er skin score, elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) and signs of organ involve- ment as poor prognostic factors in univariate analysis. However, logistic regression analysis identified proteinuria, elevated ESR and reduced carbon monoxide diffusion capacity as the most important factors.3,4 PAH has a devastating impact on survival and outcome, because the progressive elevation of pulmonary artery pressure leads to right ventricular failure, arrhythmias and death. The mean survival of untreated patients with primary PAH is 2.8 years from diagnosis. In untreated and treated patients with SSc- associated PAH, mean survival is less than one year in those with severe disease. Several manifestations are associated with specific antibodies: interstitial lung disease with anti-topoisomerase 1 (Scl-70), and anti-centromere antibodies with digital necrosis and delayed pulmonary hypertension independent of pulmonary fibrosis. Anti-RNA polymerase III antibodies in limited cutaneous scleroderma correlate with severe skin and renal involvement. U3-RNP antibodies, including fibrillarin, occur in both limited and diffuse disease and correlate with pulmonary hypertension, cardiac involvement and myositis. In a multicentre study of 1012 Italian patients, ten-year actuarial survival was 72% in patients with and 81% in those without anti-centromere antibody, and 73% in patients with ANA.5 Overall, ANA is of limited help in predicting prognosis. Pathophysiology and treatment Three abnormalities have been identified: 1 Fibroblast dysfunction leading to increased production and deposition of extracellu- lar matrix, particularly collagen
  • 148. 26 Assessing and treating scleroderma 143 2 Vascular abnormality leading to tissue hypoxia 3 An immune response manifest as altered T- and B-lymphocyte function and produc- tion of autoantibodies Endothelial damage and vascular dysfunction occur early, with activated lymphocytes secreting transforming growth factor-b (TGF-b) causing endothelial injury and upregu- lation of the major histocompatibility complex, adhesion molecules and connective tis- sue growth factor (CTGF). TGF-b maintains fibroblasts in an activated state, promotes collagen and matrix protein production and decreases synthesis of collagen-degrading matrix metalloproteinases. CTGF is an important growth factor in fibrosis, triggering angiogenesis and the structural organization of connective tissue. Endothelial damage results in the increased production of endothelin (ET)-1 and impaired prostacyclin release, resulting in imbalance between vasodilators and vasoconstrictors. ET combined with platelet-derived factors changes the vascular smooth muscle cell into a myofibro- blast, with proliferation of these narrowing the vessel lumen. Later in the disease process the inflammatory vasculopathy subsides and fibrosis dominates, with skin thickening, interstitial lung fibrosis, and GI and renal disease. Skin: The natural history of skin involvement is quite variable, with striking improve- ment occurring without intervention. Cyclophosphamide, mycophenolate mofetil and methotrexate are all used, but only methotrexate has shown a statistical benefit in con- trolled trials. Kidney: Renal crises are treated with ACE inhibitors titrated to achieve a systolic BP reduction of 10–20 mmHg over 24 hours. Continuous low-dose prostacyclin improves BP control and renal blood flow. Creatinine clearance is monitored and ACE inhibitors maintained even during dialysis. There is a prolonged period of potential renal recovery. Refractory hypertension may require calcium channel blockers or a-adrenergic blockers. Pulmonary fibrosis: The greatest evidence of efficacy is available for cyclophos- phamide. Recent trials include: 1 A UK study of 45 SSc patients who received low-dose prednisolone and six infusions of cyclophosphamide monthly, followed by oral azathioprine or placebo. At one year this did not demonstrate improvement in the primary endpoints (FVC and diffusing capacity for carbon monoxide [DLCO]) or secondary endpoints (HRCT appearance and dyspnoea scores).6 2 A United States study of 158 SSc patients with interstitial lung disease who received oral cyclophosphamide (≤2 mg/kg/day) or placebo for one year and were followed for one additional year.7 The mean difference in FVC at 12 months was 2.5% favour- ing cyclophosphamide, which was maintained at 24 months. The clinical benefit was modest, aiding skin scores, dyspnoea and health-related quality of life. Pulmonary hypertension: Early diagnosis is essential to optimize outcome. Mortality and morbidity of PAH has been improved by the use of long-term oxygen therapy, diuretics and digoxin for symptom relief, and anticoagulation. Intravenous prostacyclin leads to a rapid improvement in cardiac output, exercise capacity and survival but is expensive and associated with adverse effects. Gastrointestinal: Oesophageal dysmotility occurs in the majority and requires regular use of proton pump inhibitors, sometimes with prokinetic agents. Monitoring for
  • 149. 144 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma Barrett’s oesophagus is indicated. Broad-spectrum antibiotic and prokinetic agents may aid midgut disease. Stool frequency can be improved with frequent, small, low-fibre meals, with alternating aperients and antidiarrhoeals. Recent Developments 1 ET is a key mediator in the pathology of PAH and also SSc, participating in fibrotic, hypertrophic and inflammatory processes. The oral dual ET-A/ET-B receptor antagonist bosentan has proven benefit in patients with severe PAH. In a six-month open-label prospective study, eight patients with PAH and pulmonary fibrosis related to SSc received bosentan 62.5 mg bd for four weeks followed by maintenance dosing of 125 mg daily.8 Mean six-minute walking distance increased from 72 m at baseline to 192 m after three months, and to 203 m after six months. Six of eight patients responded with improvement in functional class. 2 The two pivotal trials of bosentan included 52 patients with SSc and other connective tissue diseases. During a four-month trial, mean treatment effect on six-minute walking distance was 37 m. In the long-term extension, survival was 82% after one year and 67% after two years.9 Bosentan has also been used in connective tissue disease patients with PAH who were non-responsive to prostanoid therapy.10 Thirteen patients (primarily with SSc) were treated for one year. A progressive improvement in exercise capacity was noted, with half improving their six-minute walking distance. 3 Scleroderma/SSc and chronic graft-versus-host disease (GVHD) resemble each other in tissue distribution (skin, lung, oesophagus), lymphocytic infiltration in affected tissues and tissue fibrosis. It has also been suggested that SSc may be a form of GVHD.11 GVHD occurs when foreign immunocompetent cells in grafted or transfused tissue react with the recipient’s cell-surface antigens. To induce GVHD, the graft must contain immunocompetent cells, the host must appear foreign to these cells and the host must be incapable of mounting an effective response and destroying them. The hypothesis of microchimaerism underlying SSc was postulated in 1989. As an aetiological factor, microchimaeric cells could be from previous pregnancies, or from maternal origin in the case of nulliparous women or male patients. The mere presence of these cells in peripheral blood is therefore not sufficient to cause SSc and a second, unknown activation step is postulated. Microchimaeric cells are absent from the skin of normal subjects, and are present in higher numbers in the normal skin of SSc subjects compared with involved skin.12 4 Statins have more widespread effects than just lowering cholesterol (Figure 26.1). There appear to be substantial differences amongst the statins as to their impact on these alternate pathways.13 The potential of this approach has been trialled in an open-label study of atorvastatin 10 mg/day for twelve weeks.14 Raynaud’s phenomenon improved, indicated by reduced subjective scoring. A two- to eight- fold increase in circulating endothelial precursors was noted, although not to normal levels. A reduction in the angiogenic factors vascular endothelial growth factor and basic fibroblast growth factor was observed.
  • 150. Statins Block HMG-CoA reductase ↑ CEPs ↓ Leukocyte–endothelial ↓ TGF-β ↓ Collagen gene adhesion expression ↓ Mevalonate ↑ Endothelial repair ↓ Inflammatory chemokines and neovascularization and cytokines ↓ Fibrosis ↓ LDL ↓ Farnesyl PP ↓ Geranylgeranyl PP ↓ VEGF ↓ Endothelial Altered gene expression apoptosis ↓ Intimal 26 Assessing and treating scleroderma ↑ eNOS ↓ ROS proliferation expression Figure 26.1 Beneficial effects of statins in scleroderma. CEP, circulating endothelial precursors; eNOS, endothelial nitric oxide synthase; HMG-CoA, 3-hydroxy-3- methylglutaryl coenzyme A; LDL, low-density lipoprotein; PP, pyrophosphate; ROS, reactive oxygen species; TGF-b, transforming growth factor-b; VEGF, vascular 145 endothelial growth factor.
  • 151. 146 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma Conclusion Scleroderma is a rare disease of unknown cause, which is diagnosed essentially on clinical grounds. To date, most interventions have been of little clinical utility, except proton pump inhibitors for reflux disease and ACE inhibitors for renal crisis. The challenges for the future are in the early diagnosis of and effective intervention for pulmonary fibrosis and pulmonary hypertension. Use of ET receptor antagonists has shown it is possible to intervene with an oral medication, but the gains in either morbidity or mortality are modest. A holistic approach is required, which includes a broad treatment strategy aimed at reducing vascular complications of this disorder. Further Reading 1 Chung L, Lin J, Furst DE, Fiorentino D. Systemic and localized scleroderma. Clin Dermatol 2006; 24: 374–92. 2 Wollheim FA. Classification of systemic sclerosis. Visions and reality. Rheumatology 2005; 44: 1212–16. 3 Bryan C, Knight C, Black CM, Silman AJ. Prediction of five-year survival following presentation with scleroderma: development of a simple model using three disease factors at first visit. Arthritis Rheum 1999; 42: 2660–5. 4 Meyer O. Prognostic markers for systemic sclerosis. Joint Bone Spine 2006; 73: 490–4. 5 Ferri C, Valentini G, Cozzi F et al. Systemic sclerosis: demographic, clinical, and serologic fea- tures and survival in 1,012 Italian patients. Medicine 2002; 81: 139–53. 6 Hoyles RK, Ellis RW, Wellsbury J et al. A multicentre, prospective, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of corticosteroids and intravenous cyclophosphamide followed by oral azathioprine for the treatment of pulmonary fibrosis in scleroderma. Arthritis Rheum 2006; 54: 3962–70. 7 Tashkin DP, Elashoff R, Clements PJ et al. Cyclophosphamide versus placebo in scleroderma lung disease. N Engl J Med 2006; 354: 2655–66. 8 Ahmadi-Simab K, Hellmich B, Gross WL. Bosentan for severe pulmonary arterial hypertension related to systemic sclerosis with interstitial lung disease. Eur J Clin Invest 2006; 36 (Suppl 3): 44–8. 9 Denton C, Humbert M, Rubin L, Coghlan J, Black C. Dual endothelin receptor antagonism in pulmonary arterial hypertension related to systemic sclerosis. Eur J Clin Invest 2005; 35 : I72. 10 Cozzi F, Montisci R, Marotta H et al. Bosentan therapy of pulmonary arterial hypertension in connective tissue disease. Eur J Clin Invest 2006; 36 (Suppl 3): 49–53. 11 Jimenez SA, Artlett CM. Mirochimerism and systemic sclerosis. Curr Opin Rheumatol 2005; 17: 86–90. 12 Sawaya HHB, Jimenez SA, Artlett CM. Quantification of fetal microchimeric cells in clinically affected and unaffected skin of patients with systemic sclerosis. Rheumatology 2004; 43: 965–8. 13 Kuwana M. Potential benefits of statins for vascular disease in systemic sclerosis. Curr Opin Rheumatol 2006; 18: 594–600.
  • 152. 27 Immunosuppressive drugs 147 14 Kuwana M, Kaburaki J, Okazaki Y, Yasuoka H, Kawakami Y, Ikeda Y. Increases in circulating endothelial precursors by atorvastatin in patients with systemic sclerosis. Arthritis Rheum 2006; 54: 1946–51. P R O B L E M 27 Immunosuppressive Drugs Case History Mrs TJ is 55 years old and developed sicca syndrome after the menopause at age 51 years. Her serum is positive for antinuclear antibody (ANA), anti-Ro and anti-La. She has symptoms of general malaise, arthralgia and myalgia, and a recent chest X-ray suggests that she is developing pulmonary infiltrates. Inflammatory markers (erythrocyte sedimentation rate and serum C-reactive protein) are elevated. She has been taking prednisolone for the past six months but this has only partly relieved her symptoms. What factors influence the choice of immunosuppressive agent? How should she be monitored? Is immunosuppression becoming safer and more effective? Background Immunosuppressive treatment is a large part of rheumatological practice. It is the cor- nerstone for many of the immune-mediated connective tissue disorders including rheumatoid arthritis (RA), systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), systemic sclerosis, vas- culitides and Sjögren’s syndrome. Because of the widespread use of immunosuppressive agents, the generalist and the general practitioner should understand current usage of these drugs and how they are monitored. Glucocorticoids These bind to glucocorticoid response elements in the genome, thus regulating activity of a broad range of genes. They downregulate expression of pro-inflammatory cytokines including interleukin (IL)-1 and IL-6. Decreased IL-2 production from T cells is associ- ated with decreased lymphocyte proliferation. Cytotoxic and phagocytic cells are inhibited. Increased activity of the inhibitor of k-beta (Ikb) decreases activity of the key © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 153. 148 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma regulatory pathway involving nuclear factor-k-beta (NF-kb) with consequent down- regulation of components of the immune response and increased lymphocyte apoptosis. Between 1 in 400 and 1 in 200 of the population (higher in the elderly) is taking chron- ic steroid medication, usually prednisolone. One of the major indications for use of other immunosuppressive drugs is to minimize exposure to steroids and to protect the patient from long-term side effects. The latter include hypertension, hyperglycaemia, osteo- penia, cataracts, gastric ulceration, impaired wound healing and susceptibility to infection. Topical agents (inhaled, rectal or skin) should be used where possible. Antiproliferative and antimetabolic drugs Azathioprine (Imuran) is a purine derivative that has been used as an antimetabolite since the early 1960s. It is used in transplant patients and in treatment of RA. Side effects include bone marrow suppression, susceptibility to infections (especially varicella and herpes simplex viruses), hepatotoxicity, alopecia and increased risk of malignancies. Methotrexate is used for psoriasis and RA as well as in treatment of malignancies. It inhibits dihydrofolate reductase, therefore decreasing purine synthesis and progression through the G1 and S phases of the cell cycle. This may explain its cytotoxic effects, with its anti-inflammatory effects related to increasing adenosine levels. Side effects include bone marrow suppression, interstitial pneumonitis and increased liver enzymes with occasionally more severe hepatic impairment. A full blood count (FBC) and liver func- tion tests (LFTs) should be monitored monthly and adequate contraception used. Cyclophosphamide is used particularly in SLE and in vasculitic conditions including Wegener’s granulomatosis. Side effects include leukopenia, haemorrhagic cystitis and increased risk of transitional cell carcinoma, infertility, alopecia and increased risk of lymphoma. Leflunomide is used in active RA, particularly in those unresponsive to methotrexate, for whom leflunomide can be used alone or in combination with methotrexate. Side effects are diarrhoea, alopecia, severe skin reactions, pneumonitis, hypertension and neu- rological toxicity. FBC and LFTs should be monitored monthly for the first six months and then two-monthly. Blood pressure should be monitored. Adequate contraception is essential, with leflunomide having a long practical half-life due to enterohepatic circulation. Mycophenolate mofetil is hydrolysed to mycophenolic acid in the body, and inhibits T- and B-cell proliferation through its inhibitory effect on the enzyme inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase (IMPDH). It may cause bone marrow suppression, pneumonitis and severe diarrhoea. Sirolimus (Rapamune) binds to the 12 kDa FK506-binding protein (FKBP-12) and inhibits the protein kinase mammalian target of rapamycin (MTOR), a key protein in cellular proliferation. The drug is mainly used in transplant patients and in drug-eluting stents for patients with coronary artery disease. Calcineurin inhibitors Calcineurin is a Ca2+/calmodulin-dependent protein phosphatase involved in T-cell dif- ferentiation and proliferation. The enzyme catalyses dephosphorylation of the nuclear factor of activated T lymphocytes (NFAT), which is subsequently translocated to the nucleus and increases expression of pro-inflammatory cytokines including IL-2.
  • 154. 27 Immunosuppressive drugs 149 Cyclosporin (by interacting with cyclophilin) and tacrolimus (by interacting with FKBP- 12) inhibit the phosphatase activity of calcineurin. Cyclosporin is a cyclic peptide of eleven amino acids, which is secreted by the fungus Beauveria nivea. Its predominant effect is inhibiting T-cell responses. It can be given intravenously (Sandimmune) or orally (Neoral). Its main uses are in transplant, RA and psoriasis. For transplant patients, it is usually combined with steroids and either azathio- prine or mycophenolate mofetil. In RA, it is usually reserved for patients who do not respond to first- or second-line disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDs) including methotrexate. With the introduction of anti-tumour necrosis factor (anti- TNF) agents, cyclosporin is being used less. Nephrotoxicity is the most common severe side effect. The drug may also worsen hypertension, hyperglycaemia and hyperuri- caemia. Side effects also include tremor, hirsutism and gum hyperplasia. Monitoring to keep the plasma concentration of the drug in the range 50–100 ng/ml should be under- taken. Tacrolimus (Prograf) is a macrolide antibiotic secreted by Streptomyces tsukubaensis. It can be given orally or systemically, and is mainly used for transplant patients. Nephrotoxicity and neurotoxicity are relatively common with its use. Antibody treatments Lymphocyte immune globulin and antithymocyte globulin have been used in immuno- suppression since the 1960s. To avoid the potential problems of using polyclonal sera, monoclonal or monospecific antibody treatments have been developed. These include: Anti-CD3 Directed at the e chain of the T-cell receptor Anti-CD25 Daclizumab and basiliximab, directed at the IL-2 receptor Anti-CD52 Alemtuzumab Anti-TNF-a Infliximab, etanercept, used in refractory RA Anti-lymphocyte function-associated antigen-1 (anti-LFA-1) Efalizumab Anti-CD20 Rituximab, B-cell depleting antibody Other drugs Hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil, 200–400 mg/day) is an antimalarial drug used in RA and SLE. It may be particularly useful for skin lesions in the latter. It is usually well toler- ated but can cause macular damage. Patients should have an ophthalmological assess- ment at baseline and six-monthly. Sulphasalazine is used in RA and in seronegative spondyloarthropathies. It may cause gastrointestinal symptoms, headache, rash (including photosensitivity) and discolour- ation of soft contact lenses. Because of potential bone marrow toxicity, a FBC should be measured every two weeks for the first three months, then three-monthly. LFTs should be monitored monthly for the first three months then six-monthly. Use of immunosuppressive drugs has transformed management of many non- malignant diseases. They should only be used where they are clearly indicated (Box 27.1) and with an appropriate programme of drug monitoring. An algorithm for monitoring of the most commonly prescribed drugs is presented in Figure 27.1. Increasingly with
  • 155. 150 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma newer drugs – including cyclosporine, mycophenolate mofetil, sirolimus and tacrolimus – therapeutic monitoring of drug levels is being undertaken.1 Box 27.1 Use of immunosuppressive drugs b Underlying diagnosis well established b Less toxic alternatives have failed b The disease poses a severe threat to health b Patient is informed of the risks and benefits b Infection and malignancy excluded b No possibility that the patient will become pregnant b Arrangements for monitoring and treating complications in place Recent Developments 1 The field of pharmacogenomics is developing rapidly. Expression of levels of key enzymes varies considerably between individuals, and this may explain why some patients fail to respond to drugs while others are very sensitive and more susceptible to side effects. Levels of thiopurine methyltransferase may be useful in predicting response to azathioprine.2 Those with high levels of the enzyme are at risk of being underdosed, and patients with low enzyme levels may be more susceptible to side effects including bone marrow suppression. In a similar fashion, variations in the expression of methylene tetrahydrofolate reductase may be important determinants of the response to methotrexate.3 2 It is not clear whether elderly onset RA behaves differently from that which has an earlier onset. In the recent study by Tutuncu et al.,4 elderly patients with RA had comparable duration and comparable indices of severity compared with younger patients. They were, however, less likely to receive as aggressive treatment; this may be partly due to under-recognition of the severity of the disease – particularly if there are comorbidities – or to concern about potential side effects. 3 Much of the stimulus for development and clinical trials with newer agents has come from the transplant field. Examples of the way practice is changing are the increasing use of mycophenolate mofetil for lupus nephritis5 (where previously cyclophosphamide was the drug of choice) and the increasing use of cyclosporin for autoimmune diseases.6 Renal toxicity may limit the use of this drug by rheumatologists but it certainly may prove very useful in life-threatening situations where other drugs have failed. Amongst biological therapies, the TNF-a antagonists have found the widest use in RA. The maximum effect of biological therapies in RA is likely to be seen when they are combined with cytotoxic treatments such as methotrexate.7 Conclusion The range of immunosuppressive drugs is increasing, as is trial evidence relating to their use in individual diseases. The choice of agents depends on the clinical picture
  • 156. 27 Immunosuppressive drugs 151 Baseline FBC, LFTs, U/E and CXR FBC LFTs U/E Weekly – C*, A, M 2-weekly – C, A, M Weekly – C, A, M Monthly – M Monthly – C*, A, M Monthly – C*, A, M 3-monthly – A 3-monthly – A, M 2-monthly – A, M ? Stop ? Stop ? Stop WBC 1.5 109/l Transaminases Creatinine Pl 100 109/l 3 upper limit >30% above of normal baseline Figure 27.1 Therapeutic monitoring of common immunosuppressives. Low white blood cell (WBC) count, increased liver enzymes or increasing creatinine may necessitate temporarily or permanently stopping the treatment – a decision best made by the specialist responsible for starting it. * monitor at this frequency for the duration of treatment; A, azathioprine; C, cyclophosphamide; CXR, chest X-ray; FBC, full blood count; LFT, liver function text; M, methotrexate; Pl, platelet; U/E, urea and electrolytes. and diagnosis, along with an assessment of the likely benefits and potential risks. Corticosteroids are often used in the first instance but the tendency now is to use lower doses, and thus they are often combined with other drugs. Methotrexate, aza- thioprine and cyclophosphamide have been used for many years but still have a major place in management. Monitoring of FBC, hepatic function and renal function is the most important aspect generally. Use of newer drugs and biological agents is increas- ing, although this is still limited by cost and clinical experience. With appropriate monitoring and choice of regimens, the treatment of autoimmune connective tissue disease with agents that suppress the immune system is becoming safer and more effective. Further Reading 1 Holt DW, Armstrong VW, Griesmacher A, Morris RG, Napoli KL, Shaw LM. International Federation of Clinical Chemistry/International Association of Therapeutic Drug Monitoring
  • 157. 152 §04 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Sjögren’s Syndrome and Scleroderma and Clinical Toxicology working group on immunosuppressive drug monitoring. Ther Drug Monit 2002; 24: 59–67. 2 Patel AA, Swerlick RA, McCall CO. Azathioprine in dermatology: the past, the present, and the future. J Am Acad Dermatol 2006; 55: 369–89. 3 Hughes LB, Beasley TM, Patel H et al. Racial or ethnic differences in allele frequencies of sin- gle-nucleotide polymorphisms in the methylenetetrahydrofolate reductase gene and their influence on response to methotrexate in rheumatoid arthritis. Ann Rheum Dis 2006; 65: 1213–18. 4 Tutuncu Z, Reed G, Kremer J, Kavanaugh A. Do patients with older-onset rheumatoid arthritis receive less aggressive treatment? Ann Rheum Dis 2006; 65: 1226–9. 5 Dooley MA. Mycophenolate mofetil: what role in the treatment of lupus? Lupus 2006; 15: 179–82. 6 Ponticelli C. Cyclosporine: from renal transplantation to autoimmune diseases. Ann N Y Acad Sci 2005; 1051: 551–8. 7 Heiberg MS, Rødevand E, Mikkelsen K et al. Adalimumab and methotrexate is more effective than adalimumab alone in patients with established rheumatoid arthritis: results from a 6-month longitudinal, observational, multicentre study. Ann Rheum Dis 2006; 65: 1379–83.
  • 158. S E C T I O N F I V E 05 Vasculitic Syndromes 28 Vasculitic disease 29 Giant cell arteritis and polymyalgia rheumatica 30 Behçet’s syndrome P R O B L E M 28 Vasculitic Disease Case History Mrs SR attends your clinic with a rash over her legs. She is aged 32 years and for the last six months has been unwell, with intermittent fevers, loss of appetite and fatigue. Recent blood tests show elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR; 83 mm/h) and C-reactive protein (CRP; 46 mg/dl). Today she has palpable purpura on her lower legs. Urinalysis is positive for blood and protein. What are the clinical clues to vasculitis? What investigations will assist with a precise diagnosis? How should the condition be treated and monitored? Background The vasculitides are an important group of disorders in which an immune reaction affects the walls of the blood vessels.1,2 The immune dysfunction may be triggered by drugs or by an underlying autoimmune disease, but often an underlying cause is not identified. Manifestations vary between diseases and from person to person. The follow- ing are common: general malaise, arthralgia, normocytic anaemia, skin lesions (palpable purpura or necrotic ulcers), renal dysfunction and neurological dysfunction (particularly wrist drop and ankle drop). Differential diagnosis includes drug reactions (antibiotics, amphetamines, ergot derivatives), infections (human immunodeficiency virus [HIV], © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 159. 154 §05 Vasculitic Syndromes subacute bacterial endocarditis), malignant disease and antiphospholipid syndrome. Classification of vasculitides, shown in Box 28.1, is based on the size of blood vessels affected. Individually, the diagnoses, with the exception of giant cell arteritis (GCA), are rela- tively rare. Collectively (excepting GCA), there is an incidence of 20–40 per million of the population per year. There is considerable geographical variation and also a seasonal variation in incidence. The latter suggests an infectious trigger and exposure to Mycoplasma pneumoniae has been linked with risk of GCA. The latter is more common in Caucasians than all the other diagnoses put together (around 170 per million of the population per year). Cutaneous vasculitis may occur in isolation or as part of an under- lying systemic disorder.3 In each case of suspected vasculitis, a careful search for multi- organ involvement should be undertaken. Small vessel vasculitis The vessels involved are the venules, capillaries and arterioles of the skin, kidney and gas- trointestinal (GI) tract. The hallmark lesion is palpable purpura, which is a slightly raised, non-blanching lesion that typically affects the lower legs. Gut involvement causes colicky abdominal pain and may lead to melaena. Henoch–Schönlein purpura is common in children after viral or streptococcal infec- tion. The blood vessels are affected by immunoglobulin A (IgA)-containing immune complex deposition. Apart from the purpura, abdominal pain and arthralgia, renal involvement develops in up to 40%, with progression to chronic nephritis in 10% of cases. The condition is generally self-limiting and immunosuppressive treatment is not usually required. Cryoglobulins are antigen–antibody complexes that precipitate in the cold. In add- ition to the other common manifestations of small vessel vasculitis, they may be associ- ated with serious liver and pulmonary disease. Cryoglobulinaemia occurs in one-third of patients with hepatitis C infection. Cryoglobulins should be sought in all patients with a clinical picture of small vessel vasculitis, and all positive patients should be tested for hepatitis C. Small to medium vessel vasculitis These diseases generally affect the skin, upper respiratory tract, lungs and kidneys. Wegener’s granulomatosis often begins with apparently innocent symptoms including Box 28.1 Classification of vasculitis Small vessels Medium vessels b Henoch–Schönlein purpura b Polyarteritis nodosa b Mixed cryoglobulinaemia b Kawasaki syndrome Small to medium vessels Large vessels b Wegener’s granulomatosis b Giant cell arteritis b Churg–Strauss syndrome b Takayasu’s arteritis b Microscopic polyangiitis
  • 160. 28 Vasculitic disease 155 sinusitis, nasal ulcers, otitis media and hearing loss (70% of cases). Pulmonary infiltrates or nodules develop in 85% of cases, and 80% of patients have renal involvement with a focal necrotizing glomerulonephritis that frequently progresses to renal failure. Histologically, there is necrotizing vasculitis of medium-sized vessels with extravascular granulomata. Cytoplasmic anti-neutrophil cytoplasmic antibody (c-ANCA) is present in 80% of patients and perinuclear ANCA (p-ANCA) in 20%, with at least 90% of patients overall being ANCA positive. The disease is usually treated with prednisolone and cyclophosphamide. Microscopic polyangiitis is a variant of polyarteritis where patients present with pul- monary haemorrhage and glomerulonephritis. Churg–Strauss syndrome presents with allergic rhinitis and asthma. Eosinophilia, and infiltrates of the lungs and GI tract account for the features of the disease. Up to 75% of patients have palpable purpura or skin nodules. It affects the kidneys in up to 50% of cases. Immunosuppressives are fre- quently required. Medium vessel vasculitis Patients with polyarteritis nodosa typically present with fever, myalgia and arthralgia. Renal disease develops in up to 60% of cases, with cardiac and GI involvement in 40% (may lead to bowel infarction), and central or peripheral nervous system involvement in 20%. Angiography reveals multiple microaneurysms of vessels, with beading and taper- ing of the vessel lumen. Biopsy of affected tissues reveals focal necrosis of vessel walls. p-ANCA is positive in 20% of cases and c-ANCA in 10%. The disease is associated with hepatitis B and carries a worse prognosis in this circumstance. Treatment is with pred- nisolone and cytotoxic agents, with plasma exchange used for extreme cases. Vidarabine and interferon are useful where there is concurrent hepatitis B infection. Kawasaki syndrome typically affects children presenting with fever, conjunctival infection, red tongue, arthralgia and lymphadenopathy. Fatal coronary arteritis can develop if the syndrome is untreated. Aspirin and intravenous immunoglobulin is the mainstay of treatment. Large vessel vasculitis GCA almost exclusively occurs in patients over the age of 50 years and is frequently accompanied by polymyalgia rheumatica. Visual loss may arise from central retinal artery occlusion, anterior ischaemic optic retinitis or occipital cortex infarction. Claudication or ischaemia of the tongue is a frequently overlooked but fairly common symptom. Temporal artery biopsy should be carried out where possible and will reveal lymphocytic and giant cell infiltration with fragmentation of the internal elastic lamina. Treatment with prednisolone usually suffices, with doses tailored according to the ESR. Occasionally, other immunosuppressive agents are required. Takayasu’s arteritis (pulseless disease) usually affects young women who present with fever, arthralgia and myalgia and have high ESR. Treatment is with prednisolone and other immunosuppressive agents. Transluminal angioplasty or other mechanical revas- cularization may be required where there is risk of infarction. Patient demographics and the pattern of organ involvement provide clues to the underlying diagnosis (Figure 28.1). A full blood count will often show a normocytic
  • 161. 156 §05 Vasculitic Syndromes anaemia, particularly where there is systemic disease. Urea and creatinine should be care- fully monitored in all cases so that renal involvement can be identified early. ESR and CRP will almost invariably be elevated and are useful to monitor disease activity and response to treatment. Liver tests should be monitored, not only because of potential hepatic involvement in vasculitis, but also because of potential side effects of treatment. Detection of antinuclear antibody and rheumatoid factor (RF) may indicate the presence of an underlying connective tissue disorder. Apart from rheumatoid disease, RF may also be positive in patients with Sjögren’s syndrome, and is more likely to be positive in patients with hepatitis B infection. Patients with both vasculitis and antiphospholipid antibodies are recognized. Anti-neutrophil cytoplasmic antibodies (ANCA) are more specific markers for certain vasculitic disorders (Table 28.1). c-ANCA are antibodies pri- marily directed at the enzyme proteinase-3. The perinuclear pattern (p-ANCA) is much Child: (Any – HSP; Asian – Kawasaki) Demographics Young adult: (Middle Eastern – Behçet’s; Asian – Takayasu’s) Elderly: (GCA – mainly Caucasian) Palpable purpura: Small- to medium-sized vessels involved Skin Ulcers or ischaemia: PAN, CSS, Wegener’s Muscle Pain stiffness: GCA Joints Swollen/inflamed: PAN, CSS, Wegener’s Neuropathy PAN, CSS, Wegener’s, cryoglobulinaemia Ischaemia: PAN, Takayasu’s Renal Glomerulonephritis: MPA, Wegener’s, cryoglobulinaemia, CSS, HSP Figure 28.1 Clinical pointers as to underlying disease state. The pattern and nature of organ involvement give clues as to the likely underlying diagnosis. CSS, Churg–Strauss syndrome; GCA, giant cell arteritis; HSP, Henoch–Schönlein purpura; MPA, microscopic polyangiitis; PAN, polyarteritis nodosa.
  • 162. 28 Vasculitic disease 157 less disease specific, and antibodies are directed at a number of determinants including myeloperoxidase, lactoferrin, elastase, cathepsin G and lysozyme. c-ANCA is also posi- tive in many patients with crescentic or necrotizing glomerulonephritis. ANCA (pre- dominantly p-ANCA) is positive in a proportion of patients with antiglomerular basement membrane disease, inflammatory bowel disease, autoimmune hepatitis, scler- osing cholangitis and Felty syndrome. ANCA has traditionally been detected by indirect immunofluorescence techniques but modern enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs) with specific antigens provide a more sensitive test. Cryoglobulins should be sought. Patients should be screened for hepatitis B and C, as well as HIV. Low levels of the complement components C3 and C4 are consistent with systemic lupus erythematosus, and may be increased in other inflammatory conditions. Chest X-ray will reveal the pres- ence of pulmonary nodules or infiltrates. Biopsy of affected tissue may be required. Punch biopsy is suitable for most skin lesions, but excision biopsy is required where large vessel vasculitis is suspected. The characteristic change of leukocytoclastic angiitis is seen in small to medium vessel disease. Treatment depends on the diagnosis and severity of the disease. Simple measures for skin lesions include avoiding contact with lesions (loose clothing, bedding etc.), elevating the affected part, analgesia and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. The mainstay is immunosuppression, usually initially with high-dose steroids with the later addition of other immunosuppressive agents including cyclophosphamide, azathioprine and methotrexate. Cyclosporine and mycophenolate mofetil may be used in more serious cases, while plasmapheresis and intravenous immunoglobulin may also be useful in resist- ant cases. Induction and maintenance phases of treatment require different approaches. For some patients, colchicine or dapsone are useful to maintain remission. Finally, bio- logical therapies may be required for the most serious cases.4 These include the anti- CD20 (anti-B cell) antibody rituximab, and the anti–tumour necrosis factor (TNF)-a agents: infliximab, adalimumab and etanercept. Table 28.1 Major diseases associated with ANCA Proteinase-3 (c-ANCA) Myeloperoxidase (p-ANCA) Wegener’s granulomatosis 80% 10% Microscopic polyangiitis 30% 60% Churg–Strauss syndrome 30% 30% Figures show percentage of cases with each condition that has the ANCA subtype. Recent Developments 1 Recent evidence5 suggests that ANCA antibodies are directly involved in the vasculitic disease process. Their action helps promote neutrophil activation and adhesion, facilitating interaction with cytokine-primed vascular endothelium. They may arise from molecular complementarity – the antibodies being directed against peptides encoded by the antisense strands of key epitopes. This phenomenon has
  • 163. 158 §05 Vasculitic Syndromes been invoked to explain the relationship between ANCA positivity and exposure to infectious agents. Possible genetic determinants of ANCA-positive vasculitic syndromes have also been identified: these include increased carrier frequency of the Z allele of a1-antitrypsin (SERPINA1) and certain alleles of Fc receptors. Environmental triggers include exposure to silica, solvents, asbestos and pesticides. Drug triggers include the antithyroid drugs propylthiouracil and carbimazole, phenytoin, cocaine and allopurinol. 2 Data to support the use of the antibody therapies (rituximab, infliximab and etanercept) in vasculitic conditions, particularly Wegener’s granulomatosis, are accumulating.6 The role of TNF-a in many of these disease processes means that infliximab and etanercept may find broader usage. Even in GCA, which is generally very responsive to steroids, biological therapies may find a use where the individual is susceptible to side effects of steroids. Interferon (a and b) has shown promise for treatment of Churg–Strauss syndrome. 3 The recent interest in atherosclerosis as an inflammatory disease may give rise to novel therapies for common vascular disorders including coronary heart disease and stroke.7 Vascular inflammation is known to play a prominent role in the development of atherosclerotic plaques and their subsequent rupture, giving rise to acute vascular events. Therapeutic strategies to decrease this vascular inflammation include use of statins, cyclooxygenase inhibition, blockade of the renin–angiotensin system and inhibition of pro-inflammatory cytokines. Proposed biological approaches include immunization against the protein component of low-density lipoproteins (apoB-100). Conclusion Vasculitic disease is extremely variable in its presentation. The most common cutaneous manifestation is palpable purpura. The pattern of organ distribution and the nature of the lesions give clues to the underlying disease process. In all cases, the potential for involvement of major organ systems (lung, liver, heart, kidneys and nervous system) should be considered. The lesions are accompanied by symptoms of systemic inflamma- tion and inflammatory markers are increased. Once diagnosis is established, or before in severe cases, treatment should be started. This is mainly with immunosuppressive agents. The acute and maintenance phases of treatment require different approaches. Biological treatments, including antibodies to B cells and TNF-a, are making a major impact on the management of difficult and refractory cases. Further Reading 1 Roane DW, Griger DR. An approach to diagnosis and initial management of systemic vasculitis. Am Fam Physician 1999; 60: 1421–30. 2 Scott DGI, Watts RA. Systemic vasculitis: epidemiology, classification and environmental factors. Ann Rheum Dis 2000; 59: 161–3. 3 Carlson JA, Cavaliere LF, Grant-Kels JM. Cutaneous vasculitis: diagnosis and management. Clin Dermatol 2006; 24: 414–29.
  • 164. 29 Giant cell arteritis and polymyalgia rheumatica 159 4 Foster R, Rosenthal E, Marques S, Vounotrypidis P, Sangle S, D’Cruz D. Primary systemic vasculitis: treatment of difficult cases. Lupus 2006; 15: 143–7. 5 Bosch X, Guilabert A, Font J. Antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibodies. Lancet 2006; 368: 4004–18. 6 Chan AT, Flossmann O, Mukhtyar C, Jayne DRW, Luqmani RA. The role of biologic therapies in the management of systemic vasculitis. Autoimm Rev 2006; 5: 273–8. 7 Stoll G, Bendszus M. Inflammation and atherosclerosis: novel insights into plaque formation and destabilization. Stroke 2006; 37: 1923–32. P R O B L E M 29 Giant Cell Arteritis and Polymyalgia Rheumatica Case History Mrs FM is a 74-year-old woman who complains of headaches, general malaise and stiffness of the upper arms and shoulders. The symptoms have gradually increased over four weeks. She is generally healthy and takes no medication apart from paracetamol for her mild osteoarthritis. Is temporal artery biopsy required to diagnose giant cell arteritis (GCA)? What is current thinking on the aetiology of GCA and polymyalgia rheumatica (PMR)? For how long is she likely to require steroid treatment? How should the condition be monitored? Background GCA is the most common vasculitic disease and affects medium- to large-sized arteries. GCA presents with headache, tenderness over the temporal artery or scalp, jaw claudica- tion and sometimes visual loss. The latter develops quickly and is frequently permanent, making urgent diagnosis and treatment mandatory. PMR is a closely related condition that usually presents with pain and stiffness of the shoulder muscles, often accompanied by general malaise, fever and weight loss. PMR occurs in about 50% of patients with © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 165. 160 §05 Vasculitic Syndromes GCA; of patients with PMR, around 10% will have GCA. The prevalence of PMR is around 10–15 per 1000 and women are affected twice as often as men. GCA is more com- mon in colder climates, is less common than PMR and has an incidence of about 20 per 100 000 per year. Both GCA and PMR are very uncommon under the age of 50 years.1,2 GCA and PMR are much more common in Caucasians, particularly those of Scandinavian descent. The fact that there is a racial predisposition and that familial clus- tering has been described points to a genetic component to the aetiology. Alleles of HLA- DRB1*04 have been commonly implicated. Amongst infectious triggers that have been considered are Mycoplasma pneumoniae, parvovirus B19 and parainfluenza virus type 1.3 In GCA, inflammation in the vascular wall leads to structural changes including intimal hyperplasia, fragmentation of the internal elastic laminae and luminal occlusion. The disorder in the vessel wall is driven by activated T cells and macrophages. T cells enter the vessel wall through the vasa vasorum, become activated through contact with antigen and produce a range of pro-inflammatory cytokines including interferon-g. These cytokines lead to macrophage homing and activation. Shoulder pain and stiffness are the most common symptoms of PMR. Systemic symp- toms include fever, mood changes, sweating, anorexia and weight loss. Erythrocyte sedi- mentation rate (ESR) is usually greater than 50 mm/h and there is often mild normochromic anaemia. Muscles are not strikingly tender. There is often some limita- tion of movement due to muscle stiffness, and secondary increase in joint pains is com- mon. Differential diagnosis includes fibromylagia, rheumatoid arthritis, polymyositis and osteoarthritis. Some patients develop swelling of the distal digits, carpal tunnel syn- drome and tenosynovitis. GCA can affect any medium- to large-sized artery but most commonly affects the internal and external carotid arteries. Headache has often been present for several weeks Table 29.1 Features of GCA Frequency (%) Headache 85 Temporal artery thickened, pulseless or tender 73 Malaise, anorexia or weight loss 61 Jaw claudication 41 Polymyalgia rheumatica 40 Scalp tenderness 33 Retinal ischaemia 23 Visual loss 13 Fever 10 Dysphagia 5 Cerebrovascular accident 2 Recent onset of peripheral arterial disease 2 1 Adapted from Gonzalez-Gay et al. 2006.
  • 166. 29 Giant cell arteritis and polymyalgia rheumatica 161 before the patient presents. Depression, malaise, weight loss and fever often accompany the diagnosis, even in the absence of clinically apparent PMR. GCA is unusual when the ESR is less than 50 mm/h. The temporal artery may be thickened, tender and lack pulsa- tion. Eyes should be examined, looking for loss of vision, an afferent papillary defect and ocular movement disorders (diplopia). Fundoscopy should be carried out to look for signs of ischaemic retinopathy. Table 29.1 lists the common features of GCA. The initial investigation should be ESR, which is seldom normal and frequently greater than 100 mm/h. The normal upper limit for ESR is estimated as: Men: Age (years) 2 Women: Age (years) + 10) 2 Up to 20% of patients with PMR have normal ESR. Serum C-reactive protein (CRP) is also usually elevated. CRP and ESR values are generally very strongly correlated. Other laboratory findings include normochromic anaemia, thrombocytopenia and elevated liver enzymes. There may be a mild leukocytosis, and thrombocytosis is recognized. Temporal artery biopsy is the cornerstone of diagnosis and should be considered even where symptoms appear to strongly support the diagnosis. Before embarking on pro- longed steroid therapy, a precise diagnosis is highly desirable. If the initial biopsy is nega- tive, and symptoms are highly suggestive, biopsy of the contralateral temporal artery should be considered. Positive biopsy shows inflammatory infiltrate with disruption of the internal elastic lamina. The inflammation is focal and segmental and granulomatous with multinucleate giant cells. The biopsy should be performed at the most symptomatic site and should ideally be at least 2.5 cm long. Temporal artery biopsy is not usually car- ried out in patients with what appears to be uncomplicated PMR. Newer diagnostic tech- niques are colour-coded duplex ultrasonography and positron emission tomography (PET). Both have a high sensitivity for detecting vascular disease, but changes are often not specific. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) angiography is also emerging as a useful tool. There are no documented associations with circulating autoantibodies. Prednisolone is the first-line treatment. An initial dose of 10–20 mg/day is usually suf- ficient for patients with PMR. Response is usual within two weeks, and after one month the dose can begin to be tapered down. The usual duration of therapy is two to three years. GCA usually requires prednisolone 40–60 mg/day. Initiation should not be delayed while the results of investigations, including temporal artery biopsy, are awaited. Visual symptoms seldom develop after steroid therapy has been commenced. If present, or allowed to develop, visual symptoms usually do not recover. Severe, refractory or vis- ual symptoms can be treated with intravenous methylprednisolone (1 g daily for three consecutive days). Symptoms respond to prednisolone within days and the dose can be tapered after a month. At six months, a dose in the range 7.5–10 mg/day is usual. Treatment for two to three years is generally required. Alternate day steroid regimens or adjuvant methotrexate are of uncertain benefit. Flare-up of disease activity may occur with both PMR and GCA as the steroid dose is reduced below 7.5 mg/day. These flares can be managed by temporarily increasing the steroid dose. Safely decreasing and stop- ping prednisolone requires clinical judgement supported by the patient’s account of symptoms and measurement of inflammatory markers. For refractory cases or those at high risk from corticosteroid side effects, methotrexate, azathioprine and infliximab are the agents with the best evidence for benefit.
  • 167. 162 §05 Vasculitic Syndromes As well as anti-inflammatory therapy, antiplatelet therapy (e.g. low-dose aspirin) should be considered. As steroid treatment is likely to be ongoing for at least two years, baseline bone mineral density measurements should be carried out. Those with osteo- penia or who are otherwise at high risk of osteoporosis should have prophylactic calcium (1000 mg/day) and vitamin D (800 Units/day) supplements. Those with osteoporosis should be considered for bisphosphonate treatment (chapter 44). Patients should be screened periodically for impaired glucose tolerance/diabetes, and their blood pressure should be monitored for the duration of treatment. Recent Developments 1 Epidemiological studies are difficult because PMR and GCA are generally managed in primary care. A recent study4 documented the incidence in the United Kingdom between 1990 and 2001. During this period, the incidence of PMR increased from 6.9 to 9.3 per 10 000 person-years. There was no parallel increase in GCA, which remained static at 2.2 per 10 000 person-years. 2 Beyond its association with HLA-DRB1*04, remarkably little is known about the genetic basis of GCA. An association with alleles of the Fcg receptors has been proposed.5 These are important in immune regulation. Improved knowledge of the genetic factors in pathogenesis may help to identify susceptible individuals. 3 Study of the genes expressed in temporal artery biopsies may also give clues to disease pathogenesis and help to identify likely responders to treatment. Cid et al.6 reported increased expression of the chemokine monocyte chemoattractant protein-1 (MCP-1; also called CCL2) in temporal artery biopsies of patients with GCA. Furthermore, expression of CCL2 correlated with systemic measures of inflammation, and the highest level of expression was seen in those with relapsing disease. 4 While ESR and CRP are highly correlated with each other and with a positive temporal artery biopsy, this is not invariable.7 The sensitivity of ESR alone may be no more than 76%, while positive CRP has a sensitivity of 97.5% alone and 99% when combined with ESR. Neither is specific and values of ESR and CRP should be interpreted in the light of the clinical picture and other investigations. 5 Lee et al.8 conducted a retrospective chart review and demonstrated that 16.2% of GCA patients in the study who were taking antiplatelet drugs suffered an ischaemic event compared with 48% of those who were not taking antiplatelet therapy. There is no compelling evidence to start all GCA patients on aspirin or clopidogrel at present but these interventions appear to pose little risk and may have considerable benefit. 6 Pulsed intravenous methylprednisolone is used for initial therapy in those at high risk from an ischaemic event. Using this treatment initially may actually decrease steroid requirements subsequently. In a recent small study,9 10 of 14 patients treated initially with intravenous methylprednisolone were taking £5 mg/day prednisolone at 36 weeks, compared with only 2 out of 13 patients treated conventionally (P = 0.003). Even without intravenous steroid, most agree that high-dose steroid to bring the condition under control quickly allows a decrease in steroid exposure over succeeding months. 7 It is not known why older people are uniquely susceptible to PMR and GCA. Dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA) is the most abundant circulating steroid hormone and levels decline with age. This decline has been associated with a range of
  • 168. 29 Giant cell arteritis and polymyalgia rheumatica 163 involutional changes including decreased cognitive function, decreased muscle bulk and a decline in bone health. Low levels of DHEA have been reported in patients with PMR or GCA plus PMR.10 There is currently no evidence to support routine treatment with DHEA in PMR or GCA. Conclusion As the number of elderly people is increasing, it is likely that GCA and PMR will be encountered more commonly in practice. Prompt diagnosis and effective treatment are Muscle pain and stiffness Consider other causes: High ESR and CRP Statin treatment Inflammatory myopathy Osteoarthritis Rheumatoid arthritis Prednisolone 10–20 mg/day* Headache or temporal artery symptoms/signs ESR 80 mm/hour Constitutional symptoms Poor response to low-dose steroids Temporal artery biopsy Negative Positive ? Contralateral biopsy Prednisolone 40–60 mg/day* ? Another diagnosis * Taper dose of prednisolone down after one month if there is satisfactory response Monitor for: Hyperglycaemia Hypertension Osteoporosis (consider prophylaxis) Figure 29.1 Diagnosis and management of PMR and GCA.
  • 169. 164 §05 Vasculitic Syndromes essential not only to alleviate symptoms but also to prevent permanent disability from blindness and other serious vasculitic complications. Many clinicians diagnose and man- age GCA without recourse to temporal artery biopsy. However, most experts agree that biopsy is indicated where there is a high suspicion of GCA. Given that the condition requires prolonged steroid treatment, it seems prudent to make a definitive diagnosis wherever possible. Diagnosis and management of PMR and GCA are summarized in Figure 29.1. The aetiology remains unknown but there appears to be some genetic influ- ence, and amongst environmental factors a variety of infectious triggers have been pro- posed. Steroid treatment is usually required for at least two years. Careful monitoring of the clinical response and inflammatory markers is required to minimize exposure to steroids. Low-dose aspirin and osteoporosis prophylaxis should be considered, and all patients should be monitored for potential side effects of corticosteroids. Further Reading 1 Gonzalez-Gay MA, Garcia-Porrua C, Miranda-Filloy JA, Martin J. Giant cell arteritis and polymyalgia rheumatica: pathophysiology and management. Drugs Aging 2006; 23: 627–49. 2 Carroll SC, Gaskin BJ, Danesh-Meyer HV. Giant cell arteritis. Clin Experiment Ophthalmol 2006; 34: 159–73. 3 Nordborg E, Nordborg C. Giant cell arteritis: epidemiological clues to its pathogenesis and an update on its treatment. Rheumatology 2003; 42: 413–21. 4 Smeeth L, Cook C, Hall AJ. Incidence of diagnosed polymyalgia rheumatica and temporal arteritis in the United Kingdom, 1990–2001. Ann Rheum Dis 2006; 65: 1093–8. 5 Morgan AW, Robinson JI, Barrett JH et al. Association of FCGR2A and FCGR2A-FCGR3A haplotypes with susceptibility to giant cell arteritis. Arthritis Res Ther 2006; 8: R109. 6 Cid MC, Hoffman MP, Hernandez-Rodriguez J et al. Association between increased CCL2 (MCP-1) expression in lesions and persistence of disease activity in giant-cell arteritis. Rheumatology 2006; 45: 1356–63. 7 Parikh M, Miller NR, Lee AG et al. Prevalence of a normal C-reactive protein with an elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate in biopsy-proven giant cell arteritis. Ophthalmology 2006; 113: 1842–5. 8 Lee MS, Smith SD, Galor A, Hoffman GS. Antiplatelet and anticoagulant therapy in patients with giant cell arteritis. Arthritis Rheum 2006; 54: 3306–9. 9 Mazlumzadeh M, Hunder GG, Easley KA et al. Treatment of giant cell arteritis using induction therapy with high-dose glucocorticoids: a double-blind, placebo-controlled, randomized prospective clinical trial. Arthritis Rheum 2006; 54: 3310–18. 10 Narváez J, Bernad B, Díaz Torné C et al. Low serum levels of DHEAS in untreated polymyalgia rheumatica/giant cell arteritis. J Rheumatol 2006; 33: 1293–8.
  • 170. 30 Behçet’s syndrome 165 P R O B L E M 30 Behçet’s Syndrome Case History A 26-year-old woman presents with subacute onset of fever and arthralgia and has developed oral and genital ulceration within the past two weeks. There is no family history of note. She has recently returned from a holiday in a subtropical region but there is no evidence of an infectious disease. Her previous health has been excellent and she takes no medications apart from the oral contraceptive pill. How can the diagnosis of Behçet’s syndrome be established? What treatment options are available? What is her likely prognosis? Background Behçet’s syndrome (Adamantiades–Behçet’s disease) is a relapsing and remitting vas- culitic condition of unknown aetiology, the manifestations and severity of which vary widely from patient to patient. The condition typically runs a more severe course in men and in those of either gender who develop it at an earlier age (<25 years). The condition was first described by Hulusi Behçet in 1937, and is most common in patients of Mediterranean or Asian origin. The common features are summarized in Table 30.1.1,2 Table 30.1 Features of Behçet’s syndrome Oral aphthous ulceration 98% Genital ulceration 80% Anterior uveitis 50% Acne Retinal vasculitis Erythema nodosum Skin ulceration Arthralgia Non-destructive arthritis Vasculitis: Arteritis Cerebral lesions Thrombophlebitis Pulmonary lesions Aneurysm formation Gastrointestinal ulceration Epididymitis © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 171. 166 §05 Vasculitic Syndromes The most common feature is oral ulceration. The ulcers vary in size but are typically small and occur in crops on the gums, inside of the mouth and on the tongue. Genital ulcers also occur in the majority, and frequently leave residual scarring when they have healed. Uveitis causes blurred vision, discomfort (particularly when looking at bright lights) and redness. Retinal vasculitis may lead to blindness if left untreated. Joint symp- toms most commonly affect the knees, wrists, ankles and knees. Central nervous system involvement may cause headache, neck stiffness (if the meninges are involved), features of encephalitis (including fever, confusion, impaired consciousness, fits and coma) and focal neurological signs and symptoms. The disease usually starts in the 20s and 30s. It is more common in men in prevalent areas but in other countries, such as the United States, it occurs slightly more commonly in women. The aetiology appears to involve both genetic and environmental factors. The most prominent pathological feature is involvement of the small blood vessels with either vas- culitis or thrombosis. Abnormalities at the vascular endothelium appear to be responsible for initiating the disease. Immunoglobulin M (IgM) anti-endothelial antibodies have been described. These may be, in part, directed at the endothelial enzyme a-enolase, a compo- nent of the glycolytic pathway. Cross-reaction of these antibodies with proteins of other organisms has been proposed to account for some of the environmental component of the aetiology. These organisms include Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Streptococcus pneumoniae and Candida albicans. There is markedly increased expression of cytokines and their receptors in affected tissues. The role of autoimmunity is uncertain – there are no specific immune markers. Diagnosis is made clinically and may be confirmed by biopsy of affected tissue. Treatment depends on the severity and manifestations of the disease. There is no spe- cific treatment. Milder cases only require symptomatic therapy (e.g. mouthwashes for oral ulceration or non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs for arthralgia). Genital ulcer- ation can be treated with azathioprine, cyclosporine, colchicine or thalidomide. The lat- ter has to be used with care in female patients because of its teratogenicity. Biological agents may be required in severe cases of orogenital ulceration. Agents with proven effect include interferon-a, etanercept and infliximab. Uveitis or retinal vasculitis can be sight- threatening and require prompt treatment. The usual first-line approach is cortico- steroids plus one of the cytotoxic agents (azathioprine or cyclophosphamide). Cyclosporine or interferon-a may be used for refractory cases. Anticoagulation should be considered in those with severe thrombophlebitis. There is a risk of haemorrhage from aneurismal or vasculitic lesions (particularly in the lungs). Recent Developments 1 Behçet’s syndrome sufferers have a high prevalence of psychological disorders and quality of life is impaired. The latter particularly relates to fatigue, arthralgia and mucocutaneous lesions.3,4 Effective management of the disorder requires that psychological and psychosocial factors are taken into account. 2 The genetic contribution is not at all well understood. The best-characterized marker is HLA-B51, but a wide variety of other genetic polymorphisms have been studied. Recently, the tumour necrosis factor (TNF)-a-1031C allele has been linked with susceptibility to Behçet’s syndrome.5 Other workers have found no relationship with
  • 172. 30 Behçet’s syndrome 167 polymorphisms of the TNF-a gene.6 Other candidate genes that have been studied include those for the solute carrier SLC11A1 and the interleukin-18 gene. No association with polymorphisms of these genes was found, although levels of IL-18 are particularly high in patients with Behçet’s syndrome. The disease may be a disorder of the interaction between the innate immune system and bacterial commensals or pathogens. A recent study found no link with polymorphisms for the genes for Toll-like receptors and no link with leptin gene polymorphism.7,8 High levels of leptin have been described in Behçet’s syndrome. One positive link described recently has been a relationship with the Val16 allele for the superoxide dismutase gene in Japanese patients.9 3 Erdem et al.10 have reported increased insulin resistance in Behçet’s syndrome patients. This is not surprising since systemic inflammation and endothelial dysfunction are both forerunners of insulin resistance. Other vascular risk factors in Behçet’s patients include impaired endothelium-dependent vasodilatation and increased circulating levels of homocysteine.11 Recently, increased platelet activation has been described and may contribute to the prothrombotic state.12 Conclusion The aetiology of Behçet’s syndrome is still relatively poorly understood. The diagnosis is made on clinical grounds. There is no specific serological marker. Measures of systemic inflammation including serum C-reactive protein and cytokine levels may be useful in monitoring disease activity. Biopsy of affected tissue may help to establish the diagnosis. There is no specific treatment. The cornerstone of its management is symptomatic mea- sures along with judicious use of corticosteroids and other immunosuppressive agents. The typical course is a relapsing and remitting one, but the disease does not usually lead to premature mortality. Vascular disorders and neurological involvement are the major threats but only occur in a minority of patients. Further Reading 1 Kalayciyan A, Zouboulis C. An update on Behçet’s disease. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol 2007; 21: 1–10. 2 Yazici H, Fresko I, Yurdakul S. Behçet’s syndrome: disease manifestations, management, and advances in treatment. Nat Clin Pract Rheumatol 2007; 3: 148–55. 3 Bodur H, Borman P, Ozdemir Y, Atan C, Kural G. Quality of life and life satisfaction in patients with Behçet’s disease: relationship with disease activity. Clin Rheumatol 2006; 25: 329–33. 4 Mumcu G, Inanc N, Ergun T et al. Oral health related quality of life is affected by disease activ- ity in Behçet’s disease. Oral Dis 2006; 12: 145–51. [Erratum appears in Oral Dis 2006; 12: 356] 5 Akman A, Sallakci N, Coskun M et al. TNF-alpha gene 1031 T/C polymorphism in Turkish patients with Behçet’s disease. Br J Dermatol 2006; 155: 350–6.
  • 173. 168 §05 Vasculitic Syndromes 6 Ates A, Kinikli G, Düzgün N, Duman M. Lack of association of tumor necrosis factor-alpha gene polymorphisms with disease susceptibility and severity in Behçet’s disease. Rheumatol Int 2006; 26: 348–53. 7 Bacanli A, Sallakci N, Yavuzer U, Alpsoy E, Yegin O. Toll-like receptor 2 Arg753Gln gene polymorphism in Turkish patients with Behçet’s disease. Clin Exp Dermatol 2006; 31: 699–701. 8 Aydin F, Kara N, Senturk N et al. Lack of association between leptin G2548A gene polymor- phism and Behçet’s disease. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol 2007; 21: 68–71. 9 Nakao K, Isashiki Y, Sonoda S, Uchino E, Shimonagano Y, Sakamoto T. Nitric oxide synthase and superoxide dismutase gene polymorphisms in Behçet disease. Arch Ophthalmol 2007; 125: 246–51. 10 Erdem H, Dinc A, Pay S, Simsek I, Turan M. Peripheral insulin resistance in patients with Behçet’s disease. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol 2006; 20: 391–5. 11 Kayikçioglu M, Aksu K, Hasdemir C et al. Endothelial functions in Behçet’s disease. Rheumatol Int 2006; 26: 304–8. 12 Akar S, Ozcan MA, Ates H et al. Circulated activated platelets and increased platelet reactivity in patients with Behçet’s disease. Clin Appl Thromb Hemost 2006; 12: 451–7.
  • 174. S E C T I O N S I X 06 Back and Specific Joint Problems 31 Acute back pain 32 Chronic back pain 33 Psoriatic arthritis 34 Asymptomatic hyperuricaemia 35 Gout – acute attack and beyond 36 Pseudogout – investigation and management 37 Joint and bone infections 38 Viral arthritis 39 Rheumatological complications of diabetes P R O B L E M 31 Acute Back Pain Case History You have been asked to do a home visit to see Bob. He is a 46-year-old storeman who is moderately overweight (body mass index 32 kg/m2) and who had a sudden onset of low back pain yesterday when moving a box of parts in the storeroom. What features enable you to plan investigation and management? What are the important prognostic features? Background Low back pain (LBP) is common, with an annual incidence of 2%–5%, and 70%–90% of the population will experience an episode of LBP at some point. Prevalence increases with age until 65 years and decreases thereafter. LBP is the most common work-related ‘injury’ and is second only to the common cold as a cause of absence from work (Table © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 175. 170 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems Table 31.1 Risk factors for LBP Strongest: Previous history of back pain Strong: Poor job satisfaction Emotional distress Manual labourer involving heavy lifting Prolonged sitting or standing Moderate: Vibration tool use Smoking Obesity Poor physical fitness 31.1). Fortunately, 90% of individuals with acute LBP improve within four to eight weeks, and only 5% of patients develop persistent or chronic LBP lasting longer than three months. For practical purposes, LBP is bounded by the level of the 12th thoracic vertebra and the gluteal folds, and pain may radiate into the leg. The cause of LBP is unknown in at least 80% of cases (Table 31.2) LBP is classified as non-specific LBP or simple backache, nerve-root (Box 31.1) or spinal nerve compromise, or potentially serious spinal pathology (including infection, cancer, fracture, inflamma- tory back pain and cauda equina syndrome). In the retrospective study of Deyo et al.,1 of Table 31.2 Causes of LBP 97% Mechanical LBP 80% Idiopathic 20% Prolapsed intervertebral disc Lumbar spondylosis Spondylolisthesis Spinal stenosis Fracture Scheuermann’s disease 1% Non-mechanical spinal pain Inflammatory spondyloarthritis 1%–2% Visceral disease Infection Neoplasia Table 31.3 ‘Red flags’ of LBP b Weight loss, fever, night sweats b Nocturnal pain b History of malignancy b Recent or current infection b Acute onset <20 or >55 years b Constant or progressive pain b Bilateral or alternating symptoms b Neurological or sphincter disturbance b Morning stiffness b Claudication or peripheral ischaemia
  • 176. 31 Acute back pain 171 Box 31.1 Indicators for nerve root problems3 b Unilateral leg pain > low back pain b Radiates to foot or toes b Numbness and paraesthesia in same distribution b Straight leg-raising induces more leg pain b Localized neurology in one nerve root subjects presenting with acute LBP, 4% had compression fractures and 1% had cancer, infection, inflammatory disorders or cauda equina syndrome. Another cohort of patients with acute LBP had an even smaller percentage of serious pathology.2 Sinister causes of back pain are relatively rare and suspicious features are listed in Table 31.3. Investigations are not usually indicated in simple backache. Where investigation is required, it should be aimed at confirming a specific pathological process. Cauda equina syndrome should be suspected when leg pain that includes several spinal nerve levels is accompanied by widespread motor and/or sensory weakness, and when there is associ- ated bladder or bowel dysfunction. Specific pathology leading to acute LBP The spine is commonly described as a three-joint complex, consisting of the interverte- bral disc anteriorly and the two facet joints posterolaterally. These border the triangular- shaped spinal canal (Figure 31.1). Deformity of the three-joint complex, anterior or posterior subluxation (spondylolisthesis) of a vertebral body, as well as deformity of the posterior longitudinal ligament and ligamentum flavum can lead to nerve-root impinge- ment in the lower spine or spinal cord compression at higher levels. The spinal cord ends at approximately the level of lumbar vertebrae L1/L2 so that neurological manifestations in LBP syndromes are lower motor neurone lesions affecting peripheral nerve roots. The most common site of disc prolapse is the L4/L5 disc where a posterolateral protrusion impinges on the L5 nerve root. A centrally placed bulge may affect multiple lower nerve roots bilaterally, causing a cauda equina syndrome. The combined pathologies of facet joint hypertrophy/osteophyte formation, disc bulges and deformity of the long ligaments stenoses the spinal canal and presents with pseudoclaudication, sciatica and dysfunction of the cauda equina. Intervertebral disc Normal intervertebral Central disc bulge and posterolateral bulge Facet joint hypertrophy disc, facet joints and with ligamentum flavum hypertrophy exiting nerve root Figure 31.1 Nerve root pain.
  • 177. 172 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems Prolapsed intervertebral disc The intervertebral disc comprises the inner nucleus pulposus and the outer annulus fibrosus. The nucleus is a proteoglycan matrix that must remain hydrated to act as a shock absorber. The overlapping zig-zag alignment of the layers of collagen fibres within the annulus provides resistance to bulging when load is applied. The outer third of the annulus is innervated such that mechanoreceptors respond to distortion. Spinal fracture In the older patient, particularly female, presenting with sudden-onset localized back pain after minor trauma, osteoporotic compression fracture should be suspected. Fracture in younger people without major trauma is a rare cause of LBP. Lateral spinal views for compression fractures, or oblique views, will identify established or major changes on X-ray. Isotope bone scan or single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) imaging may be more sensitive. Cancer Four clinical features have been proposed to be most predictive of malignancy as a cause of LBP: 1 Previous history of cancer 2 Aged 50 years or older 3 Failure of conservative therapy 4 Weight loss An erythrocyte sedimentation rate of >50 mm/h also leads to magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) investigation. Infection A history of immunosuppression or risk factors for breaches in the normal barriers to bacteraemia should be elicited, coupled with an examination looking for septic foci. Culture and microbial analysis of relevant tissue should be undertaken. In 40% of cases of spinal osteomyelitis there is haematogenous spread from an identifiable extraosseous source, most commonly genitourinary, skin or respiratory. The most common organism is Staphylococcus aureus, with Gram-negative organisms in the elderly or intravenous drug users being common. Inflammatory LBP It has been proposed that amongst patients with chronic LBP, up to 5% have inflamma- tory back pain due to spondyloarthropathy (i.e. ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis, psoriatic arthritis or inflammatory bowel disease). Management of acute LBP Patients benefit from non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) to relieve pain, and should be encouraged to remain active (Box 31.2). Medications such as muscle relax- ants may help but can cause drowsiness. Although the contribution of psychosocial factors to chronic LBP is appreciated, successful interventions aimed at patients with increased risk are yet to be identified. A
  • 178. 31 Acute back pain 173 Box 31.2 Summary of treatment guidelines for acute LBP3 b Reassure patient of favourable prognosis b Advise to remain active, and discourage bed rest b Do not prescribe specific back exercises b Prescribe regular medication consisting of: b Paracetamol b NSAIDs b Consider benefit of muscle relaxants general practitioner-implemented intervention focused on the identification of psy- chosocial prognostic factors and discussing these with the patient, setting specific goals for reactivation and providing an educational booklet had no effect on any outcome measure.4 Outcome of LBP The prognosis of chronic LBP is poorly documented, with cohorts varying as to their composition and adequacy for defining an underlying aetiology of pain. Socioeconomic factors including litigation, unemployment benefits and educational opportunities also impact on outcome. Poor prognostic factors include fear avoidance behaviour, leg pain and low job satisfaction. However, it is consistently reported that over 90% of patients improve by six to twelve weeks. Refshauge and Maher5 have explored this further; the findings are a reminder that not all patients with LBP present for medical care (and that this may not be influenced by severity of pain), and that others return to work despite ongoing pain. Recurrences of LBP are common, with an estimated three-quarters of patients having a recurrence within one year. The severity, however, is usually less and does not always lead to a new visit to the doctor. Recent Developments 1 In the majority of patients with ankylosing spondylitis there is a ten-year delay between onset of symptoms and diagnosis. In about 95% of patients, the first symptoms of spondyloarthritis develop before the age of 45 years and this should be the target group for screening. To help reduce the delay between symptom onset and diagnosis, it has been proposed that patients with LBP of duration greater than three months should be screened for the presence of inflammatory back pain, the presence of HLA-B27 and for evidence of sacroiliitis.6 If one or more of these parameters is confirmed, patients should be referred to a rheumatologist. 2 New criteria have been proposed by Rudwaleit et al.7 to assist in defining inflammatory LBP. The four parameters are (a) morning stiffness duration >30 min, (b) improvement with exercise but not with rest, (c) awakening during the second half of the night and (d) alternating buttock pain. For classification purposes, two or more criteria have a sensitivity of 70% and specificity of 81%. As the number of parameters increases, the likelihood ratio also increases, from 0.25 for no parameters to 2.3 for two parameters and to 12.0 for three or more parameters.7
  • 179. 174 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems Conclusion The majority of patients with LBP require either no medical intervention or only conser- vative therapies consisting of advice, simple analgesics and continuation of daily activi- ties. Considering, however, its prevalence and impact on health economy there are still a large number of therapies offered but not of proven benefit. Critical appraisal of features identified in history-taking and examination is required to provide a more accurate and specific diagnosis, and hence provide guidance on investigation, treatment and prog- nosis. Further Reading 1 Deyo R, Rainville J, Kent D. What can the history and physical examination tell us about low back pain? JAMA 1992; 268: 760–5. 2 McGuirk B, King W, Govind J, Lowry J, Bogduk N. Safety, efficacy, and cost effectiveness of evidence-based guidelines for the management of acute low back pain in primary care. Spine 2001; 26: 2615–22. 3 Koes BW, van Tulder MW, Thomas S. Diagnosis and treatment of low back pain. BMJ 2006; 332: 1430–4. 4 Jellema P, van der Windt DAWM, van der Horst HE, Twisk JWR, Stalman WAB, Bouter LM. Should treatment of (sub)acute low back pain be aimed at psychosocial prognostic factors? Cluster randomised clinical trial in general practice. BMJ 2005; 331: 84–90. 5 Refshauge KM, Maher CG. Low back pain investigations and prognosis: a review. Br J Sports Med 2006; 40: 494–8. 6 Sieper J, Rudwaleit M. Early referral recommendations for ankylosing spondylitis (including pre-radiographic and radiographic forms) in primary care. Ann Rheum Dis 2005; 64: 659–63. 7 Rudwaleit M, Metter A, Listing J, Sieper J, Braun J. Inflammatory back pain in ankylosing spondylitis: a reassessment of the clinical history for application as classification and diagnostic criteria. Arthritis Rheum 2006; 54: 569–78.
  • 180. 32 Chronic back pain 175 P R O B L E M 32 Chronic Back Pain Case History Jolene is a 43-year-old woman who has become rather depressed and angry about her painful back, which has been present for two years. She was a typist until her chair slipped out from under her and she landed heavily on her sacrum. Despite the best efforts of health practitioners she still experiences severe pain that no one can explain. She is frustrated at the number of doctors who have seen her and left her with the impression ‘there is nothing abnormal to find’. Are there strategies for successful management of chronic low back pain (LBP)? When should we investigate further? Background In patients with chronic LBP the terms non-specific or mechanical LBP are used with an implication that an anatomical or pathological basis is understood. In reality, the aetiology remains unknown for the majority of cases. Observation is used to determine alteration in posture, muscle wasting, changes in the physiological lordosis and the effects of move- ment on spinal alignment. Palpation can be undertaken to assist in evaluating movement at a segmental level, and also to identify local tenderness. Dynamic procedures are used to elicit alteration in symptoms to a manoeuvre that is aimed at identifying the cause of symptoms. A systematic review analysed examination procedures used in the assessment Table 32.1 Reliability of clinical examination Observation Judging lordosis: two quality studies indicating reliability, two against Detecting lateral spinal shift: low reliability Evaluating abnormal posture or movement: low reliability Timed endurance testing: high reliability in low-quality studies Palpation Evaluating muscle tension or spasm: conflicting evidence Existence of a fixation or ‘manipulative lesion’: low reliability Identifying spinal level: low reliability Instability testing: conflicting evidence Symptom response Pain response to repeated movement: conflicting to low reliability Pain on palpation and trigger points: low reliability © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 181. 176 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems of LBP.1 Methodological flaws were identified in the majority of studies, but the results remain interesting. Palpation-based assessment was of low reliability, with moderate reli- ability of some examination procedures based on symptom response (Table 32.1). Abnormalities on X-ray and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) are poorly associated with the occurrence of non-specific LBP. Abnormalities found when imaging people with- out back pain are just as prevalent as those found in patients with LBP, and it needs to be remembered that radiological abnormalities of degeneration and spondylolysis have been reported in 40%–50% of people without LBP. With a prevalence of such magnitude, it has been suggested that this background prevalence of abnormalities be included in radiologi- cal reports.2 Computed tomography and MRI are equally effective in diagnosing lumbar disc herniation and stenosis, but only have meaning if the presentation had suggested this as the likely diagnosis and the imaging findings remain compatible with clinical findings. Conservative treatment Exercise and intensive multidisciplinary pain-treatment programmes are effective (Box 32.1). Evidence supports use of cognitive behaviour therapy, analgesics, antidepressants, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), back schools and spinal manipula- tion. However, the effects are usually only small and short term. Unfortunately, many commonly used interventions lack sufficient evidence of benefit. No evidence supports using interventions such as steroid injections, lumbar supports and traction. Box 32.1 Guidelines for the treatment of chronic LBP4,5 b Recommend cognitive behavioural therapy, supervised exercise, brief educational interventions and multidisciplinary (biopsychosocial) treatments b Advise patient to remain active b Short-term use of NSAIDs and weak opioids b Consider net benefit of muscle relaxants, back schools, antidepressants and manipulation b Avoid passive treatment such as ultrasound and shortwave diathermy b Invasive treatments such as facet joint injections generally not recommended Invasive treatment A review of the efficacy of surgery and invasive interventions for the treatment of LBP and sciatica indicated that facet joint, epidural, trigger point and sclerosant injection have not clearly been shown to be effective.3 No sound evidence is available for the effi- cacy of spinal stenosis surgery, although surgical discectomy may be considered in those with sciatica due to lumbar disc prolapse who have failed to respond to conservative management. Randomized controlled trials (RCTs) comparing fusion surgery with con- servative treatment show conflicting results. Recent Developments 1 Sciatica resulting from disc herniation resolves in the majority of patients within four weeks. Of fifteen RCTs of epidural steroid injection, nine showed no benefit, with six
  • 182. 32 Chronic back pain 177 showing short-term benefit that did not last longer than one month. Valat has reviewed an additional three studies,6 in which patients received three epidural injections at between two-daily (one study) and three-weekly (two studies) intervals. Three-weekly methylprednisolone (80 mg) did not alter the primary outcome measure (the Oswestry Disability Questionnaire). Alternate daily prednisolone (50 mg) also had no effect. Three-weekly triamcinolone (80 mg) plus 10 ml bupivacaine led to significant improvement in leg pain and self-reported function at three weeks, which was not sustained to six weeks or at one year. 2 Martell and colleagues reviewed the prevalence of opioid use in chronic LBP, its effectiveness and the prevalence of substance use disorders.7 Meta-analysis of four studies assessing the efficacy of opioids compared with placebo or a non-opioid control did not show reduced pain with opioids. Meta-analysis of five studies directly comparing efficacy of different opioids showed there was no reduction in pain. On the important end-point of substance use disorders, there was a lifetime prevalence of substance use disorders of 1:2 to 1:3, with the estimate of the prevalence of current substance use disorder as high as 43%. It has to be noted that none of the trials extended beyond four months. While short-term use of opioids may be beneficial, the value beyond four months is unclear, with substance use disorders common and aberrant medication-taking behaviours documented in a quarter of cases. 3 In another recent meta-analysis, the efficacy of psychological interventions was evaluated in patients with non-malignant chronic LBP.8 Outcomes included pain intensity, emotional functioning, physical functioning, participant rating of global improvement, healthcare use, pain medication and compensation status. Positive effects of psychological interventions, contrasted with various control groups, were noted for pain intensity, pain-related interference, health-related quality of life and depression. Cognitive behavioural and self-regulatory treatments were found to be efficacious. Multidisciplinary approaches that included a psychological component were also noted to have short-term effects on pain interference and positive long- term effects on return to work. Conclusion Chronic LBP is common and produces a significant burden on healthcare resources, the individual and their caring practitioners. Treatment guidelines provide much-needed information on what works and what does not, but the meta-analyses underpinning these recommendations also identify the weaknesses in our studies to date. The apparent benefit of psychological interventions should be borne in mind, and should be invoked in the maintenance of an ongoing supportive and empathetic relationship with the patient who has chronic LBP. Further Reading 1 May S, Littlewood C, Bishop A. Reliability of procedures used in the physical examination of non-specific low back pain: a systematic review. Aust J Physiother 2006; 52: 91–102.
  • 183. 178 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems 2 Roland M, van Tulder M. Should radiologists change the way they report plain radiography of the spine? Lancet 1998; 352: 229–30. 3 van Tulder MW, Koes B, Seitsalo S, Malmivaara A. Outcome of invasive treatment modalities on back pain and sciatica: an evidence-based review. Eur Spine J 2006; 15: s82–92. 4 Koes BW, van Tulder MW, Thomas S. Diagnosis and treatment of low back pain. BMJ 2006; 332: 1430–4. 5 Airaksinen O, Brox JI, Cedrashi C et al. European guidelines for the management of chronic nonspecific low back pain. Eur Spine J 2006; 15 (Suppl 2): S192–300. 6 Valat J-P. Epidural corticosteroid injections for sciatica: placebo effect, injection effect or anti- inflammatory effect? Nat Clin Pract Rheumatol 2006; 2: 518–19. 7 Martell BA, O’Connor PG, Kerns RD et al. Systematic review: opioid treatment for chronic back pain: prevalence, efficacy, and association with addiction. Ann Intern Med 2007; 146: 116–27. 8 Hoffman BM, Papas RK, Chatkoff DK, Kerns RD. Meta-analysis of psychological interventions for chronic low back pain. Health Psychol 2007; 26: 1–9. P R O B L E M 33 Psoriatic Arthritis Case History Alice is 26 years old and has had psoriasis since age 18. This has been treated with topical preparations and she currently has only mild skin disease. She presents with pain and swelling in the small joints of her hands and reports pains in her back and right knee over the past few months. Her mother, aged 56, has psoriasis with associated arthritis. Is it likely that she is developing psoriatic arthritis (PsA)? How relevant is the positive family history? What steps should be taken to diagnose psoriatic arthritis? What is the treatment and prognosis? © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 184. 33 Psoriatic arthritis 179 Background Psoriasis is a common disorder of keratinocyte growth and differentiation affecting up to 2% of the population. The skin lesions are red, scaly, raised plaques typically found on the scalp, elbows and knees. Onset is usually in adolescence or early adulthood although a late-onset form is recognized. Prevalence estimates for psoriatic arthritis range from 10% to 40% of all cases of psoriasis. Clinically significant arthritis affects about one in six patients with psoriasis.1,2 There is a decrease in the granular layer of keratinocytes, which are not fully differentiated and do not stack normally. Psoriasis is considered to be an organ-specific autoimmune disease that is predominantly T-cell mediated. The lesions are heavily infiltrated with lymphocytes, monocytes and neutrophils. There is activation of antigen-presenting cells and endothelial cells, and blood vessels at the base of the lesions are hyperplastic. The T-cell response is a type 1 reaction with interleukin (IL)-12 and IL-23 production leading to increased interferon-g and tumour necrosis factor (TNF)-a, with consequent activation of inflammatory pathways through signal trans- ducer and activator of transcription-1 (STAT1). There is decreased local expression of the anti-inflammatory cytokine IL-10. Platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF) and vascu- lar endothelial growth factor (VEGF) contribute to the intense inflammatory and vascu- lar reaction. The normal keratinocyte maturation cycle spans 30 days, and this is truncated to only four days in psoriatic lesions. There is a strong genetic component in the aetiology of psoriasis. It is common in Caucasians, much less common in those of Asian descent (prevalence 0.1%) and very rare in individuals of African descent. Up to one-third of patients have a family history of the condition and 8% have an affected first-degree relative. Concordance rate in dizy- gotic twins is 15%–30% and in monozygotic twins is around 65%. At least five suscepti- bility loci have been identified for psoriasis by genome-wide scanning studies.3 The most studied locus (PSORS1) is in the HLA region of chromosome 6p. Susceptibility is linked with a haplotype that includes the HLA-Cw0602 allele. However, non-HLA determinants in this region are also thought to be important (including polymorphisms of TNF-a), and there has been particular interest in the gene for corneodesmin (CDSN), which codes for a protein involved in keratinocyte maturation. The PSORS2 locus at chromosome 17q25 contains several candidate genes including SLC9A3R1, NAT9 and RAPTOR (the p150 target of rapamycin). Other loci are PSORS3 (4q35), PSORS4 (1q21) and PSORS5 (3q21). PSORS2 and PSORS4 contain genes that are also involved in susceptibility to atopic dermatitis. There is relatively little known about the genetics of PsA. The CARD15 gene at chromosome 16q has been suggested as a candidate, and is also involved in sus- ceptibility to Crohn’s disease. PsA characteristically begins after five to ten years of psoriasis, but may present at the same time as the skin lesions or even precede them. PsA is an important determinant of quality of life and disease burden associated with psoriasis. Studies have been hampered by lack of a specific biomarker, thus placing reliance on clinical scoring systems. The sim- plest of these is presented in Box 33.1. It should not be assumed that all arthritis in patients with psoriasis is PsA – other conditions should be carefully excluded. At onset, there is pain, redness and stiffness which usually only affects a few joints in the first instance, with development of the typical symmetrical polyarthropathy over time. Involvement of the distal interphalangeal (DIP) joints is usual, and helps to distinguish
  • 185. 180 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems Box 33.1 Scoring system for diagnosis of PsA PsA can be diagnosed when the patient has an inflammatory arthropathy (articular, spine enthesis) plus ≥3 from the following: 1 Active psoriasis, a personal or family history of psoriasis; current active psoriasis scores 2 2 Nail dystrophy – pitting, onycholysis, hyperkeratosis 3 Rheumatoid factor (RF) negative 4 Active or previous dactylitis 5 Juxta-articular new bone formation on X-ray of the hands and feet (not osteophytes) All features score 1 if present, except active psoriasis, which scores 2. Adapted from Taylor et al. 2006.4 Box 33.2 Comparison between PsA and RA PsA RA Small joint involvement ++ +++ DIP involvement +++ + Spine, sacroiliac joint involvement ++ + Enthesitis +++ - Synovitis ++ +++ Subcutaneous nodules - ++ Skin lesions +++ + RF positive + +++ Anti-cyclic citrullinated peptide (anti-CCP) antibodies ± +++ Inflammatory markers ++ +++ Family history +++ + When fully expressed, both diseases can cause a symmetrical, deforming polyarthropathy, which predominantly affects small joints of the hands and feet. PsA from rheumatoid arthritis (RA) (Box 33.2). PsA is classified with the spondyloarthri- tides and spine involvement occurs in up to 40% of cases. One important characteristic of PsA is the involvement of entheses – the points at which tendons, ligaments and joint capsules insert into bone. Enthesitis most frequently affects the plantar fascia, Achilles tendon and the ribs and pelvis. Another feature is dactylitis, where a whole digit is inflamed because of a combination of enthesitis and synovitis. These changes are best diagnosed on a fat-suppressed magnetic resonance imaging scan. Five different forms of PsA are recognized (often reflecting the stage to which the dis- ease has progressed): asymmetrical; symmetrical; predominantly DIP joint involvement; spondylitis; and arthritis mutilans. The latter is the most severe form, affecting mainly the small joints of the hands and feet and causing considerable deformity. It affects less than 5% of patients with PsA. Spondylodiscitis is another serious, though fortunately rare, complication. SAPHO syndrome (Synovitis, Acne, Pustulosis, Hyperostosis and Osteitis) is an unusual overlapping syndrome. PsA is a serious diagnosis with the minor- ity of cases running an entirely benign course.
  • 186. 33 Psoriatic arthritis 181 Inflammatory polyarthritis Active psoriasis Previous psoriasis Exclude RA F/H psoriasis Nodules RF* Anti-CCP Predominantly DIP** Spinal, SI joint Dactylitis Nail dystrophy PsA Symptomatic DMARDs • Physiotherapy • NSAIDs Biological therapies Figure 33.1 Diagnosis and management of PsA. * RF and anti-CCP are positive in a proportion of patients with PsA. ** One of these is sufficient to make a diagnosis of PsA in the presence of active psoriasis; two should be present to make the diagnosis when there is a previous or family history (F/H) of psoriasis. anti-CCP, antibodies to cyclic citrullinated peptides; DIP, distal interphalangeal; DMARDs, disease- modifying antirheumatic drugs; NSAID, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug; PsA, psoriatic arthritis; RF, rheumatoid factor; SI, sacroiliac. Diagnosis and treatment is summarized in Figure 33.1. Management of PsA overlaps with that of the skin condition, particularly where systemic disease-modifying drugs are used. For mild cases, physical treatments (exercises, splinting etc.) along with non- steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs where needed suffice. Intra-articular steroid is useful for large joint inflammation. Systemic steroids are generally avoided because of the risk of flare-up of skin lesions when the steroid is stopped. Methotrexate is the most com- monly used disease-modifying drug for the skin condition and is also useful for joint involvement. As for RA, sulphasalazine, chloroquine, hydroxychloroquine, azathioprine and leflunomide may be useful. Mycophenolate mofetil has also been used. The involve- ment of T cells in the pathogenesis of PsA has stimulated the use of cyclosporine and tacrolimus (both anti-T-cell agents), although their use is often limited by renal toxicity. Finally, biological agents are increasingly used for patients with severe disease. These
  • 187. 182 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems include IL-2 receptor antagonists, anti-T-cell agents (alefacept and efalizumab) and TNF-a antagonists (etanercept, infliximab and adalimumab). Recent Developments 1 Disturbed angiogenesis is a key feature of psoriasis, with increased local production of angiogenic peptides. Butt et al.5 have investigated polymorphisms in the genes for VEGF, fibroblast growth factor (FGF)-1 and FGF-2, and epidermal growth factor (EGF). Increased prevalence of a polymorphism of the VEGF gene was demonstrated in patients with PsA. 2 High levels of RF in a patient with symmetrical polyarthritis supports the diagnosis of RA. However, RF positivity is not uncommon in inflammatory or immune disorders other than RA, and does occur in a minority of patients with PsA. Anti-CCP antibodies are more specific for RA, but have also been described in 5%–10% of patients with clinical PsA.6 3 Self-assessed quality of life and health status are directly linked to disease activity in PsA.7 The number of joints either involved or deformed has a direct bearing. Morning stiffness, level of inflammatory markers and duration of disease are also important. With increasing duration of disease, the activity of the disease becomes a less important determinant of health status. 4 Evidence is accumulating that disease-modifying drugs for PsA, including the newer biological agents, are not only clinically effective but that their use also brings cost benefits.8 This is leading to earlier and more aggressive treatment. PsA is a progressive condition and evidence of radiological joint damage begins to appear as the number of joints involved increases.9 There are strong arguments for making the diagnosis early and limiting the progression of a disease that can be devastating and disabling. 5 Psoriasis and PsA are associated with deterioration in cardiovascular risk profile.10 This is probably due to the widespread inflammation that accompanies these disorders. Thus dyslipidaemia, hyperglycaemia, endothelial dysfunction and oxidative stress are all increased, as may be the impact of other conventional cardiovascular risk factors such as smoking and obesity. Recently, patients with PsA have been shown to have increased carotid intima–media thickness – a direct correlate with increased risk of vascular disease.11 Conclusion PsA is a fairly common accompaniment to the skin lesions of psoriasis. It appears likely that the above patient is developing PsA, but other causes of arthritis should be consid- ered. The family history is highly relevant. Several genetic determinants of psoriasis have now been identified. Environmental triggers for the disease are relatively poorly under- stood at present. It is not clear to what extent the genetic predisposition for PsA is separ- ate to that of the skin disease. Diagnosis of PsA is largely clinical. There is no specific biological marker. Initial treatment is usually symptomatic, including the use of anti- inflammatory drugs. Systemic corticosteroids are not usually administered. There is
  • 188. 33 Psoriatic arthritis 183 increasing evidence favouring the early use of disease-modifying drugs, including the newer biological agents. PsA is a serious disease, often progressive, and associated with impaired function and quality of life as well as with increased cardiovascular risk. Further Reading 1 Myers WA, Gottlieb AB, Mease P. Psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis: clinical features and disease mechanisms. Clin Dermatol 2006; 24: 438–47. 2 Lowes MA, Bowcock AM, Krueger JG. Pathogenesis and therapy of psoriasis. Nature 2007; 445: 866–73. 3 Bowcock AM, Cookson WOCM. The genetics of psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis and atopic dermatitis. Hum Mol Genet 2004; 13: R43–55. 4 Taylor W, Gladman D, Helliwell P, Marchesoni A, Mease P, Mielants H. Classification criteria for psoriatic arthritis: development of new criteria from a large international study. Arthritis Rheum 2006; 54: 2665–73. 5 Butt C, Lim S, Greenwood C, Rahman P. VEGF, FGF1, FGF2 and EGF gene polymorphisms and psoriatic arthritis. BMC Musculoskelet Disord 2007; 8: 1–7. 6 Inanc N, Dalkilic E, Kamali S et al. Anti-CCP antibodies in rheumatoid arthritis and psoriatic arthritis. Clin Rheumatol 2007; 26: 17–23. 7 Husted JA, Tom BD, Farewell VT, Schentang CT, Gladman DD. A longitudinal study of the effect of disease activity and clinical damage on physical function over the course of psoriatic arthritis. Arthritis Rheum 2007; 56: 840–9. 8 Bansback NJ, Ara R, Barkham N et al. Estimating the cost and health status consequences of treatment with TNF antagonists in patients with psoriatic arthritis. Rheumatology 2006; 45: 1029–38. 9 Bond SJ, Farewell VT, Schentag CT, Gladman DD. Predictors for radiological damage in psoriatic arthritis: results from a single centre. Ann Rheum Dis 2007; 66: 370–6. 10 Wakkee M, Thio HB, Prens EP, Sijbrands EJG, Neumann HAM. Unfavorable cardiovascular risk profiles in untreated and treated psoriasis patients. Atherosclerosis 2007; 190: 1–9. 11 Kimhi O, Caspi D, Bornstein NM et al. Prevalence and risk factors of atherosclerosis in patients with psoriatic arthritis. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2007; 36: 203–9.
  • 189. 184 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems P R O B L E M 34 Asymptomatic Hyperuricaemia Case History Geoffrey is a 43-year-old man who recently applied for life insurance. As part of the application, a biochemical profile was undertaken which, from your pathology service, includes a serum uric acid level. Geoffrey’s result was 0.62 mmol/l (normal range 0.15–0.50 mmol/l). He has neither gout nor renal stones and is generally very healthy. Should his hyperuricaemia be treated? Should he be worried about vascular disease or renal impairment? What lifestyle measures should be recommended? Background Uric acid (UA) is the final breakdown product of purine nucleotides (adenine and gua- nine) in the body. The final metabolic steps are hypoxanthine to xanthine, which in turn forms UA. Both these steps are catalysed by the enzyme xanthine oxidase (XO). In most animals, UA is further metabolized to allantoin by urate oxidase (uricase). Allantoin is 5–10 times more soluble that UA and is readily eliminated by the kidneys. Humans and other primates have a non-sense mutation that results in defective uricase activity and thus higher concentrations of serum urate are reached. UA is a weak acid and in the extracellular fluid is predominantly ionized – 98% as monosodium urate. Plasma is saturated with UA at a concentration of 0.415 mmol/l (6.8 mg/dl) and above. When the plasma is saturated, UA crystals are liable to form. The precise threshold for this varies slightly because of other physicochemical and environ- mental influences. Excretion of UA is almost entirely by the kidney, with urine at pH 5 being virtually saturated with UA. At higher pH, the solubility of UA increases exponen- tially and urine can contain more UA without risk of crystallization. It is for this reason that urinary alkalinization is used with uricosuric agents. UA can only be formed in tissues that contain XO (liver and the small intestine). About two-thirds of the daily purine load is generated endogenously from turnover of cells, while one-third is derived from diet. Levels are generally higher in men, and increase substantially at puberty. In women, plasma UA increases after the menopause to levels comparable to that of men. Women are at lower risk of gout but, when the satur- ation threshold for UA is reached, crystallization is equally likely to occur. Increased UA is present in 5%–8% of males in the United States, and is higher in some racial groups with particular predisposition to obesity and vascular disease. © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 190. 34 Asymptomatic hyperuricaemia 185 Ribose-5-P ATP ATP PRPP GTP AMP Inosine monophosphate GMP Adenosine Inosine Guanosine Adenine Hypoxanthine XO Xanthine Guanine XO Urate Figure 34.1 Purine metabolism. Ethanol, fructose feeding, glycogen storage diseases and severe hypoxia lead to ATP depletion and thus increased influx of AMP and adenosine into the UA synthetic pathway. The last two steps in the above, simplified pathway are catalysed by xanthine oxidase (XO). AMP, adenosine monophosphate; ATP, adenosine triphosphate; GMP, guanosine monophosphate; GTP, guanosine triphosphate; PRPP, 5’ phosphoribosyl 1-pyrophosphate; Ribose-5-P, ribose-5-phosphate. A detailed knowledge of UA metabolism1 is not required by the practising clinician. A simplified scheme is presented in Figure 34.1. This also serves as a reminder of how closely interrelated UA metabolism is with other aspects of intermediary metabolism. UA is almost entirely secreted by the kidneys. The UA transporter URAT1 (SLC22A12) is expressed in the proximal tubule and is a target for drug treatment. In most individuals with high UA, no underlying cause will be found. The clinician, however, should be aware of the large number of clinical associations. When there is an underlying cause, 90% are due to disorders of UA excretion while the remaining 10% relate to increased UA production. The causes of hyperuricaemia are summarized in Box 34.1. The most common contributor to UA overproduction is excessive dietary intake, including foods high in purines. Also, obesity and metabolic syndrome are associated with a marked tendency to increased UA synthesis. Fructose intake increases UA: follow- ing cellular uptake, fructose is phosphorylated, consuming adenosine triphosphate (ATP) and generating adenosine diphosphate (ADP). As shown in Figure 34.1, ADP feeds into the UA synthetic pathway, and this is favoured by intracellular phosphate depletion, which can also accompany fructose ingestion. Alcohol ingestion also leads to intracellular ATP depletion and consequent increases in both ADP and adenosine
  • 191. 186 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems Box 34.1 Causes of hyperuricaemia A: Increased UA production (10%) Obesity Myeloproliferative disease Paget’s disease Alcohol Polycythaemia vera Psoriasis Haemolysis Rhabdomyolysis Glycogen storage diseases (type III, V and VII) Inborn errors of metabolism (including HPRT deficiency) B: Decreased UA excretion (90%) Renal impairment Starvation Polycystic kidney disease Acidosis (ketoacidosis, lactic acidosis) Toxaemia of pregnancy Hypothyroidism Hyperparathyroidism Bartter’s syndrome Diabetes insipidus Down’s syndrome Sarcoidosis Lead poisoning Drugs: Aspirin Diuretics Cyclosporine Ethambutol L-dopa Pyrazinamide monophosphate (AMP). Beer and spirits are more likely to provoke increased UA than wine. A number of rare inborn errors of metabolism increase UA synthesis. The most common of these is deficiency of hypoxanthine phosphoribosyltransferase (HPRT), complete deficiency of which causes Lesch–Nyhan syndrome (self-mutilation, choreoa- thetosis and mental retardation). The disorder is X-linked and carrier females are asymp- tomatic. A partial deficiency of the enzyme causes Kelley–Seegmiller syndrome with the metabolic consequences of increased UA but without central nervous system manifesta- tions. Other inborn errors include activating mutations of the phosphoribosylpyrophos- phate synthetase gene and deficiencies of adenine phosphoribosyltransferase, adenylsuccinate lyase, myoadenylate deaminase, adenosine deaminase and purine nucle- oside phosphorylase. The association of high UA with metabolic syndrome and cardiovascular risk has attracted a great deal of attention.2,3 Increased UA may be a useful marker for insulin resistance. Even in subjects who have not yet developed metabolic syndrome there is a correlation between UA levels and body mass, total and high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol and triglycerides. As overweight individuals lose weight, UA levels decrease in parallel with serum leptin. Twenty to forty per cent of patients with untreated hyperten- sion have high UA, and this is increased where there is also renal impairment. UA levels almost always increase in evolving renal failure. However, although increased UA is a marker for cardiovascular risk, it is not certain that it is an independent risk factor and one that we should be attempting to modify. To date, there is no direct evidence to sug- gest that drug treatment to decrease UA protects against cardiovascular events. There is suggestive evidence from the Greek Atorvastatin and Coronary Heart Disease Evaluation
  • 192. 34 Asymptomatic hyperuricaemia 187 Box 34.2 Dietary recommendations for hyperuricaemia and gout b Reduce body weight if overweight b Avoid extremes of food intake – both large, rich meals and fasting can increase UA. Eat small, regular meals b Maintain fluid (water) intake – aim for 2–3 litres per day, particularly during flare- ups of gout b Limit alcohol intake to no more than one drink per day b Avoid fatty food – fried foods, fatty meats and excessive use of butter or margarine b Limit protein intake and focus on proteins that are low in purines (dairy produce) b The ideal diet is relatively high in carbohydrate but some high-fibre and wholegrain foods are relatively high in purines The following are high in purines and best avoided: Game meats and birds; liver; kidney; small oil fish (sardines, anchovies, mackerel); seafood (mussels, scallops, prawns); meat extract; yeast supplements The following are relatively high in purines and intake should be limited: Oatmeal (< ⁄ cup per day); wheat bran and wheat germ (< ⁄ cup per day); peas, beans, 2 3 1 4 spinach, asparagus, cauliflower and mushrooms (< ⁄ cup per day); poultry, meat, fish 1 2 and shellfish (1–2 servings per day); dried beans, lentils and other pulses (maximum 1 cup per day cooked) study4 and from the Losartan Intervention for Endpoint Reduction (LIFE) study with losartan that decreasing UA may parallel decreasing vascular risk in intervention studies.5 The vast majority of patients with hyperuricaemia do not require treatment. This should be reserved for patients who are either symptomatic or who are perceived to be at particularly high risk. The only widely used drug is allopurinol, which is an inhibitor of XO. All patients with high UA should have the benefit of dietary advice (Box 34.2). A purine-free diet may also be used to investigate the underlying cause of hyperuricaemia. On such a diet, normal individuals will excrete less than 3.6 mmol/day (600 mg) of UA in the urine. Those who continue to excrete greater than 4.2 mmol/day almost certainly have a condition that leads to UA overproduction. Uric acid excretion can be increased by alkalinizing the urine with either sodium bicarbonate or acetazolamide. Recent Developments 1 Fructose feeding of rats leads to development of the metabolic syndrome and also increases circulating UA. In a recent animal study,6 the XO inhibitor allopurinol and the uricosuric agent benzbromarone decreased the effect of fructose feeding on increasing insulin levels, systolic blood pressure and triglycerides, and also prevented weight gain. Furthermore, direct effects of UA-lowering agents on endothelial function were demonstrated by studying the response of isolated aortic rings to acetylcholine. 2 The recommended adult daily allowance for protein is 0.8 g per kilogram ideal body weight. High protein intake is associated with higher UA, which may contribute to
  • 193. 188 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems decline in renal function in patients with chronic kidney disease.7 There is debate about the benefit of restricted protein diets in patients with declining renal function. The balance of evidence slightly favours protein restriction as a measure for patients with chronic kidney disease. 3 At present, allopurinol is the only agent in common use for lowering UA. The drug is well tolerated and generally quite effective. Febuxostat is a non-purine XO inhibitor. A recent trial8 with this drug in patients with gout demonstrated that the drug was well tolerated and was more effective than allopurinol in lowering serum UA. Conclusion Increased UA predisposes to gout, nephrolithiasis and renal impairment. Current evi- dence does not favour routinely treating hyperuricaemia in asymptomatic individuals. The exception is for patients that were treated with cytolytic chemotherapy for malignant disease. Increased cellular breakdown in these patients can cause marked hyperuri- caemia. Most patients with increased UA do not develop gouty arthritis, and the latter can be effectively treated when it arises. A causative role for UA in the genesis of vascular and renal disease remains to be established. The above patient should be encouraged to maintain a healthy body weight and may consider restricting foods that are known to be high in purines. Further Reading 1 Choi HK, Mount DB, Reginato AM. Pathogenesis of gout. Ann Intern Med 2005; 143: 499–516. 2 Baker JF, Krishnan E, Chen L, Schumacher HR. Serum uric acid and cardiovascular disease: recent developments, and where do they leave us? Am J Med 2005; 118: 816–26. 3 Becker MA, Jolly M. Hyperuricaemia and associated diseases. Rheum Dis Clin North Am 2006; 32: 275–93. 4 Athyros VG, Elisaf M, Papageorgiou AA et al. Effect of statins versus untreated dyslipidaemia on serum uric acid in patients with coronary heart disease: a subgroup analysis of the GREek Atorvastatin and Coronary-heart-disease Evaluation (GREACE) study. Am J Kidney Dis 2004; 43: 589–99. 5 Alderman M, Aiyer KJV. Uric acid: role in cardiovascular disease and effects of losartan. Curr Med Res Opin 2004; 20: 369–79. 6 Nakagawa T, Hu H, Zharikov S et al. A causal role for uric acid in fructose-induced metabolic syndrome. Am J Physiol Renal Physiol 2005; 290: F625–31. 7 Mandayam S, Mitch WE. Dietary protein restriction benefits patients with chronic kidney disease. Nephrology 2006; 11: 53–7. 8 Becker MA, Schumacher HR, Wortmann RL et al. Febuxostat compared with allopurinol in patients with hyperuricaemia and gout. N Engl J Med 2005; 353: 2450–61.
  • 194. 35 Gout – acute attack and beyond 189 P R O B L E M 35 Gout – Acute Attack and Beyond Case History Samuel is a 38-year-old mine worker who had an episode of pain and swelling in his left great toe six months ago. He now presents with a one-week history of right ankle swelling. His serum uric acid (UA) is elevated and aspiration of his right ankle joint confirms that he has acute gout. His general health is good and he takes no medications. What features of the clinical history are important? What aspects of examination may help determine if there is an underlying cause? How should he be treated and followed up? Background Gout is the most common inflammatory arthritis and usually presents with single joint involvement, with the first metatarsophalangeal joint affected in over 70% of cases.1 It has been recognized for centuries,2 affects about 1% of the population in developed countries and is becoming more common because of the increasing prevalence of obesity and metabolic syndrome. The prevalence increases with age and is around 4% in those aged 65 years and over. Males are two to three times more commonly affected. Gout is almost unique in being a disease state precipitated by a physicochemical reaction – i.e. crystallization of UA when the plasma and synovial fluid become saturated with UA at a concentration of around 0.42 mmol/l. Dietary factors are extremely important and fre- quently neglected. High-purine vegetable foods do not appear to affect UA levels so much as meat-based foodstuffs. The typical attack begins in the early hours of the morning and affects the great toe (podagra), ankle, fingers, elbow or, occasionally, knee. The distribution of joints affected relates to the prevailing temperature in the joints, with UA precipitation more likely to occur in cool joints. A variety of nucleating agents in the joint space – including collagen, chondroitin sulphate and proteoglycans – may initiate crystallization of UA. Gout is therefore more likely to occur in joints that are already damaged, for example by osteoarthritis. The pain is typically very severe and the affected joint is swollen, red and tender. Differential diagnosis includes septic arthritis, pseudogout and reactive arthritis. An acute attack usually resolves within 7–10 days, even without specific treatment. However, there will be a recurrence within three years in at least 80% of cases. Tophi are crystal deposits of UA in soft tissue and do not elicit an inflammatory response compar- able to that found in joints. They typically occur on the ears, hands, feet or elbow. © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 195. 190 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems The gold-standard investigation is the finding of UA crystals in a joint aspirate in asso- ciation with elevated plasma UA. In practice, joint aspiration is frequently not under- taken. Plasma UA may increase during an acute attack of gout, but one-third of patients with acute gout have normal plasma UA levels. White cell count may be modestly ele- vated, while a very high count might suggest septic arthritis. If the full blood count is otherwise normal, a myeloproliferative disorder is unlikely (Box 35.1). Renal function may be impaired in patients with chronic hyperuricaemia, and should be checked in all cases. It may be useful to measure urinary urate concentration, since high levels would preclude the use of uricosuric agents. Hyperglycaemia and dyslipidaemia are frequent amongst patients with increased UA. Hypothyroidism is quite common, and may precip- itate gout. X-ray of the affected joint usually only demonstrates the associated soft tissue swelling, but may show erosions around the joint in patients with chronic gout. Box 35.1 Common risk factors for gout Age Male gender Race (black > white) Acute illness with dehydration Increased uric acid Overweight or obese Diet – high calorie and high purine Alcohol Proliferative lesions – psoriasis, haemolysis, trauma/burns, myeloproliferative disease Drugs – most commonly diuretics Initiation of UA-lowering therapy Management of the acute attack is usually straightforward.3–5 Conservative measures include rest, elevation of the affected joint and cooling of the joint. It is important to ensure that the patient has adequate analgesia. Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) are widely used and may be the only treatment required. Colchicine has been used for many years, but should be regarded as a second-line drug. It acts by decreasing phagocytosis of UA crystals by neutrophils, and thus limits the inflammatory response. The drug has a narrow therapeutic window and toxic effects include diarrhoea, nausea and vomiting. A dose of 0.5 mg tds is often sufficient. Some would precede this with a loading dose of 1 mg. Up to 6 mg/day can be given, although side effects are almost uni- versal at this dose. It can be given intravenously, but there is a high risk of toxicity. The third line of therapy is corticosteroids, given either systemically or intra-articularly. For the latter, methylprednisolone or triamcinolone are most commonly used. Systemic steroids may be particularly useful where there is multiple joint involvement. A single dose of 80–120 mg methylprednisolone may be used, or a course of prednisolone starting with 30–60 mg/day. UA-lowering therapy should not be used during the acute attack. Planning of chronic treatment for a patient with high UA is summarized in Figure 35.1. The patient should be given appropriate dietary advice (chapter 34) and, if overweight, advised to lose weight. The two major approaches to pharmacological ther- apy are decreasing UA production by inhibiting xanthine oxidase (XO), or increasing UA excretion using uricosuric agents. A third approach, not currently widely available, is to
  • 196. 35 Gout – acute attack and beyond 191 UA 0.42 mmol/l Confirmed gout (clinically or by joint aspiration) Treat acute attack Wait for 4 weeks ? Overweight – decrease weight Dietary advice (low purine, low fat) Limit alcohol intake Water intake 2–3 litres/day Renal function Plasma lipids Thyroid function Blood glucose First attack or 2 attacks per year 2 attacks per year UA 0.6 mmol/l Lifestyle management Failed Allopurinol Monitor UA at 3 months Successful Continue treatment UA 0.36 mmol/l Check urinary urate Monitor UA renal function Decreased attacks If not increased Consider uricosuric agent (e.g. sulphinpyrazone) • Losartan if hypertensive • Fenofibrate if dyslipidaemic Figure 35.1 Prophylaxis of gout.
  • 197. 192 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems use uricase preparations (bacterial or fungal) to increase UA breakdown in vivo. Humans lack the enzyme uricase and cannot degrade UA. Allopurinol The mainstay of drug treatment for the past 50 years has been the XO inhibitor allopuri- nol, itself a purine derivative. Generally, it should be reserved for patients who have two or more attacks per year. Unless the UA level is very high, there is no justification for using drug therapy in patients with asymptomatic hyperuricaemia. The drug is well toler- ated but reactions may occur in up to 2% of patients. These range from mild urticaria and pruritus to severe hypersensitivity. The latter causes severe (often ulcerating) skin lesions, fever, neutrophilia and often renal impairment. Other rare side effects include leukopenia, thrombocytopenia, peripheral neuropathy and Guillain–Barré syndrome. In trials, only as few as 20% of patients treated with allopurinol reach the target serum UA value of 0.36 mmol/l. There are a number of potential drug interactions. Allopurinol inhibits the breakdown of the purine drugs azathioprine and mercaptopurine, and will increase risk of bone marrow toxicity from these drugs. Allopurinol may increase circu- lating levels of theophylline and increase International Normalized Ratio (INR) in patients taking warfarin. The dose of allopurinol should generally be kept to 300 mg/day or less, and should be decreased in patients with renal impairment (Box 35.2). Allopurinol is the pro-drug for the active metabolite oxypurinol, and many laboratories are able to provide oxypurinol levels as a guide to compliance or for titration of a lower dose in those with renal impairment. Box 35.2 Allopurinol dose vs glomerular filtration rate Estimated creatinine clearance (ml/min) Dose >100 300 mg/day 60 200 mg/day 40 150 mg/day 20 100 mg/day 10 100 mg every other day <10 100 mg every third day Most rheumatologists concur with a cost–benefit analysis indicating that allopurinol only be commenced if >2 attacks of gout are occurring per year. After the acute attack, it may be useful to commence prophylactic treatment with either a low-dose NSAID (e.g. indomethacin 25 mg bd or diclofenac 25 mg bd) or colchicine 0.5 mg bd. This is contin- ued throughout the introduction and adjustment of allopurinol and for three months afterwards. After one month of prophylaxis and quiet joints, allopurinol 100 mg is com- menced in addition to the colchicine/NSAID. At one month the serum UA is measured, and if greater than 0.36 mmol/l, the dose of allopurinol is increased to 200 mg/day whilst continuing on the colchicine/NSAID. This continues monthly until the serum UA is below 0.36 mmol/l or 400 mg/day of allopurinol is reached. Patients are strongly advised that in the event of an acute attack of gout, they must not discontinue or alter their allop- urinol dose but rather reinstitute their acute management plan with either an NSAID or
  • 198. 35 Gout – acute attack and beyond 193 colchicine and seek medical review. If the aim is tophi dissolution, then the plasma UA level needs to be lowered towards the lower limit of normal. The current recommenda- tion is for lifelong therapy. Uricosurics For patients who either do not respond to allopurinol or are intolerant of the drug, options are fairly limited.6 Currently, the second-line approach is to use uricosuric agents. In order to work, uricosurics require near-normal renal function, a sufficient urine volume and a suitable pH to prevent UA stone formation, and are contraindicated in anyone with renal stones or in those with a high urinary excretion of UA. Uricosurics will not work with concomitant salicylates. Probenecid and sulphinpyrazone are old- fashioned drugs that are still available. The more potent uricosuric benzbromarone is not licensed in most countries because of hepatic toxicity, but can be used on a named patient basis in some countries. Losartan should be considered if the patient is hyperten- sive, and fenofibrate if there is dyslipidaemia. Both of these drugs have uricosuric action, as does the NSAID azapropazone. For patients with frequent attacks, or rebound attacks, low-dose colchicine can be used to help prevent recurrences. Recent Developments 1 Becker et al.7 studied 762 patients with gout and hyperuricaemia randomly assigned to receive 300 mg/day of allopurinol or febuxostat at a dose of 80 mg or 120 mg. Of the latter two groups, 53% and 62%, respectively, reached the primary endpoint – a serum UA concentration of 0.36 mmol/l. No difference was noted in the rate of flare-up of gout during the 52 weeks of the study. Decrease in the size of gouty tophi was also demonstrated. 2 Martinon et al.8 have provided insight into the molecular basis for the intense inflammation that arises as a consequence of UA crystal deposition in joints. Activation of inflammatory cascades in phagocytic cells involves the formation of a unit called an inflammasome. This is formed on activation of the cells by the complexing of a member of the NALP family of proteins (pyrin domain- containing proteins sharing structural homology with NODs [nucleotide-binding and oligomerization domain proteins]) with the linking protein ASC (apoptosis- associated speck-like protein) and the enzyme caspase-1. In this study, UA crystals activated NALP3-containing inflammasomes. Colchicine, acting upstream from inflammasome formation, decreased activation of the pro-inflammatory cytokine interleukin-1b. Conclusion In the vast majority of patients with gout, there is no single underlying cause. A positive family history could favour an underlying metabolic disturbance. Splenomegaly might suggest an underlying myeloproliferative disorder. Associated conditions are much more frequent than underlying causes. These include renal impairment, obesity, hypertension
  • 199. 194 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems and the metabolic syndrome. Management of the acute attack is with hydration and anal- gesia, often with the addition of colchicine. In planning ongoing management, careful attention should be paid to lifestyle factors. Allopurinol is the first-line agent to lower UA, but does not need to be prescribed to all patients who either have high UA or have had an attack of gout. Further Reading 1 Choi H. Epidemiology of crystal arthropathy. Rheum Dis Clin North Am 2006; 32: 255–73. 2 Nuki G. Treatment of crystal arthropathy – history and advances. Rheum Dis Clin North Am 2006; 32: 333–57. 3 Suresh E. Diagnosis and management of gout: a rational approach. Postgrad Med J 2005; 81: 572–9. 4 Underwood M. Diagnosis and management of gout. BMJ 2006; 332: 1315–19. 5 Zhang W, Doherty M, Bardin T et al. EULAR evidence based recommendations for gout. Part II: Management. Report of a task force of the EULAR Standing Committee for International Clinical Studies Including Therapeutics (ESCISIT). Ann Rheum Dis 2006; 65: 1312–24. 6 Bardin T. Current management of gout in patients unresponsive or allergic to allopurinol. Joint Bone Spine 2004; 71: 481–5. 7 Becker MA, Schumacher HR, Wortmann RL et al. Febuxostat compared with allopurinol in patients with hyperuricaemia and gout. N Engl J Med 2005; 353: 2450–61. 8 Martinon F, Pétrilli V, Mayor A, Tardivel A, Tschopp J. Gout-associated uric acid crystals activate the NALP3 inflammasome. Nature 2006; 440: 237–41.
  • 200. 36 Pseudogout – investigation and management 195 P R O B L E M 36 Pseudogout – Investigation and Management Case History Reg is aged 53 years and presented last week with a four-day history of an acutely swollen and very painful left knee that had occurred without trauma. He was afebrile but had a large knee effusion and Baker’s cyst. Aspiration yielded 45 ml of non-viscous blood-stained fluid that appeared turbid. The laboratory confirmed sterile synovial fluid and a moderate presence of red cells, plus elevation of white cells (of which 60% are neutrophils) and abundant intracellular calcium pyrophosphate crystals. What are the known factors predisposing to pseudogout? How should these be investigated? What management strategies will you employ? Background The most frequent manifestation of calcium pyrophosphate dihydrate (CPPD) depos- ition disease is chondrocalcinosis, the asymptomatic radiographic finding of calcification of articular cartilage or fibrocartilage. Up to 5% of the population show radiographic evi- dence of chondrocalcinosis, with the incidence rising with age to 15%–40% of those over 60 years of age, and 30%–60% of those >85 years old. Because over three-quarters of pre- senting patients are >60 years old, and most have pre-existing joint damage, it is likely that biochemical changes in aging cartilage favour crystal nucleation. The acute symptomatic presentation of chondrocalcinosis is termed pseudogout. While usually mild, it can lead to quite severe and rapidly destructive arthritis. The presentation is of an inflammatory arthropathy with loss of function, early morning stiffness and improve- ment with activity. Other manifestations include atypical forms of osteoarthritis (OA), severe destruction mimicking neuropathic arthropathy, a symmetrical synovitis similar to rheumatoid arthritis, and calcification of the intervertebral discs and longitudinal spinal ligaments leading to restricted spinal mobility and hence resembling ankylosing spondylitis but without sacroiliitis. Disordered calcification of cartilage and other skeletal tissues occurs commonly among the elderly, yet the reasons for this are poorly understood.1 CPPD deposition is associated with acute attacks of pseudogout, characterized by joint effusions with marked neutrophilia. The release of CPPD crystals into a joint space © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 201. 196 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems is followed by neutrophilic phagocytosis and subsequent release of potent chemoattrac- tant and inflammatory mediators. Pseudogout most commonly involves the knee fol- lowed by the wrists, metacarpophalangeal joints, hips, shoulders, elbows and ankles. The joint distribution may provide a clue to CPPD deposition disease, as primary OA rarely involves the metacarpophalangeal joint, wrist, elbow, shoulder or ankle. CPPD crystals, however, may also be found in the synovial fluids of patients with primary OA, either alone or in association with basic calcium phosphate crystals. Acute attacks of pseudo- gout may be precipitated by local events that induce crystal shedding from cartilage into the synovial fluid, such as trauma, arthroscopy or intra-articular injection of high- molecular-weight hyaluronic acid as a viscosupplement. Systemic changes affecting calcium concentration – such as rapid changes in fluid balance, medical illness, com- mencement of thyroxine or parathyroid surgery – can also induce an acute attack. A sys- temic response to pseudogout is noted in half of patients, with fever, neutrophil leukocytosis and raised inflammatory markers. Definitive diagnosis of CPPD deposition disease would require unequivocal identifi- cation of weakly positive birefringent rhomboid or rod-shaped CPPD crystals in joint fluid or articular cartilage. Aspirated fluid is often turbid or blood-stained, with reduced viscosity and a marked neutrophil leukocytosis. Articular cartilage at any site may demonstrate chondrocalcinosis; the classical sites are the triangular ligament of the wrist, the pubic symphysis and the menisci of the knee. It has been proposed that the presence of CPPD crystals in synovial fluid combined with radiographic evidence of calcification of the cartilage would make a definitive diagnosis, and either one would make a probable diagnosis. Because joint aspiration or biopsy is impractical in population studies, pres- ence of radiographic chondrocalcinosis is often used in epidemiological and clinical studies.2 There are no population epidemiological studies of pseudogout, although most case series suggest that the mean age at presentation is between the seventh and eighth decades, with a female predominance of 2–3:1. The prevalence of radiographic chondro- calcinosis increases with age, with the reported prevalence of radiographic chondrocal- cinosis in the knee joints of elderly males increasing from <4% in those less than 70 years of age to 27% in those aged over 85 years.3 Only a minority of patients with CPPD arthritis have metabolic or hereditary abnor- malities. These include hyperparathyroidism, haemochromatosis, hypophosphatasia and Table 36.1 Conditions associated with CPPD Secondary to underlying medical condition b Hyperparathyroidism b Hypophosphatasia b Haemochromatosis b Hypomagnesaemia b Familial hypocalciuric hypercalcaemia b Possibly hypothyroidism b Chronic gout Secondary to underlying cartilage alterations b Aging and OA b Post-meniscectomy b Epiphyseal dysplasia
  • 202. 36 Pseudogout – investigation and management 197 ATP AMP Hypomagnesaemia Iron Hypophosphatasia Alkaline phosphatase ↓ Pyrophosphatase activity Human ANKH ↑ Extracellular mutation pyrophosphate ↑ Iron, Fe3 Fe2 ↑ Crystal nucleation Hypercalcaemia Hypomagnesaemia CPPD Disease Figure 36.1 Metabolic factors predisposing to CPPD disease. hypomagnesaemia (Table 36.1 and Figure 36.1). Hypothyroidism is probably associated with chondrocalcinosis, but not necessarily pseudogout. The presence of a CPPD arthropathy in a patient younger than 50 years, or in those with florid polyarticular chon- drocalcinosis, should lead to investigation for an underlying metabolic disorder. Hereditary CPPD deposition disease has been reported in several ethnic populations, usually with autosomal dominant inheritance, and has early onset and varying pene- trance. Whether genetic risk factors are involved in later-life chondrocalcinosis has not been established. Small studies suggest an increased recurrence risk in first-degree rela- tives of 11%–28%, and while this is likely to be greater than the prevalence in matched, unrelated individuals, this has not formally been established. A comparison of the recur- rence rate of chondrocalcinosis of the knee in siblings of index cases and unrelated com- munity members found significantly increased familiarity for chondrocalcinosis (sibling recurrence risk ratio [SRRR] 2.0); for pyrophosphate arthropathy (chondrocalcinosis and OA combined), SRRR was 2.3.4 This showed that the familiarity of knee chondrocal- cinosis in elderly patients is low, as would be expected for a common disease, and that severely affected young cases may provide a more rewarding genetic focus.1 Treatment The therapeutic options for pseudogout are more limited and less based on an under- standing of the underlying metabolic derangement than is the treatment for gout. Symptomatic therapy with non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, colchicine, joint aspirations, intra-articular steroids and non-pharmacologic support are the main
  • 203. 198 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems approaches to acute management of the acutely inflamed joint and are applied to pseudogout. There are, however, few controlled trials. There is currently no specific treatment to slow or prevent the gradual joint deterior- ation due to chondrocalcinosis, or the progression of the crystal deposition, other than treatment of any underlying biochemical or metabolic disorders. Recent Developments 1 Toll-like receptors (TLRs) are a family of receptors with roles in host defence and inflammation. They provide a critical step in the innate immune response and are particularly adapted to recognize microbial components; for example, lipopolysaccharide is recognized by TLR4, and peptidoglycan by TLR2. The TLRs share a cytosolic Toll/interleukin-1 receptor domain that transduces upregulation of pro-inflammatory genes through activation of nuclear factor-k-beta (NF-kB). TLR2 is expressed constitutively in chondrocytes and is upregulated in cartilage as a consequence of OA. Liu-Bryan et al. demonstrated that CPPD crystals could function as a ligand for TLR2 and mediate signalling to initiate nitric oxide production in chondrocytes.5 2 Two chromosome regions (on chromosomes 5 and 8) have been linked to chondrocalcinosis. The chondrocalcinosis gene on chromosome 5p at the CCAL2 locus has been demonstrated to be the ANKH gene. ANKH is a transmembrane pyrophosphate transporter and dysfunction of the gene causes elevation of intracellular, and reduction in extracellular, pyrophosphates. Mutations of the ANKH gene altering the amino terminal of the protein cause familial autosomal dominant chondrocalcinosis; changes towards the carboxy terminal cause cranial metaphyseal dysplasia.6,7 Cells transfected with ANKH variants have not shown significant effects on pyrophosphate levels, leaving open the possibility that ANKH mutations cause chondrocalcinosis through effects other than on pyrophosphate transport.7 Conclusion Chondrocalcinosis and pseudogout remain enigmatic diseases. Currently, the vast majority of cases are termed primary or idiopathic, reflecting our lack of knowledge rather than providing a useful classification. Human genome mapping and lessons from animal models have provided genetic clues in our understanding of pyrophosphate metabolism and transport. It is hoped that further analysis of both populations and fam- ilies with the various forms of CPPD deposition disease will identify both the basis of the disease and effective therapies. Further Reading 1 Zhang Y, Brown MA. Genetic studies of chondrocalcinosis. Curr Opin Rheumatol 2005; 17: 330–5. 2 Choi H. Epidemiology of crystal arthropathy. Rheum Dis Clin North Am 2006; 32: 255–73.
  • 204. 37 Joint and bone infections 199 3 Felson DT, Anderson JJ, Naimark A, Kannel W, Meenan RF. The prevalence of chondrocalcinosis in the elderly and its association with knee osteoarthritis: the Framingham Study. J Rheumatol 1989; 16: 1241–5. 4 Zhang W, Neame R, Doherty S, Doherty M. Relative risk of knee chondrocalcinosis in siblings of index cases with pyrophosphate arthropathy. Ann Rheum Dis 2004; 63: 969–73. 5 Liu-Bryan R, Pritzker K, Firestein GS, Terkeltaub R. TLR2 signaling in chondrocytes drives calcium pyrophosphate dihydrate and monosodium urate crystal-induced nitric oxide generation. J Immunol 2005; 174: 5016–23. 6 Williams CJ, Zhang Y, Timms A et al. Autosomal dominant familial calcium pyrophosphate dehydrate deposition disease is caused by mutation in the transmembrane protein ANKH. Am J Hum Genet 2002; 71: 985–91. 7 Pendleton A, Johnson MD, Hughes A et al. Mutations in ANKH cause chondrocalcinosis. Am J Hum Genet 2002; 71: 933–40. P R O B L E M 37 Joint and Bone Infections Case History Mr DH is 32 years old and was diagnosed with type 1 diabetes at the age of 8. He presents with a hot, swollen right knee with marked overlying cellulitis. The symptoms developed rapidly over 24 hours. He had been working on his garden the day before. He is febrile (38.3°C) with tender lymphadenopathy in his right groin. He has maintained satisfactory glycaemic control by increasing his insulin. His knee is aspirated and the aspirate is purulent with large numbers of Gram-positive cocci. What is the likely organism? Is he likely to have a bone infection (osteomyelitis)? What investigations and treatment are indicated? © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 205. 200 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems Background Septic arthritis The diagnosis of joint infection is usually easy. The patient typically presents with a single hot, swollen and tender joint with fever, rigors and systemic upset. The knee is affected in around 50% of cases, the hip and ankle each in 15%, the elbow in 10% and the wrist and shoulders each in 5%. Around 10% of cases are polyarticular, particularly where the underlying infection is gonorrhoea, group B streptococcus, pneumococcus or Gram- negative organisms. Risk factors are summarized in Box 37.1. The incidence of septic arthritis is increasing, partly because of the aging population structure and partly because of antibiotic resistance. Much of the increase is due to methi- cillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) and group B streptococci. The average age Box 37.1 Risk factors for septic arthritis Prior joint problems (osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, gout) Joint surgery, prosthetic joints, injection or arthroscopy Loss of skin integrity (ulcer, psoriasis, eczema) Diabetes Renal failure Cirrhosis Immunosuppression (including use of anti-tumour necrosis factor [TNF]-a therapy) Intravenous drug abuse No underlying risk factor in 20% of cases Box 37.2 Organisms responsible for septic arthritis Organism % of cases Staphylococcus aureus 44.3 Streptococcus pyogenes 7.6 Streptococcus pneumoniae 6.5 Haemophilus influenzae 4.3 Mycobacterium tuberculosis 4.2 Escherichia coli 3.8 Coagulase-negative staphylococci 3.5 Neisseria gonorrhoeae 3.2 Streptococcus agalactiae 2.9 Pseudomonas aeruginosa 1.5 Neisseria meningitidis 1.2 Salmonella 1.0 Other Gram-negative organism 4.6 Other b-haemolytic streptococci 4.3 Polymicrobial 1.4 Other (including fungi) 5.9 Adapted from Ross et al. 2003.1
  • 206. 37 Joint and bone infections 201 at onset is 50 years. The elderly, those with comorbidities (including diabetes) and those infected with b-haemolytic streptococci are at increased risk.2 S. aureus is by far the most common organism and joint infection often follows a transient bacteraemia. The range of organisms implicated is very wide (Box 37.2). Unusual infections and at-risk groups include: b Brucellosis related to consumption of unpasteurised milk products. Presents with mono- or oligoarthropathy, often affecting the sacroiliac joint. Diagnosed by blood culture or serology and treated with doxycycline or streptomycin b Human and animal bites may present with mixed organisms (usually including streptococci and staphylococci) or unusual organisms. Rat-bite fever is caused by Streptococcus moniliformis and presents with arthralgia, systemic upset and rash of the palms and soles b Melioidosis, caused by Burkholderia pseudomallei, is an endemic infection in rural South-East Asia and tropical Australia. Prolonged treatment with Bactrim, doxy- cycline or cephalosporin is required to prevent reactivation b Intravenous drug users. The most prominent organism (60% of cases) in this group is Pseudomonas aeruginosa. The infection may affect joints not usually involved in septic arthritis including the sternoclavicular joint, sacroiliac joints or the pubic symphysis Investigation and management is summarized in Figure 37.1. The patient is usually febrile but peripheral white blood cell count is not always elevated. Inflammatory mark- ers (erythrocyte sedimentation rate and, particularly, C-reactive protein [CRP]) are almost always increased. Where possible, the joint should be aspirated; for hip infections, this should be done in theatre. It is not clear whether arthroscopy with joint washout is routinely superior to simple aspiration. Arthroscopy should be carried out if there is a possibility of a foreign body in the joint and where there has been injury to the joint. The white cell count on aspiration of a septic joint is usually greater than 50 000 cells/ml. This level of white cell count can also be seen with crystal arthritis. Blood cultures can also be taken, and the chances of a positive culture from a joint aspirate may be increased if a sample of the aspirate is incubated in a blood-culture bottle. The choice of antibiotic depends on the organism. An initial choice, unless Gram stain of the aspirate suggests otherwise, should include cover against S. aureus. A combination of flucloxacillin 500 mg qds and clindamycin 300 mg qds, both intravenously, is suitable. Generally, the patient should stay on antibiotics for a total of six weeks. Osteomyelitis Bone infection is either blood-borne or arises from contiguous spread from a focus of infection.3 Osteomyelitis may be further classified as acute or chronic. An anatomic clas- sification is also used: medullary osteomyelitis is infection limited to medullary content and endosteal surface (equivalent to early haematogenous spread); superficial implies early change from local spread, and necrosis is limited to the exposed surface of bone; localized implies full cortical thickness, but which could be removed without comprom- ising the stability of the bone; diffuse implies a segment of bone is involved and debride- ment would affect bone stability.
  • 207. 202 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems Hot, swollen, tender joint FBC Blood cultures ESR CRP Arthroscopy Aspirate irrigation Aspirate WBC 50 000 per ml No crystals Gram stain Culture aspirate Gram ve cocci e.g. Gram ve bacilli Flucloxacillin Other antibiotics clindamycin e.g. vancomycin Rest elevation of joint Analgesia IV antibiotics until swelling subsided and CRP near normal Oral antibiotics (6 weeks total antibiotics treatment) Figure 37.1 Management of septic arthritis. +ve, positive; –ve, negative; CRP, C-reactive protein; ESR, erythrocyte sedimentation rate; FBC, full blood count; WBC, white blood cell count.
  • 208. 37 Joint and bone infections 203 Haematogenous spread is the source of infection in about 20% of cases and S. aureus is by far the most common organism. It usually presents with local pain but with relatively little constitutional upset. The vertebral column is a common site, and the lumbar spine is affected in 45% of cases, thoracic spine in 35% and cervical spine in 20%. Patients with diabetes, renal failure or other chronic disease associated with a compromised immune system are at particular risk, with men twice as likely to be affected. Contiguous-focus osteomyelitis without vascular insufficiency may follow trauma or surgical procedure (typically one month afterwards). Procedures include internal fix- ation of fracture or insertion of a joint prosthesis. S. aureus is commonly implicated but infections are often mixed and include Gram-negative bacilli and anaerobes. Contiguous-focus osteomyelitis with vascular insufficiency is most commonly seen in diabetic patients with poor vasculature, neuropathy and foot ulcers. It typically affects the small bones of the foot and generally requires amputation. The earliest X-ray signs of osteomyelitis in the long bones are periosteal thickening or elevation. Lytic areas may not be apparent for some weeks, when up to 75% of the bone matrix has been lost. Radionuclide scanning with technetium 99m is frequently helpful in localizing osteomyelitis, although the presence of an area of increased uptake does not necessarily equate with bone infection. A gallium scan may be helpful in difficult cases. Indium-labelled leukocyte scans are seldom used in clinical practice and have little to offer over other modalities. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is very helpful, with areas of infection showing as increased intensity on the T2-weighted image. Management should include wound toilet and debridement where appropriate. Antibiotics should be continued for at least six weeks. The antibiotic regimen will depend on the clinical scenario and whether an organism has been isolated. Ciprofloxacin, clindamycin, levofloxacin and cephalexin are frequently useful. Two separate anti- staphylococcal agents are usually prescribed. Outpatient intravenous treatment using a peripherally inserted central catheter is frequently used to avoid a prolonged hospital admission. Hyperbaric oxygen (HBO2) therapy, though not universally available, is a useful adjunct. The oxygen tension in infected bone is very effectively increased with HBO2. Low oxygen tension decreases migration of cells involved in wound healing, including fibroblasts, and also impairs the bacterial killing ability of phagocytic cells.4 Recent Developments 1 Culture-negative septic arthritis (5%–20% of cases) may occur because of organisms that are difficult to detect or because the patient has been partially treated with antibiotics. A variety of markers in serum or synovial fluid have been proposed. These include TNF-a, lactic acid, lactate dehydrogenase and procalcitonin. Recent studies, both with children5 and adults,6 confirm that procalcitonin is a highly specific marker for bone and joint infections. Sensitivity is improved by combining the results with CRP level. An alternative is polymerase chain reaction (PCR) screening for bacterial products. Availability of high-throughput techniques should make this method of diagnosis a viable option in the very near future. 2 Gavet et al.7 have compared joint infections in elderly patients with those that occur at a younger age. The range of causative organisms, the distribution of joint involvement and the incidence of polyarticular disease were similar. There was a
  • 209. 204 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems marked increase in mortality with age: death occurred in 0.7% of patients aged under 60 years, in 4.8% of those aged between 60 and 79 and in 9.5% of those aged 80 and older. 3 Spinal infections account for only between 2% and 4% of cases of osteomyelitis.8 Diagnosis is frequently delayed and should be suspected in patients who present with back pain that is not clearly of mechanical origin. Inflammatory markers are usually elevated and are extremely useful in following the response to treatment. Imaging is extremely important in making the diagnosis and a combination of plain X-rays, radionuclide scanning and MRI is frequently required. Definitive diagnosis sometimes requires either open or percutaneous biopsy. 4 (18)-F-fluorodeoxyglucose-positron emission tomography (FDG-PET) is emerging as a potentially useful tool in the diagnosis of musculoskeletal infections.9 It may be even more accurate than conventional radionuclide scanning for the diagnosis of osteomyelitis, and may be particularly useful where there are metal implants or prostheses. 5 The increasing use of invasive radiological techniques for angiography and lesion biopsy is placing an increasing number of patients at risk of staphylococcal bacteraemia.10 Risk factors for bacteraemia include general debility, being on a haemodialysis programme, having an indwelling vascular catheter and acquiring the bacteraemia outside a hospital setting. The duration of symptoms is also important. When undergoing a procedure, patients should be made aware of the need to report symptoms suggestive of infection promptly. Conclusion By far the most likely causative organism in the above case is S. aureus. However, a wide range of other organisms commonly causes septic arthritis. The diagnosis should be con- firmed by joint aspiration where possible. The patient’s history of diabetes is highly rele- vant and represents a major risk factor. It is unlikely that the patient has osteomyelitis. Treatment should begin with intravenous antibiotics, which should be continued until the infection is fully subsided and inflammatory markers have returned virtually to nor- mal. In total, antibiotics should be given for at least four to six weeks. The risk of bone and joint infections increases with age, and they are still associated with considerable mortality, some of which is related to delayed diagnosis and inadequate antibiotic therapy. Further Reading 1 Ross JJ, Saltzman CL, Carling P, Shapiro DS. Pneumococcal septic arthritis: review of 190 cases. Clin Infect Dis 2003; 36: 319–27. 2 Ross JJ. Septic arthritis. Infect Dis Clin North Am 2005;19: 799–817. 3 Calhoun JH, Manring MM. Adult osteomyelitis. Infect Dis Clin North Am 2005; 19: 765–86. 4 Kawashima M, Tamura H, Nagayoshi I, Takao K, Yoshida K, Yamaguchi T. Hyperbaric oxygen therapy in orthopaedic conditions. Undersea Hyperb Med 2004; 31: 155–62.
  • 210. 38 Viral arthritis 205 5 Butbul-Aviel Y, Koren A, Halevy R, Sakran W. Procalcitonin as a diagnostic aid in osteomyelitis and septic arthritis. Paediatr Emerg Care 2005; 21: 828–32. 6 Martinot M, Sordet C, Soubrier M et al. Diagnostic value of serum and synovial procalcitonin in acute arthritis: a prospective study of 42 patients. Clin Exp Rheumatol 2005; 23: 303–10. 7 Gavet F, Tournadre A, Soubrier M, Ristori JM, Dubost JJ. Septic arthritis in patients aged 80 and older: a comparison with younger adults. J Am Geriatr Soc 2005; 53: 1210–13. 8 An HS, Seldomridge JA. Spinal infections: diagnostic tests and imaging studies. Clin Orthop Relat Res 2006; 444: 27–33. 9 Stumpe KDM, Strobel K. 18F FDG-PET imaging in musculoskeletal infection. Q J Nucl Med Mol Imaging 2006; 50: 131–42. 10 Fowler VG, Justice A, Moore C et al. Risk factors for hematogenous complications of intravas- cular catheter-associated Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia. Clin Infect Dis 2005; 40: 695–703. P R O B L E M 38 Viral Arthritis Case History JG is a 45-year-old woman who presents with three days of pain and stiffness in her knees, ankles and hands. She reports fever, mild upper respiratory tract symptoms and accompanying myalgia. There is no past medical history of note. Her white blood cell count is normal but erythrocyte sedimentation rate is elevated at 56 mm/h and C-reactive protein is elevated at 80 mg/l. What other clinical features should be sought? Which viruses commonly give rise to this clinical picture? How should she be investigated and managed? Background Viral arthritis is relatively uncommon, accounting for only around 3% of acute poly- arthropathies.1,2 It is usually self-limiting. Persistent joint symptoms can occur, particu- larly in patients who are immunocompromised or have persistent infection. In practice, it is often difficult to be certain of a diagnosis of viral arthritis initially: evidence of recent or past viral infection is very common; the range of viruses that can cause joint symptoms © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 211. 206 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems is broad; joint tissue is very vascular, especially when inflamed, and even the finding of viral particles or DNA in joint tissue cannot alone be taken as evidence for a viral aeti- ology for the arthropathy. Joint inflammation following viral infection can occur by direct damage due to viral replication in the joint (as in rubella) or alteration of the humoral and cell-mediated immune systems (as with hepatitis B and C), and many viruses can predispose to low-level autoimmunity. The latter can lead to autoantibodies including those to double-stranded DNA (dsDNA), rheumatoid factor (RF), SSA (Ro), SSB (La), neutrophil cytoplasmic antigen and cardiolipin. The appearance of low titres of autoantibodies does not necessarily signify that an autoimmune disease has developed. Conversely, many patients with autoimmune diseases have antiviral antibodies, but this does not necessarily signify previous viral infection. An example is the frequency of anti- bodies to human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) p24 core in patients with systemic lupus erythematosus or Sjögren’s syndrome (SS). The viruses that most commonly cause viral arthritis are summarized in Table 38.1. Parvovirus B19 (B19) Until recently, B19 was thought to be a single species and the only parvovirus to infect humans. In fact, three closely related genotypes (differing by less than 10%) have been identified. Parvovirus is a single-stranded DNA virus encoding two capsid proteins – VP1 and VP2 – the latter being the major capsid protein. The virus replicates in erythroid pre- cursors. Epidemics of infection occur in late winter and early spring. The virus is spread by respiratory secretions. Symptoms develop after 7–18 days incubation and include upper respiratory tract symptoms, fever, arthralgia, myalgia and skin lesions. The charac- teristic skin lesion, erythema infectiosum (‘slapped cheek’), occurs in most children but is characteristically absent in adults. Joint symptoms develop in only 8% of infected chil- dren but in 80% of adults. It typically causes symmetrical polyarthopathy, with affected Table 38.1 Causes of viral arthritis Parvovirus B19 Rubella Hepatitis C Alphaviruses b Chikungunya b O’nyong-nyong b Ross River Virus b Barmah Forest Virus b Sindbis Virus, Pogosta Disease Flaviviruses b Kunjin b Dengue b Kokobera Retroviruses Others – Hepatitis B, Epstein–Barr, Varicella Zoster, Coxsackie B4 (Bornholm Disease), Cytomegalovirus
  • 212. 38 Viral arthritis 207 joints being tender and swollen but usually not erythematous and not deformed. Other manifestations include a transient aplastic anaemia, which can also occur in developing foetuses due to transplacental passage of the virus. Infection of a pregnant woman can lead to spontaneous miscarriage or hydrops fetalis. Development of immunoglobulin M (IgM) antibodies, followed by IgG antibodies, is characteristic of acute infection. Isolation of viral DNA may be achieved by hybridization or with polymerase chain reaction. As the pattern of joint involvement resembles that in rheumatoid arthritis (RA), and B19 infection is frequently accompanied by low titre RF, the virus has been considered as a potential aetiological agent for RA. Persistent joint involvement following B19 infection may occur in patients who fail to develop neutraliz- ing titres of antibody, and this may be difficult to distinguish from RA. Intravenous immunoglobulin treatment should be considered for patients with evidence of contin- ued infection. Rubella This is the only member of the Rubivirus genus of the Togaviridae family, and is an enveloped, single-stranded, positive-sense RNA virus. Sporadic cases are now typical, with the advent of vaccination programmes, while previously late-winter epidemics were characteristic. After an incubation of 7–9 days, the patient develops fever, cervical and suboccipital lymphadenopathy and a characteristic maculopapular rash that lasts up to five days. Petechiae on the soft palate (Forchheimer’s spots) are characteristic. The vac- cines used are live attenuated vaccines and may also cause joint symptoms. The arthralgia of rubella has a typical ‘rheumatoid’ distribution. Low-level titres of RF are quite com- mon, and RF positivity may conversely give a false positive for rubella IgM. Joint mani- festations are much more common in adults, and more likely in females. Hepatitis C This is an enveloped, single-stranded RNA flavivirus. More than 170 million people worldwide have now been exposed to hepatitis C. The prevalence is increasing, largely amongst intravenous drug users and prison populations. The infection now affects up to 3% of the United States population. Joint symptoms occur in up to 40% of hepatitis C- infected patients, but arthritis occurs in only 2%. Again the distribution is usually like that found in RA, but erosive changes are absent. Around 20% of patients have mixed cryoglobulinaemia, and this is associated with an asymmetrical, pauciarticular, medium- large joint arthritis. The virus has been associated with a range of autoimmune diseases including RA, autoimmune hepatitis, glomerulonephritis and SS. Between 15% and 20% of SS patients show evidence of hepatitis C, often with absent SSA or SSB antibodies. The prevalence of RF positivity is greatly increased in hepatitis C-infected patients, but anti- bodies to cyclic citrullinated peptides (anti-CCP; a more specific marker for RA) are usu- ally not detected. The presence of severe joint involvement should lead to antiviral therapy being considered. Up to 75% of patients with hepatitis C infection have extra- hepatic manifestations, which usually improve with antiviral therapy. The usual treat- ment is with weekly subcutaneous peginterferon-a for 48 months and twice-daily ribavarin for 24 weeks. Corticosteroids may also be used for arthropathy, as may hydroxy- chloroquine, and there is some evidence of benefit with anti-tumour necrosis factor
  • 213. 208 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems therapy. Hepatitis B infection is not commonly complicated by arthritis unless poly- arteritis nodosa develops. Alphaviruses There are around 26 members of this genus of the Togaviridae family. The central RNA- containing nucleoplasmid is surrounded by a lipid bilayer, into which is embedded multiple copies of the two encoded glycoproteins. The viruses are transmitted by mos- quitoes, and reservoirs include birds, mammals and marsupials. A careful travel history is essential. Some of the common viruses of this group are listed in Table 38.1. Chikungunya occurs in central Africa, South and East Asia and the West Pacific; O’nyong-nyong occurs in central East Africa; Ross River Virus is found in Australia and the West Pacific; Barmah Forest Virus occurs only in Australia; Sindbis Virus occurs in Scandinavia, Northern Russia, Africa and Australia; Pogosta Disease is largely confined to Finland. Symptoms are variable. After 7–12 days incubation, the patient may develop anorexia, nausea and vomiting, abdominal pain, pharyngitis, headache and photophobia. Facial flushing may give rise to a more generalized maculopapular rash. Joint symptoms – a symmetrical, non-deforming polyarthropathy – may precede the rash and other symp- toms. Diagnosis is made on paired sera 10–14 days apart, with increased IgM antibody indicating recent infection. Viral DNA can be persistent in synovial tissue, while detection of viral DNA in blood indicates ongoing or chronic infection. Treatment is symptomatic. Salicylates should be avoided if there is a possibility of dengue infection because of the increased risk of haemorrhagic complications. Retroviruses Articular manifestations are common and include arthralgia, spondyloarthropathy, SS (with CD8+ lymphocytic infiltration of salivary and lachrymal glands), myopathy, sys- temic vasculitis and increased risk of septic arthritis. The latter may be caused by a variety of organisms including Staphylococcus aureus, streptococcus, salmonella and atypical mycobacteria. The presentation is often like reactive arthritis with uveitis and skin lesions. Psoriasis is also more common, frequently with joint manifestations. With the advent of highly active antiretroviral therapy in the 1990s, the risk of death from HIV infection decreased, while improved prognosis has been associated with a higher inci- dence of chronic complications, including those affecting the joints. Recent Developments 1 A recent serological survey3 in the United Kingdom showed that 25% of young children had been exposed to parvovirus B19, compared with up to 75% of the adult population. Maternal infection could affect up to one in 500 pregnancies, and thus be a significant contributor to fetal loss. Recent studies4–6 confirm increased B19 seropositivity in patients with RA. While this does not prove a causative relationship, the finding that viral DNA is present in synovial tissue from a proportion of patients, and that the presence of B19 DNA may precede the onset of clinical RA, adds weight to the hypothesis that B19 infection may contribute to the risk of RA. Furthermore,
  • 214. 38 Viral arthritis 209 cross-reactivity to the VP1 unique region has also been implicated in the development of antiphospholipid antibodies.7 2 There has been recent interest in the RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC).8 It is striking that the viruses that cause arthritis are RNA viruses, and that many of the autoantibodies involved in connective tissue diseases are directed at proteins involved in regulation of RNA replication and expression. RNA interference is an important post-transcriptional regulatory mechanism whereby small RNA species of up to 25 nucleotides direct the interaction between proteins and RNA. Nucleolytic enzymes (Dicer and the Argonaute proteins) are responsible for the generation of the small RNA species, which clearly could be of viral as well as of host origin. 3 Arthritis related to hepatitis C infection could become an increasing problem.9 Recent data confirm that the joint manifestations are not directly due to viral replication, and that less-direct, immune-activating mechanisms must be responsible.10 Understanding of the mechanism of hepatitis C-induced arthritis is important since it may not be influenced by antiviral treatment but may be amenable to other forms of immune modulation. Travel history Sexual history Drug usage NSAIDs Other symptoms and signs Range of motion CRP, ESR exercises 1st serum sample IgM positive 4-fold increase in Ab titre 2nd serum sample (10–14 days) Viral arthritis Serology negative Persistent or worsening symptoms Consider steroid treatment Reconsider diagnosis • Rheumatoid etc. • Lyme disease • Reactive arthritis Figure 38.1 Diagnosis and treatment of viral arthritis. CRP, C-reactive protein; ESR, erythrocyte sedimentation rate; NSAID, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug.
  • 215. 210 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems Conclusion Given the range of viruses that cause clinically significant human infections, it is surpris- ing how few have been associated with viral arthritis. Diagnosis and treatment are sum- marized in Figure 38.1. The mainstay of diagnosis is paired serological tests with an increase in antibody titre of four-fold above baseline or development of IgM antibodies indicating recent infection. Treatment is symptomatic, and usually confined to non- steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs and a range of motion exercises. Steroids may be use- ful for patients who have a confirmed diagnosis and who have mounted a serological response to the infecting agent.11 Prolonged arthritis may occur with parvovirus B19 and with the alphaviruses. For patients with severe, atypical or persistent symptoms, other diagnoses should be considered. Further Reading 1 Calabrese LH, Naides SJ. Viral arthritis. Infect Dis Clin North Am 2005; 19: 963–80. 2 Franssila R, Hedman K. Viral causes of arthritis. Best PractRes Clin Rheumatol 2006; 20: 1139–57. 3 Vyse AJ, Andrews NJ, Hesketh LM, Pebody R. The burden of parvovirus B19 infection in women of childbearing age in England and Wales. Epidemiol Infect 2007; 135: 1354–62. 4 Caliskan R, Masatlioglu S, Aslan M et al. The relationship between arthritis and human par- vovirus B19 infection. Rheumatol Int 2005; 26: 7–11. 5 Chen YS, Chou PH, Li SN et al. Parvovirus B19 infection in patients with rheumatoid arthritis in Taiwan. J Rheumatol 2006; 33: 887–91. 6 Baskan EB, Yilmaz E, Saricaoglu H et al. Detection of parvovirus B19 DNA in the lesional skin of patients with Behçet’s disease. Clin Exp Dermatol 2007; 32: 186–90. 7 Tzang BS, Tsay GJ, Lee YJ, Li C, Sun YS, Hsu TC. The association of VP1 unique region protein in acute parvovirus B19 infection and anti-phospholipid antibody production. Clin Chim Acta 2007; 378: 59–65. 8 Jakymiw A, Ikeda K, Fritzler MJ, Reeves WH, Satoh M, Chan EKL. Autoimmune targeting of key components of RNA interference. Arthritis Res Ther 2006; 8: R87–95. 9 Sanzone AM, Bégué RE. Hepatitis C and arthritis: an update. Infect Dis Clin North Am 2006; 20: 877–89. 10 Tarantino G, Riccio A, Spanò A et al. HCV infection and chronic arthritis: Does viral replica- tion matter? Hepatol Res 2006; 35: 238–41. 11 Mylonas AD, Harley D, Purdie DM et al. Corticosteroid therapy in an alphaviral aarthritis. J Clin Rheumatol 2004; 10: 326–30.
  • 216. 39 Rheumatological complications of diabetes 211 P R O B L E M 39 Rheumatological Complications of Diabetes Case History Mr JT is a 62-year-old man who has had type 2 diabetes for ten years. Glycaemic control is not perfect (glycosylated haemoglobin [HBA1C] 8.2%) on a combination of sulphonylurea and metformin. He presents with stiffness and some pain around his left shoulder. Shoulder movement is limited and he cannot place his hand behind his head. Is his problem likely to be related to diabetes? What might be the underlying mechanism? Are musculoskeletal symptoms increased in patients with diabetes? Background The prevalence of diabetes is increasing globally. Currently, around 7% of the adult pop- ulation is affected, and by 2025 the number of patients in the world with diabetes will have increased to over 300 million. This increase is largely attributed to the aging popula- tion structure and the rising prevalence of obesity. It is well established that the presence of diabetes relates to impaired quality of life and functional ability. Much of this is due to the direct metabolic consequences of diabetes, and also to its associated vascular compli- cations. The development of diabetes also predisposes to a variety of musculoskeletal complications. These are often under-recognized in clinical practice. Rheumatological complications of diabetes have been classified according to whether they are due to the metabolic consequences of the condition, to microvascular compli- cations or to underlying aetiological mechanisms.1,2 The problems encountered will be considered according to the affected tissue. Increased uric acid is frequent as part of the metabolic syndrome, possibly making gout more common in patients with diabetes. Osteoarthritis is much more common in obese individuals, who are also more likely to develop diabetes. Nerve entrapment syndromes may also be more common amongst patients with diabetes. Muscle complications Statin drugs are increasingly prescribed for the dyslipidaemia of diabetes. Muscle symp- toms are relatively common with statin treatment, and severe muscle complications © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 217. 212 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems including myalgia, myositis and rhabdomyolysis occur in around 1% of treated patients. Diabetic muscular infarction is a rare disorder that usually occurs in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes of long standing and is associated with the presence of vascular compli- cations. It presents as pain and swelling, most commonly in the thigh, but can occur in the calf or other muscle groups and may cause symptoms in multiple muscle groups. Conditions that should be excluded are venous thrombosis, abscess, haematoma, trau- matic muscle tear and inflammatory myositis. The aetiology is not clear but may include poor muscle perfusion from vascular disease, increased thrombotic tendency, metabolic alterations in skeletal muscle and the mechanical demands made on large muscle groups such as those in the thigh. Ligament, tendon and capsular problems Lower limb complications of diabetes – osteomyelitis, foot ulceration and Charcot’s arthropathy – are more likely to be serious and life-threatening. However, upper limb complications are more common and contribute considerably to the functional disability associated with diabetes. The most common of these are adhesive capsulitis of the shoul- der, Dupuytren’s disease, limited joint mobility syndrome (cheiroarthropathy) and pal- mar flexor tenosynovitis (trigger finger). These may occur in isolation or associated with each other. They are more common in patients with long-standing diabetes, with poor glycaemic control and with microvascular complications. Increased collagen glycosyla- tion and cross-linking has been implicated in the pathogenesis of these complications. Adhesive capsulitis causes pain and stiffness and limits the range of movement. It occurs in 2%–3% of the non-diabetic population but is up to five times more common in patients with diabetes, who are also more likely to have bilateral involvement. Treatment is with exercises, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), injected steroids or surgery. In a Finnish study,3 the prevalence of rotator cuff tendonitis and non-specific shoulder pain was 2% and 12%, respectively, in the general population. The risk of symp- toms was much higher amongst patients with insulin-requiring diabetes (odds ratio = 8.8). There was a strong association between shoulder symptoms and psychological dis- turbances. Dupuytren’s disease (DD), due to fibrosis and nodules in the palmar fascia, leads to flexion contractures of the digits and occurs particularly in patients with long-standing and poorly controlled diabetes. DD primarily affects the middle and ring fingers. The reported prevalence amongst patients with diabetes varies between 3% and 30%. It is equally common in type 1 and type 2 diabetes. There is no strong relationship between risk of DD and the level of glycaemic control. Generally DD is more common in men but in diabetes the two genders are almost equally affected. Patients with diabetes are less likely to require, or have, surgical treatment. Cheiroarthropathy is usually manifest as an inability to extend the metacarpopha- langeal joints fully. The prayer sign is usually positive – the patient is unable to flatten the hands together. The relationship between limited joint mobility (LJM) and poor diabetes control is not established. LJM may contribute to the development of the diabetic foot, including altering plantar pressures and predisposing to ulceration. The prevalence of LJM may have decreased in recent years, perhaps because of improvements in manage- ment.4 Nonetheless it still may occur in up to one in five patients, and is associated with longer duration of diabetes.
  • 218. 39 Rheumatological complications of diabetes 213 Bone complications Hyperostosis may present as spondylosis, hyperostosis frontalis interna or calcification of the joints and ligaments. All are much more common in patients with diabetes. Diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis (DISH) is a condition with excessive new bone forma- tion, particularly in the enthesal region. There is considerable interest in this condition currently as it is associated not only with diabetes but also with other components of the metabolic syndrome including hyperinsulinaemia and increased growth hormone. The relationship between diabetes and low bone mineral density (BMD) has been uncertain. Patients with type 1 diabetes may have decreased BMD from an early stage. Low levels of vitamin D have been documented as a risk factor of diabetes, and this may partly explain the association. Insulin is a growth factor for bone. Insulin deficiency in type 1 diabetes has been suggested as a contributor, although patients with type 1 dia- betes are generally not insulin deficient for long. Patients with type 2 diabetes are gener- ally somewhat protected because of the associated obesity. Joint disorders Neuropathic arthropathy (Charcot joints) occurs in 0.1%–2.0% of patients with dia- betes. It most commonly affects the metatarsophalangeal, tarsometatarsal, ankle and interphalangeal joints, and occurs when sensation is lost but motor function is preserved. Initially affected joints are often swollen, red and tender. Charcot arthropathy is described in a wide range of neurological conditions but diabetes is by far the most com- mon disorder in which it occurs. It frequently occurs alongside diabetic foot ulceration because of the altered foot pressure distribution, which occurs when the joints of the foot are misaligned. The affected bones are usually osteoporotic. The major differential diag- nosis is with osteomyelitis. Inflammatory markers (higher in bone infection) and mag- netic resonance imaging help to distinguish the diagnoses. Treatment is with rest and pressure relief. Bisphosphonate drugs are widely used – most commonly a course of intravenous pamidronate. Intranasal calcitonin is also used to decrease bone turnover. Preliminary evidence supports the use of this treatment in patients with neuropathic arthropathy.5 Recent Developments 1 Expression profiling of genes potentially involved in the pathogenesis of DD reveals significant changes in the matrix-degrading matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs).6 These enzymes are also involved in vascular remodelling and in the pathogenesis of the vascular complications. Expression of MMP1, MMP13 and MMP14 were all increased in DD tissue. Another recent study has reported increased activity of MMP2 in DD tissue.7 DD is due to increased fibroblast activity in affected tissue. As a consequence, there is increased production of matrix and remodelling of extracellular tissues. 2 It now seems certain that risk of osteoporotic fracture is increased amongst patients with insulin-requiring diabetes. In the Tromsø study,8 over 27 000 patients were followed up for six years. The relative risk (RR) of all non-vertebral fractures was 3.1 for men with type 1 diabetes and the RR for hip fracture was 17.8. For women, the
  • 219. 214 §06 Back and Specific Joint Problems RR of hip fracture was 8.9 and 2.0 for type 1 and type 2 diabetes, respectively. The Women’s Health Initiative study9 followed more than 93 000 women for seven years. Women with type 2 diabetes were at increased risk of fracture in spite of the fact that BMD was at least as high in diabetic patients as in those without diabetes. There is concern that thiazolidinedione drugs (rosiglitazone and pioglitazone), used in treatment of type 2 diabetes, accelerate bone loss and thus predispose to fracture.10 MUSCLE Statin-induced myopathy Diabetic muscle infarction LIGAMENT TENDON CAPSULE Shoulder Cheiroarthropathy Dupuytren’s disease Trigger finger • Capsulitis (Limited Joint Mobility) • Tendonitis BONE Osteoporosis Hyperostosis • Local JOINT • Diffuse Neuropathic arthropathy Association* (Charcot’s) • Rheumatoid • Psoriatic Figure 39.1 Musculoskeletal complications of diabetes. * Rheumatoid disease and type 1 diabetes share some genetic predisposition but it is uncertain whether the two are associated. There is emerging evidence that psoriasis and its arthropathy are associated with diabetes, but the mechanism for this is not known.
  • 220. 39 Rheumatological complications of diabetes 215 Conclusion Musculoskeletal complications are common in patients with diabetes mellitus (Figure 39.1). Attention has focused on foot complications, including neuropathic arthropathy. This is not unreasonable since these cause considerable disability and contribute greatly to the cost of managing diabetes. However, diabetes is associated with a wide range of musculoskeletal problems, the commonest of which involve the hand.11 Musculoskeletal complications are not strongly related to the level of glycaemic control, or even to the duration of diabetes. They do correlate with the presence of microvascular complications (retinopathy and neuropathy) and it may well be that microvascular changes in connect- ive tissue are important in their pathogenesis. Further Reading 1 Crispin JC, Alcocer-Varela J. Rheumatologic manifestations of diabetes mellitus. Am J Med 2003; 114: 753–7. 2 Arkkila PE, Gautier JF. Musculoskeletal disorders in diabetes mellitus: an update. Best Pract Res Clin Rheumatol 2003; 17: 945–70. 3 Miranda H, Viikari-Juntura E, Heistaro S, Heliövaara M, Riihmäki H. A population study on differences in the determinants of a specific shoulder disorder versus nonspecific shoulder pain without clinical findings. Am J Epidemiol 2005; 161: 847–55. 4 Lindsay JR, Kennedy L, Atkinson AB et al. Reduced prevalence of limited joint mobility in type 1 diabetes in a UK clinic population over a 20-year period. Diabetes Care 2005; 28: 658–61. 5 Bem R, Jirkovská A, Fejfarová V, Skibová J, Jude EB. Intranasal calcitonin in the treatment of acute Charcot neuroosteoarthropathy: a randomized controlled trial. Diabetes Care 2006; 29: 1392–4. 6 Johnston P, Chojnowski AJ, Davidson RK, Riley GP, Donell ST, Clark IM. A complete expression profile of matrix-degrading metalloproteinases in Dupuytren’s disease. J Hand Surg 2007; 32: 343–51. 7 Augoff K, Ratajczak K, Gosk J, Tabola R, Rutowski R. Gelatinase A activity in Dupuytren’s disease. J Hand Surg 2006; 31: 1635–9. 8 Ahmed LA, Joakimsen RM, Berntsen GK, Fønnebø V, Schirmer H. Diabetes mellitus and the risk of non-vertebral fractures: the Tromsø study. Osteoporos Int 2006; 17: 495–500. 9 Bonds DE, Larson JC, Schwartz AV et al. Risk of fracture in women with type 2 diabetes: the Women’s Health Initiative observational study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2006; 91: 3404–10. 10 Schwartz AV, Sellmeyer DE, Vittinghoff E et al. Thiazolidinedione use and bone loss in older diabetic adults. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2006; 91: 3349–54. 11 Ardic F, Soyupek F, Kahraman Y, Yorgancioglu R. The musculoskeletal complications seen in type II diabetics: predominance of hand involvement. Clin Rheumatol 2003; 22: 229–33.
  • 221. S E C T I O N S E V E N 07 Bone Diseases 40 Osteoporosis – prevention and lifestyle management 41 Bisphosphonates for osteoporosis – which agent and when? 42 Osteoporosis – drugs other than bisphosphonates 43 Male osteoporosis 44 Glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis 45 Paget’s disease of bone 46 Bone complications of renal disease P R O B L E M 40 Osteoporosis – Prevention and Lifestyle Management Case History Jane is a fit 51-year-old woman whose periods are becoming infrequent. She is concerned about developing osteoporosis as she approaches the menopause. Her mother has recently fractured her hip. Jane has recently had her bone mineral density (BMD) measured, and was told that she has osteopenia. What are the risk factors for osteoporosis? What advice would you give her on preventing osteoporosis? What is the role for calcium and vitamin D supplementation? Background Osteoporosis arises from loss of BMD with consequent disruption of bony microarchi- tecture and increased fracture risk. Osteoporosis is, by definition, present when the T score is –2.5 or less – i.e. bone density is 2.5 standard deviations below the estimated © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 222. 218 §07 Bone Diseases peak BMD for the population. Osteopenia is defined as a T score between –1 and –2.5. While both males and females are at risk of fracture in later life, the dramatic decrease in oestrogen at menopause in women means that they are generally at greater risk from an earlier age. BMD is most conveniently measured by dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry (DEXA). Screening of the population with DEXA is not generally recommended but may be justified in women aged over 65 years. Low BMD should always be interpreted in the light of the overall clinical picture and estimated fracture risk. All patients with fragility fractures should be screened for osteoporosis, and treatment should be considered where indicated. Fifty per cent of women and 20% of men will suffer a fragility fracture during their lifetime. Osteoporotic fracture is uncommon below the age of 60 years, and 85% of frac- tures occur in subjects over the age of 65. Peak bone density is attained in early adult life (around age 30 years); there is a steady decline in BMD thereafter, and this accelerates markedly after the menopause. Individuals with higher peak BMD are better able to withstand the later decline in BMD. At least 50% of variance in peak BMD is genetically determined. Polymorphisms in genes for the vitamin D receptor, collagen 1A1, low- density lipoprotein (LDL) receptor-related protein-5 (LRP-5) and the oestrogen receptor may all be determinants of peak BMD. The remainder of the variance in peak BMD is due to environmental factors including nutrition in early life, calcium and vitamin D status and exercise habits. These factors also determine the maintenance of BMD during mid- dle life. At menopause, loss of oestrogen leads to activation of bone-resorbing cytokines including interleukin-1 (IL-1) and tumour necrosis factor (TNF)-a. Osteoclasts are acti- vated through the receptor activator of nuclear factor-k-beta (RANK). The ligand for RANK (RANKL) is expressed on osteoblasts. Osteoprotegerin (OPG) – a matrix protein produced by osteoblasts and stromal cells – functions as an orphan receptor for RANKL, decreasing its ability to activate RANK on osteoclasts. Declining with age, OPG expres- sion may contribute to development of osteoporosis. Increasing availability of drug treatments over the past 20 years has revolutionized management of patients with osteoporosis. Vitamin D and its analogues, oestrogen, selective oestrogen receptor modulators (SERMs, e.g. raloxifene), bisphosphonates, teri- paratide and strontium all increase both trabecular and cortical bone. Data with vitamin D treatment suggest that it may reduce risk of fracture by up to 25%.1 Subclinical vitamin D deficiency is common and the major impact of treatment is in patients with subopti- mal vitamin D status. The place of oestrogen therapy has also altered, mainly as a result of the Nurses Health Initiative.2 In this large group of healthy post-menopausal women, oestrogen had the predicted benefits on bone health but risk of cardiovascular events in women taking combined hormone replacement therapy (HRT) actually increased. Stroke risk increased by 8 per 100 000 person-years; risk of breast cancer increased by a similar amount. HRT is now only recommended for relatively short-term use in women with vasomotor and other menopausal symptoms.3 Bisphosphonates are the first line of treatment for patients with established osteoporosis. There is some doubt, however, about how long they should be used for, and the typical three to five years of treatment represents only a fraction of the time that many patients are exposed to risk of osteo- porotic fracture. Lifestyle factors and secondary causes of osteoporosis are summarized in Box 40.1. Higher levels of activity, particularly weight-bearing exercise, are well documented to pro-
  • 223. 40 Osteoporosis – prevention and lifestyle management 219 Box 40.1 Risk factors for osteoporosis Age Number of years since menopause Family history Low body weight Smoking Low calcium intake Excessive alcohol intake Inadequate vitamin D Prolonged immobility Prolonged amenorrhoea Lack of exercise Glucocorticoid exposure Hyperthyroidism Hyperparathyroidism Previous fragility fracture tect against loss of BMD. Furthermore, exercise leads to improved muscle tone and func- tion, and thus to lower risk of fall. Lock et al.4 have reviewed the literature on short- to medium-term exercise interventions for patients at high risk. Studies were difficult to com- pare because of differences in patient cohort, type of intervention and study design. At pres- ent, the evidence that short-term exercise interventions protect against fracture is limited. Up to 15% of the adult population, and up to 90% of very elderly subjects, have sub- optimal vitamin D status.5,6 This can be checked by measuring plasma 25-hydroxy- vitamin D (25[OH]D). A target range of 50–100 nmol/l (20–40 ng/ml) is generally agreed, and 75 nmol/l (30 ng/ml) is a reasonable threshold below which supplements should be considered. Toxicity is unlikely at levels below 250 nmol/l. The recommended daily allowance of vitamin D is 400 International Units (IU) per day, increasing to 800 IU/day in those at high risk of osteoporosis. Cholecalciferol (vitamin D3) is produced in the skin by the action of ultraviolet-B light in the wavelength range 290–315 nm on the precursor 7-dehydrocholesterol. Vitamin D3 is transported in the blood mainly bound to vitamin D-binding protein. Sequential 25- and 1-hydroxylation in the liver and kidney, respectively, lead to formation of active 1,25-dihydroxy-vitamin D. The actions of this hormone include increasing intestinal and renal calcium absorption, as well as skeletal actions. Maintaining plasma calcium in the optimal range suppresses parathyroid hor- mone (PTH) secretion, therefore decreasing bone turnover. Low levels of vitamin D have also been implicated in autoimmune diseases such as type 1 diabetes and multiple scler- osis, and in malignancies including colon and breast cancers. For routine replacement, cholecalciferol (vitamin D3) should be used. Activated vitamin D analogues (calcitriol and alfacalcidol) should be reserved for use where there is a 1-hydroxylation defect – i.e. patients with hypoparathyroidism or renal impairment. Recent Developments 1 Bisphosphonate treatment decreases the risk of fracture by up to 50% in high-risk groups but only by around 20% in the age group 50–59 years, which is at relatively low risk of fracture. A recent cost–benefit analysis7 confirms that it is not cost- effective to routinely treat the younger age group by pharmacological means.
  • 224. 220 §07 Bone Diseases 2 In trials of bisphosphonates, patients are routinely supplemented with calcium and vitamin D. Unfortunately, less attention is paid to nutritional factors in routine clinical practice. The recent launch of a combination once-weekly treatment of 70 mg alendronate with 2800 IU (70 mg) cholecalciferol should streamline the treatment of many patients with established osteoporosis.8 Perimenopausal and patient concerned Family history of osteoporosis Other risk factors Avoid smoking Limit alcohol intake Exercise – high intensity if possible Dietary advice – calcium and vitamin D intake Measure BMD Normal BMD Osteopenia or osteoporosis Reassure Thyroid function calcium, phosphate, PTH Consider repeat DEXA in 3–5 years Consider HRT if post menopause Check 25(OH)D and has menopausal symptoms <50 nmol/l 50–75 nmmol/l >75 nmol/l 800 IU D3/day Recheck at 6 months No supplement Repeat DEXA at 18–24 months Further decrease in BMD or fracture Consider drug treatment Figure 40.1 Managing osteoporotic risk. 25(OH)D, 25-hydroxy-vitamin D; BMD, bone mineral density; DEXA, dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry; HRT, hormone replacement therapy; IU, International Units; PTH, parathyroid hormone.
  • 225. 40 Osteoporosis – prevention and lifestyle management 221 3 In a recent study,9 subclinical vitamin D deficiency was present in 75.4% of a cohort of elderly women selected from acute hospital admissions. Of those with vitamin D deficiency, 36.7% had secondary hyperparathyroidism. Even after supplementation, 35.3% of the cohort still had suboptimal vitamin D status, partly because of imperfect compliance. This argues for more robust means of supplementation – i.e. larger doses given as infrequent boluses. 4 A better understanding of the relationship between physical activity and bone physiology may lead to more effective exercise interventions. In a recent study of pre-menopausal women,10 only relatively high-intensity exercise was associated with favourable changes in BMD. Lower levels of exercise may, of course, be beneficial for other aspects of health. Conclusion Osteoporosis will affect one in three women and one in eight men. Increasing numbers of elderly people mean that the condition will become more prevalent over the next few decades. An algorithm for management of osteoporotic risk in perimenopausal women is shown in Figure 40.1. Adequate calcium and vitamin D status should be ensured. The patient should receive advice on smoking, alcohol consumption and maintaining body weight in a desirable range. There is a relatively limited role for drug treatment in the age group of the above patient. HRT should be reserved for patients with menopausal symp- toms, and the duration of therapy kept to a minimum. Further Reading 1 Sambrook P, Cooper C. Osteporosis. Lancet 2006; 367: 2010–18. 2 Rossouw JE, Anderson GL, Prentice RL et al. Risks and benefits of estrogen plus progestin in healthy postmenopausal women: principal results from the Women’s Health Initiative randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2002; 288: 321–33. 3 Ettinger B, Harris ST, Kendler D, Kessel B, McClung MR. Management of osteoporosis in postmenopausal women. Menopause 2006; 13: 340–67. 4 Lock CA, Lecouturier J, Mason JM, Dickinson HO. Lifestyle interventions to prevent osteoporotic fractures: a systematic review. Osteoporos Int 2006; 17: 20–28. 5 Boonen S, Vanderschueren D, Haentjens P, Lips P. Calcium and vitamin D in the prevention and treatment of osteoporosis – a clinical update. J Intern Med 2006; 259: 539–52. 6 Souberbielle JC, Friedlander G, Kahan A, Cormier C. Evaluating vitamin D status. Implications for preventing and managing osteoporosis and other chronic diseases. Joint Bone Spine 2006; 73: 249–53. 7 Sanders KM, Nicholson GC, Watts JJ et al. Half the burden of fragility fractures in the community occur in women without osteoporosis. When is fracture prevention cost-effective? Bone 2006; 38: 694–700. 8 Epstein S. The problem of low levels of vitamin D and osteoporosis: use of combination therapy with alendronic acid and colecalciferol (vitamin D3). Drugs Aging 2006; 23: 617–25.
  • 226. 222 §07 Bone Diseases 9 DeLappe E, McGreevy C, ni-Chadhain N, Grimes H, O’Brien T, Mulkerrin E. Vitamin D insufficiency in older female community-dwelling acute hospital admissions and the response to supplementation. Eur J Clin Nutr 2006; 60: 1009–15. 10 Vainionpää A, Korpelainen R, Vihriälä E, Rinta-Paavola A, Leppäluoto J, Jämsä T. Intensity of exercise is associated with bone density change in premenopausal women. Osteopor Int 2006; 17: 455–63. P R O B L E M 41 Bisphosphonates for Osteoporosis – Which Agent and When? Case History Mrs RC is a 66-year-old woman who has lost 3 cm in height over the past three years. She has not had any other fractures. Her only medication is a diuretic that she takes for hypertension. X-ray reveals a wedge fracture of the T12 vertebra and generalized osteoporosis. A subsequent dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry scan shows the T score for her lumbar vertebrae to be –2.8, and that for her hip to be –2.1. Would you carry out any further investigations? Should she have treatment with a bisphosphonate? If so, which one would you choose and for how long should it be used? Background Bisphosphonates (BPs) have found wide usage in patients with metastatic bone disease, myeloma, Paget’s disease and osteoporosis. They are stable analogues of inorganic pyrophosphate and bind to hydroxyapatite bone surfaces with high affinity, decreasing bone turnover by inhibiting osteoclastic activity.1 The general structure of BPs is shown in Figure 41.1. The R1 moiety is generally a hydroxyl group (except clodronate, where it is a chloride), while the structure of the R2 side-chain moiety varies. Two classes of BPs have been developed. The older group, which includes etidronate, tiludronate and clo- dronate, has an R2 group that does not contain nitrogen. Within the osteoclast, BPs © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 227. 41 Bisphosphonates for osteoporosis – which agent and when? 223 OH R1 OH O P C P O OH R2 OH Figure 41.1 General structure of bisphosphonates. become incorporated into non-hydrolysable adenosine triphosphate (ATP) analogues and thus inhibit a number of intracellular processes. The second group of BPs have a nitrogen-containing R2 group and include the more potent, modern drugs such as alen- dronate, risedronate, pamidronate, ibandronate and zoledronate. These modify the syn- thesis of isoprenoid compounds by inhibiting the enzyme farnesyl pyrophosphate synthase. They thus modify activity of several guanosine triphosphate (GTP)-binding proteins, inhibiting activity and promoting apoptosis of osteoclasts. The first clinical use of BPs was in imaging because of the affinity of the drugs for areas of bone with high turnover. BPs are now the mainstay of treatment for established osteopor- osis. Over a typical three-year course of treatment, BPs increase spine bone mineral density (BMD) by 40%–50% and BMD at the hip by 20%–40%. There is clear evidence from trials that this increase in BMD translates into decreased fracture risk, both spinal and at other sites including the hip.2 BPs are indicated for patients in the following categories: b Osteoporosis (T score <–2.5) plus fracture(s) b Osteopenia (T score –1 to –2.5) plus fracture(s) b Osteoporosis without fracture but at high risk At present, they are not indicated for patients with uncomplicated osteopenia. One of the theoretical risks of bisphosphonate treatment was that, with prolonged use, they might inhibit bone mineralization. The window between doses that inhibit osteoclast activity and decrease mineralization is relatively narrow for etidronate but much wider for more modern agents. It is also possible that the drugs could increase brittleness of bone by progressively increasing bone mineral content. Patients from the major alen- dronate trials have now been followed for up to ten years and there is no evidence of long-term side effects or a rebound increase in fractures after the initial three years of treatment. The agents currently recommended for treatment of patients with established osteoporosis are: b Alendronate (Fosamax) – can be given in a daily dose of 10 mg or in a weekly dose of 70 mg. The recent availability of a 70 mg/week preparation with 70 mg of cholecalcif- erol (2800 International Units vitamin D; Fosamax Plus) should prove advantageous, especially for older patients b Risedronate (Actonel) – given in a daily dose of 5 mg or in a weekly dose of 35 mg b Ibandronate (Bonviva) – given as a single dose of 150 mg once a month BPs should all be taken on an empty stomach. The patient should swallow the tablet with a full glass of water and remain upright for at least 30 minutes. The less frequent
  • 228. 224 §07 Bone Diseases dosing schedules (weekly or monthly) have improved compliance since many patients had difficulty adhering to the above routine on a daily basis. Intravenous infusion of pamidronate or ibandronate can be used in patients who cannot tolerate oral BPs. Potent drugs such as zoledronate may need to be given as infrequently as once a year. The major uncertainty with bisphosphonate treatment is the optimal duration. Following a three-year course of treatment, markers of bone turnover may be suppressed for up to five years. Available evidence3 suggests that the drugs continue to be safe and beneficial beyond three years. Long-term follow-up data with ibandronate are not avail- able. Two non-placebo-controlled studies with alendronate following patients for up to ten years, and two similar studies with risedronate, have been published. These are continu- ation studies from the original three-year placebo-controlled trials. In these studies, con- tinued fracture-prevention benefit was apparent. There was no evidence of major gastrointestinal toxicity. Osteonecrosis is a very rare side effect and is often related to other factors such as poor dentition, high doses of bisphosphonate or concurrent chemotherapy. Alendronate, risedronate, ibandronate, raloxifine, calcitonin, strontium ranelate and teriparatide have all been conclusively shown to prevent vertebral fracture. For non- vertebral fracture, the available evidence shows that alendronate, risedronate, strontium ranelate and teriparatide are effective. Based on currently available data, alendronate and risedronate are the drugs of first choice for treatment of established osteoporosis in post- menopausal women.4 The drugs are probably entirely comparable in terms of their effi- cacy, and the safety profile of both is excellent. The efficacy and safety of oral ibandronate given as a single monthly dose has been established in animal, pre-clinical and clinical studies.5,6 The BONE study7 was a three- year, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial involving 2946 post- menopausal women with osteoporosis and at least one vertebral fracture. Daily (2.5 mg) and alternate day (20 mg) doses were compared. The rate of new vertebral fractures in the placebo group was 9.6% compared with 4.7% in the daily ibandronate group and 4.9% in the alternate day group. In a post hoc analysis, there was also a reduction in risk of non-vertebral fracture. The MOBILE study8 was a two-year, randomized, parallel group study, and was the first to examine the efficacy of a monthly dosing regimen. A total of 1609 women with post-menopausal osteoporosis were enrolled. The study confirmed that monthly dosing regimens were superior to daily dosing schedules. The 150 mg single-dose regimen gave the best results in terms of increased BMD. Recent Developments 1 Osteonecrosis affecting either the mandible or maxilla is a recently described complication of bisphosphonate therapy.9 It occurs particularly in patients who have been exposed to high doses or multiple agents – as used in metastatic disease. It presents with swelling, tenderness and pain. Treatment is with analgesia, withdrawing the bisphosphonate and using hyperbaric oxygen. It is thought that exposure of bone in the periodontal space and rapid turnover of bone in patients with dental problems or periodontal disease may predispose to osteonecrosis. Patients starting BPs should have any anticipated dental work carried out before starting bisphosphonate treatment, and be careful about dental hygiene while on treatment.
  • 229. 41 Bisphosphonates for osteoporosis – which agent and when? 225 2 Siris et al.10 have examined compliance issues in a database of 35 537 women in the United States who were prescribed BPs. Only 43% of patients were completely refill- compliant and only 20% persisted with bisphosphonate therapy for the entire 24 months of the study. There was a decreased fracture rate in women who complied with, and persisted with, bisphosphonate treatment. BMD measured by DEXA X-ray spine and other affected areas Thyroid function, 25(OH)D Deoxypyridinoline Osteoporosis Osteopenia Normal or fracture osteopenia Lifestyle treatment Raloxifene if osteoporosis predominantly Vitamin D spinal; HRT if menopausal symptoms Alendronate or risedronate Deoxypyridinoline 3 months No response Oral ibandronate or Repeat DEXA 12–18 months IV bisphosphonate or teriparatide Response Continue for 3–5 years If osteoporosis progressing Stop if BMD restored and no further fracture Monitor deoxypyridinoline 6 monthly Check PTH* DEXA every 18–24 months Figure 41.2 Bisphosphonate treatment of post-menopausal osteoporosis. * Increased parathyroid hormone (PTH) may be a sign that bone turnover is increased and that further treatment is warranted. 25(OH)D, 25-hydroxy-vitamin D; DEXA, dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry; HRT, hormone replacement therapy.
  • 230. 226 §07 Bone Diseases Conclusion The above patient has osteoporosis by definition. Baseline investigations might include thyroid function, renal function, erythrocyte sedimentation rate and protein electro- phoresis to exclude myeloma, and measurement of plasma 25-hydroxy-vitamin D, cal- cium and parathyroid hormone. Calcium and vitamin D supplementation should be considered if there are grounds for suspecting that the patient may be deficient. The first line of treatment for this woman would be either alendronate or risedronate in a weekly dosing regimen. Progress can be monitored as shown in Figure 41.2. If there is no progress (determined by bone markers or BMD), changing to an alternative bisphosphon- ate is suggested (e.g. monthly oral ibandronate). Teriparatide is useful in refractory cases. There is considerable uncertainty about the optimal duration of bisphosphonate therapy. Typically, three to five years is recommended but this may depend on demonstrated ben- efit and perceived risk of stopping the treatment. Further Reading 1 Russell RGR. Bisphosphonates: from bench to bedside. Ann N Y Acad Sci 2006; 1068: 367–401. 2 Sambrook P, Cooper C. Osteoporosis. Lancet 2006; 367: 2010–18. 3 Liberman UA. Long-term safety of bisphosphonate therapy for osteoporosis: a review of the evidence. Drugs Aging 2006; 23: 289–98. 4 Iwamoto J, Takeda T, Sato Y. Efficacy and safety of alendronate and risedronate for postmenopausal osteoporosis. Curr Med Res Opin 2006; 22: 919–28. 5 Epstein S. Ibandronate treatment for osteoporosis: rationale, preclinical, and clinical develop- ment of extended dosing regimens. Curr Osteoporos Rep 2006; 4: 14–20. 6 Reginster J-Y, Felsenberg D, Cooper C et al. A new concept for bisphosphonate therapy: a rationale for the development of monthly oral dosing of ibandronate. Osteoporos Int 2006; 17: 159–66. 7 Chesnut CH, Skag A, Christiansen C et al. Effects of oral ibandronate administered daily or intermittently on fracture risk in postmenopausal osteoporosis. J Bone Miner Res 2004; 19: 1241–9. 8 Miller PD, McClung MR, Macovei L et al. Monthly oral ibandronate therapy in postmenopausal osteoporosis: 1-year results from the MOBILE study. J Bone Miner Res 2005; 20: 1315–22. 9 Farrugia MC, Summerlin DJ, Krowiak E et al. Osteonecrosis of the mandible or maxilla associ- ated with the use of new generation bisphosphonates. Laryngoscope 2006; 116: 115–20. 10 Siris ES, Harris ST, Rosen CJ et al. Adherence to bisphosphonate therapy and fracture rates in osteoporotic women: relationship to vertebral and nonvertebral fractures from 2 US claims databases. Mayo Clin Proc 2006; 81: 1013–22.
  • 231. 42 Osteoporosis – drugs other than bisphosphonates 227 P R O B L E M 42 Osteoporosis – Drugs Other Than Bisphosphonates Case History Mrs JM is a 60-year-old woman who developed a wedge fracture of her L1 vertebra two years ago. She had low bone mineral density (BMD) (T score –2.6 for lumbar spine, –1.6 for hip). At a recent follow-up dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) scan, her BMD had deteriorated further (lumbar spine T score –2.9, hip –2.1). She insists that she has been taking her bisphosphonate, and continues to suffer back pain. Should she persist with bisphosphonate treatment? What other treatments should be considered? Is combination therapy an option? Background Bisphosphonate drugs have been the cornerstone of osteoporosis treatment in recent years. However, a small proportion of patients do not appear to respond. While changing to another, sometimes more potent, bisphosphonate may be the answer for some patients, other treatment options are now available. Raloxifene Raloxifene is a benzothiophene derivative that acts as a selective oestrogen receptor mod- ulator (SERM). It has protective, oestrogen-like effects on bone and breast. The Multiple Outcome of Raloxifene Evaluation (MORE) trial, published in 1999, included 7705 women and confirmed that raloxifene increased spine and hip BMD. There was decreased risk of vertebral fracture but no definite effect on non-vertebral fracture. A recent meta-analysis1 has analysed seven studies in total, including the MORE trial. Raloxifene consistently decreased risk of vertebral fracture – by 40%–49% in those with previous vertebral fracture, and by 35% in those without. There is a suggestion of decreased risk of non-vertebral fracture in patients who are at particularly high risk. The issue of non-vertebral fracture is addressed in the Continuing Outcomes Relevant to Evista (CORE) study, in which 4001 women from the MORE trial were followed for up to eight years.2 Those originally taking placebo continued to take placebo. Those originally randomized to 60 mg or 120 mg raloxifene continued with 60 mg. There was no signifi- cant benefit of raloxifene in terms of non-vertebral fracture prevention. © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 232. 228 §07 Bone Diseases Tamoxifen is a first-generation SERM and is widely used in the treatment of breast can- cer. It may also decrease the incidence of oestrogen receptor-positive breast cancer by up to 48%. The MORE study also demonstrated that raloxifene prevented the development of aggressive breast cancer. Tamoxifen slightly increases the risk of uterine cancer, while raloxifene may be neutral in this regard. Oestrogen (in hormone replacement therapy [HRT]) has beneficial effects on lipid profile. Recent trials, however, have not confirmed that this translates into a decreased risk of cardiovascular disease. One of the hopes for raloxifene, a second-generation SERM, has been that improved lipid profile may lead to better cardiovascular outcomes. The Raloxifene Use for The Heart (RUTH) study enrolled over 10 000 post-menopausal women who had, or were at high risk of, cardiovas- cular disease. Prior to the results being published, the manufacturers disclosed an increased risk of stroke. A more recent analysis3 of the patients enrolled in MORE and CORE has shown neither benefit nor increased risk for cardiovascular disease. Raloxifene is not recommended for cardiovascular protection and should not be administered to women at high risk of stroke. Studies suggest that raloxifene may help protect against cog- nitive decline with aging, but it remains to be established whether this is clinically relevant. Raloxifene causes menopausal-type vasomotor symptoms in 10%–25% of patients and leg cramps in 7%, and increases the risk of venous thromboembolic disease by up to two-fold. Strontium ranelate Strontium is an alkaline earth metal with atomic number 38. For pharmacological use, it is administered in a stable complex with an organic moiety (ranelate). Early in vitro stud- ies confirmed that strontium ranelate had beneficial effects on bone formation (stimulat- ing production of collagen and non-collagen proteins of the matrix) and on bone absorption (inhibiting both differentiation and activation of osteoclasts). There is now adequate clinical evidence to support the use of the drug in post-menopausal osteopor- osis. It is well tolerated, but causes diarrhoea in up to 6% of patients. This usually disap- pears within three months. Increases in muscle creatine kinase may also occur, but seldom necessitate stopping the drug. The Spinal Osteoporosis Therapeutic Intervention (SOTI) trial4 recruited 1649 post- menopausal women with osteoporosis. Strontium ranelate (2 g/day) was associated with a risk reduction of new vertebral fractures of 49% during the first year, and 41% over three years. Vertebral BMD increased by 14.4% and hip BMD by 8.3%. The Treatment Of Peripheral Osteoporosis Study (TROPOS)5 recruited 5091 women. Overall, stron- tium treatment decreased risk of non-vertebral fracture by 16% (relative risk = 0.84), while risk of hip fracture was decreased by 36% in high-risk individuals. A recent Cochrane review has examined evidence from four trials6 and confirms that strontium increases BMD (see Box 42.1) and prevents both vertebral and non-vertebral fracture. Box 42.1 Strontium ranelate and BMD Strontium has a higher atomic weight than calcium and thus has a disproportionate effect on bone mineral content and BMD, which are therefore overestimated. A 1% increase in strontium can increase BMD by as much as 10%. In patients treated with the drug there is a relatively weak correlation between increases in BMD and fracture protection.
  • 233. 42 Osteoporosis – drugs other than bisphosphonates 229 There was a suggestion of increased venous thrombosis and pulmonary embolism, and of nervous system problems including headache, seizures and memory loss. Teriparatide Teriparatide (recombinant human parathyroid hormone [PTH] 1–34) differs from other available agents in that it predominantly stimulates bone formation. Evidence supports its use in both men and women with osteoporosis, in patients with corticosteroid- induced osteoporosis and, particularly, in those at very high risk of fracture.7 Hyperparathyroidism classically causes increased bone turnover with hypercalcaemia. The reasons why intermittent dosing with PTH stimulates net bone formation are incompletely understood. There is evidence that intermittent PTH dosing stimulates expression of a range of genes in the osteoblast including growth factors (transforming growth factor [TGF]-b, epidermal growth factor [EGF], amphiregulin), cell-signalling molecules and MCP-1 (monocyte chemoattractant protein-1). Teriparatide increases osteoblast number and activity, increases the rate of bone remodelling and increases both trabecular thickness and connectivity. The increase in bone turnover is more marked in the first twelve months of treatment and tails off there- after. The effect is more marked on trabecular bone than cortical bone. Typically, verte- bral BMD increases by about 10% over 12–18 months, while femoral neck BMD increases by about 5%. Use of teriparatide decreases vertebral fracture rate by around 65% and non-vertebral fracture rate by 50%. Its effect on fracture reduction is clearly related to increased BMD, although the two are imperfectly correlated. The drug is given subcutaneously at a daily dose of 20 mg and is licensed to be given for up to two years. Antibodies to the molecule develop in about 3% of cases but do not appear to be clinically significant. Most patients have an increase in plasma calcium, usually within the normal range, but hypercalcaemia has been noted in up to 3% of patients. Plasma cal- cium, 25-hydroxy-vitamin D, PTH and renal function should be checked at baseline. Calcium and renal function should be checked after a month of treatment. Teriparatide increases uric acid levels and should only be given with caution in patients who are at risk of gout. The most worrying potential side effect is the development of osteosarcoma. This has been described with prolonged usage in animals, and occasional human cases have been recognized. Teriparatide should not, therefore, be given to patients with an unexplained high level of bone alkaline phosphatase, patients who have had previous bone irradiation or to patients with Paget’s disease. Recommended practice is to warn patients starting the drug about this potential adverse reaction. There is now reasonable evidence that prior or concurrent exposure to bisphosphonates blunts the effect of teriparatide. Since teriparatide is often given to patients whose osteoporosis continues to progress in spite of treatment with first-line drugs, many patients will have been exposed to bisphosphonates. It is sug- gested to stop the latter drugs before treatment with teriparatide. It is justified to restart the bisphosphonate once teriparatide treatment is complete. During treatment, calcium intake (including supplements) should be kept to 1500 mg or less per day and vitamin D intake should be no more than 100 International Units per day. Teriparatide is safe and effective in the elderly and its benefits do not depend on baseline BMD. Combination treatments Whether combinations of the currently available treatments are useful or desirable is con- troversial. There is considerable concern that a very marked decrease in bone turnover
  • 234. 230 §07 Bone Diseases may lead to increased brittleness of bone. Short-term data (twelve months) show that raloxifene combined with alendronate increases hip and spine BMD and decreases bone turnover markers. It is not known whether these changes translate into decreased fracture risk. It is clear that bisphosphonates should not be combined with teriparatide. Recent data suggest that combination of raloxifene and teriparatide may increase BMD gain at the hip,8 while teriparatide with HRT has also been reported to be synergistic.9 In general, data on combination treatments have proved disappointing, in spite of the fact that combining an anabolic agent with an inhibitor of bone turnover appears attractive. Sequential treat- ments appear to be a much more viable option. One approach is to use teriparatide rela- tively early to increase bone formation. The next phase is to use a bisphosphonate to decrease bone turnover, following which the patient is left treatment-free for a period, and then the process is repeated. This approach has been called ADFR (Activate, Decrease osteoclast activity, Free of treatment and Repeat). Osteoporosis is a lifelong condition and we need effective strategies for its long-term management. Recent Developments 1 Third-generation SERMs are being developed. The ideal drug would protect bone and the cardiovascular system without risk of thromboembolism. Amongst the drugs being developed are lasofoxifene, arzofoxifene and bazedoxifene. Lasofoxifene shows promise as a bone-protective agent, increasing bone density and bone strength in animal studies.10 2 An analysis of patients treated with strontium ranelate in two previous multinational studies has confirmed that the drug was effective in preventing fractures independently of the baseline characteristics of the patient.11 Neither the baseline BMD nor the presence or number of fractures appeared to influence the subsequent response to strontium. 3 A cost–benefit model has been used to assess the benefit of teriparatide.12 The greatest cost–benefit ratio was when the drug was used in more recent-onset disease. The cost per quality-adjusted life year (QALY) gained was 20 000 Euros in patients with a recent vertebral fracture, and 64 000 Euros in patients with previous vertebral fracture. This study emphasizes the fact that many treatments for osteoporosis, and other chronic diseases, are often used too late in the course of the disease. Conclusion The majority of osteoporotic patients respond well to bisphosphonates, but a significant proportion shows no or little response. Other options for treating osteoporosis include SERMs, strontium ranelate and teriparatide. These should be considered for patients who do not tolerate or respond to bisphosphonates, and also for patients already treated with bisphosphonate but who require ongoing treatment. The available options are sum- marized in Figure 42.1. In general, combination treatments are often of limited benefit. Bisphosphonates and teriparatide should not be given together. There is some limited evidence favouring a combination of bisphosphonates with oestrogen or SERMs.
  • 235. 42 Osteoporosis – drugs other than bisphosphonates 231 Calcium and vitamin D • Perimenopausal to prevent OP • Elderly (many are vitamin D deficient) • No limit to duration • Can be used with other agents Oestrogen • Only if menopausal symptoms • Early years after menopause • Maximum 5 years Raloxifene • Generally 65 years • Especially for vertebral OP Strontium • Anabolic and antiresorptive • Established general OP (with or without fracture) • Use for 3 years (based on available trials) Bisphosphonate • Established OP (especially with fracture) • Use up to 5 years • All ages Teriparatide • Anabolic (± antiresorptive) • Use if high risk of fracture • Limit use to 18 months • Caution with other agents • ? Use before bisphosphonate because of anabolic action Figure 42.1 Drugs for the treatment of post-menopausal osteoporosis (OP). Further Reading 1 Seeman E, Crans GG, Diez-Perez A, Pinette KV, Delmas PD. Anti-vertebral fracture efficacy of raloxifene: a meta-analysis. Osteoporos Int 2006; 17: 313–16. 2 Siris ES, Harris ST, Eastell R et al. Skeletal effects of raloxifene after 8 years: results from the continuing outcomes relevant to Evista (CORE) study. J Bone Miner Res 2005; 20: 1514–24.
  • 236. 232 §07 Bone Diseases 3 Ensrud K, Genazzani AR, Geiger MJ et al. Effect of raloxifene on cardiovascular adverse events in postmenopausal women with osteoporosis. Am J Cardiol 2006; 97: 520–7. 4 Meunier PJ, Roux C, Seeman E et al. The effects of strontium ranelate on the risk of vertebral fracture in women with postmenopausal osteoporosis. New Engl J Med 2004; 350: 459–68. 5 Reginster JY, Seeman E, De Vernejoul MC et al. Strontium ranelate reduces the risk of nonvertebral fractures in postmenopausal women with osteoporosis: treatment of peripheral osteoporosis (TROPOS) study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2005; 90: 2816–22. 6 O’Donnell S, Cranney A, Wells GA, Adachi JD, Reginster JY. Strontium ranelate for preventing and treating postmenopausal osteoporosis. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2006; CD005326. 7 Hodsman AB, Bauer DC, Dempster DW et al. Parathyroid hormone and teriparatide for the treatment of osteoporosis: a review of the evidence and suggested clinical guidelines for its use. Endocr Rev 2005; 26: 688–703. 8 Deal C, Omizo M, Schwartz EN et al. Combination teriparatide and raloxifene therapy for postmenopausal osteoporosis: results from a 6-month double-blind placebo-controlled trial. J Bone Miner Res 2005; 20: 1905–11. 9 Ste-Marie LG, Schwartz SL, Hossain A, Desaiah D, Gaich GA. Effect of teriparatide (rhPTH(1-34)) on BMD when given to postmenopausal women receiving hormone replacement therapy. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21: 283–91. 10 Ke HZ, Foley GR, Simmons HA, Shen V, Thompson DD. Long-term treatment of lasofoxifene preserves bone mass and bone strength and does not adversely affect the uterus in ovariectomized rats. Endocrinology 2004; 145: 1996–2005. 11 Roux C, Reginster JY, Fechtenbaum J et al. Vertebral fracture risk reduction with strontium ranelate in women with postmenopausal osteoporosis is independent of baseline risk factors. J Bone Miner Res 2006; 21: 536–42. 12 Lundkvist J, Johnell O, Cooper C, Sykes D. Economic evaluation of parathyroid hormone (PTH) in the treatment of osteoporosis in postmenopausal women. Osteoporos Int 2006; 17: 201–11.
  • 237. 43 Male osteoporosis 233 P R O B L E M 43 Male Osteoporosis Case History A 60-year-old man presents with back pain. X-ray of his spine shows a crush fracture of L2 and a generalized decrease in bone mineral density (BMD). A subsequent dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) scan confirms that he has osteoporosis with T scores of –3.2 for the lumbar spine and –2.6 for the hip. His serum testosterone is 7.2 nmol/l (normal range 9–30 nmol/l). What are the causative factors in male osteoporosis? What investigations should routinely be carried out? What treatment options are proven to work? Background Although osteoporosis is predominantly a disease affecting females, it should be remem- bered that 20% of fractures, and 30% of hip fractures, occur in males. One in three men over the age of 60 years will suffer a fracture. Osteoporosis in men is more likely to pre- sent with a fragility fracture, while many cases in women are diagnosed from screening. Morbidity and mortality following fracture is poorer in men than in women. For exam- ple, 80% of men do not return to their pre-fracture physical function after hip fracture and as many as 50% will not return to an independent existence. Underlying causes are more commonly discovered in men, with glucocorticoid excess (mostly iatrogenic) occurring in 20% of cases, heavy alcohol intake in 15%–20% and hypogonadism in 15%–20%. Other secondary causes such as hyperthyroidism, hyperparathyroidism, mal- absorption, antiepileptic treatment and multiple myeloma should be considered as for female osteoporosis (Box 43.1). Biological determinants of bone density in men include activity of the growth hormone/insulin-like growth factor (IGF)-1 axis, decreasing testosterone with age and local oestrogen production and action. With regard to the Box 43.1 Indications for DEXA scanning in men b Low trauma fracture b Undernutrition b Hypogonadism b Hyperparathyroidism b Glucocorticoid treatment or excess b Prolonged immobilization b Osteopenia on X-ray © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 238. 234 §07 Bone Diseases latter, polymorphisms of both the aromatase gene (responsible for peripheral conversion of androgens to oestrogen) and the oestrogen receptor may be important. Vitamin D sta- tus and parathyroid hormone (PTH) activity are also important, and change with age. The data on benefits of calcium and vitamin D supplementation are variable, and may relate to the background status of the population being studied.1 Patients who are defi- cient in calcium and vitamin D are more likely to respond to supplementation. The prevalence of vitamin D deficiency increases with age, partly because of decreased dietary intake and reduced sunlight exposure. The recommended daily intake of calcium for men under 65 years is 1000 mg, while for men over 65 years it is 1500 mg. Calorie intake generally decreases with age, and the average diet contains less than 400 mg calcium per 1000 kcal. The recommended minimum vitamin D intake is 400 International Units (IU) per day for men under 70 years and 600 IU/day for men over 70. Supplementation is indicated for individuals whose calcium or vitamin D intakes fall below, or are in danger of falling below, these thresholds. This will not necessarily recover lost bone density in patients with established osteoporosis. The mainstay of treatment for patients with established disease is bisphosphonates (BPs). BPs should be used with calcium and vitamin D supplementation where neces- sary. Currently, three oral BPs are used for male osteoporosis. Alendronate was the first of the newer generation BPs to be studied. For example, in the study by Gonnelli et al.,2 alendronate treatment of osteoporotic men increased spine BMD by 4.2% at one year, 6.3% at two years and 8.8% at three years. Corresponding increases at the hip were 1.6%, 2.9% and 3.9%, respectively. There was a parallel increase in bone quality as assessed by quantitative ultrasound at the heel. The drug protects against fractures at both vertebral and non-vertebral sites. There is every reason to believe that two other BPs – risedronate and ibandronate – are equally safe and effective. Alendronate (Fosamax) can be given in daily (10 mg) or weekly (70 mg) dosing schedules and should, like the other bisphosphon- ate drugs, be taken on an empty stomach with the patient upright, and the tablet should be swallowed with a full glass of water. Alendronate has not only been shown to be clinic- ally effective, but the cost-effectiveness of treatment has also been demonstrated.3 Risedronate (Actonel) may also be given daily (5 mg) or weekly (35 mg) and has effects comparable to alendronate. The newer agent ibandronate (Bonviva) can be given as a single monthly dose of 150 mg. For patients who have gastrointestinal side effects from BPs, pamidronate or ibandronate can be administered parenterally. For patients who either cannot tolerate or do not respond to BPs, treatment with PTH (teriparatide; Forteo) may be indicated. This is given for up to 18 months as a daily subcutaneous injec- tion. Patients should be monitored for hypercalcaemia. The long-term benefit and safety of teriparatide have yet to be established. From animal studies there is a theoretical risk of osteosarcoma. Administration of testosterone to hypogonadal men with osteoporosis increases BMD and protects against fracture. Testosterone can be administered orally, transdermally (with either gel or patches), by depot intramuscular injection (every 2–4 weeks) or using implants that are usually inserted every six months. Testosterone treatment of hypo- gonadal men also improves muscle bulk and function, improves cardiovascular function and protects against coronary artery disease, as well as generally improving quality of life. Sex-steroid levels tend to decrease with age in normal men. This decrease is more marked in some men than in others. The term partial androgen deficiency in aging men
  • 239. 43 Male osteoporosis 235 (PADAM) has been proposed, and it is not clear whether this physiological change with aging merits treatment, particularly in the face of markers of lower androgen status such as decreasing BMD. There is certainly now some evidence that, in the short to medium term, androgen replacement can reverse some of the biological changes that accompany declining androgen status. Risks of androgen therapy include changes in liver function, polycythaemia and predisposition to prostate and breast cancer. In the study by Gennari et al.,4 bone density and sex-steroid status were monitored over four years in 200 aging men. Androgen and oestrogen status both decreased with time, and those with the great- est decrease also had the greatest loss of BMD. The ratio of testosterone to oestradiol, a measure of aromatase activity, varied widely and patients with the lowest estimated levels of aromatase lost bone faster. The role of oestrogen status in regulating bone loss in aging men is controversial; Lormeau et al.5 found no relationship between oestrogen levels and bone loss in aging men. They did, however, report that sex hormone binding globulin (SHBG) levels were related to bone loss, with the highest levels being associated with the fastest bone loss. SHBG tends to increase with age, and by binding free androgen and oestrogen may decrease free, bioavailable levels of sex steroids. Recent Developments 1 Assessment of vitamin D status is usually by measurement of total circulating 25-hydroxy-vitamin D3 (25[OH]D3). Levels of vitamin D-binding protein are vari- able and may increase with age. This increase may effectively decrease the amount of free and bioavailable vitamin D. In a recent study,6 25(OH)D3 levels were no differ- ent in men with osteoporosis compared with controls. However, levels of vitamin D-binding protein were increased in osteoporotic men and the concentration of 1,25-dihydroxy-vitamin D3 (1,25[OH]D3) was decreased. 2 Androgen deprivation therapy for patients with prostate cancer is now a leading cause of osteoporosis in men.7,8 In recent years, this therapy has become much more effective at decreasing prostatic exposure to androgen, but therefore places men at risk of osteoporosis. BMD loss of up to 8% per year at the spine and 6% per year at the hip is common, and up to 20% of men who survive five years or more will suffer a fracture. Bone loss can be prevented with BPs but it is not clear whether this translates into decreased fracture risk. Conclusion Osteoporosis in males is more likely to have an underlying cause. The most common of these are excessive alcohol intake, use of glucocorticoids and hypogonadism. The diag- nostic workup (Figure 43.1) should always include measurement of calcium and vitamin D, serum testosterone, SHBG, luteinizing hormone (LH) and follicle-stimulating hor- mone (FSH). Even mild calcium and vitamin D deficiency should be corrected. At pres- ent, testosterone replacement should be reserved for patients with proven hypogonadism and a precise diagnosis should be established in all cases. The mainstay of treatment is bisphosphonate therapy. Alendronate, risedronate and ibandronate are widely used and are probably of comparable efficacy and safety. Teriparatide should be considered for patients with severe or unresponsive disease.
  • 240. 236 §07 Bone Diseases Fragility facture Osteopenia on X-ray High clinical risk Measure BMD Osteoporosis confirmed Measure calcium, 25(OH)D3, PTH Urinary deoxypyridinolone* Testosterone, SHBG, LH and FSH Exclude secondary causes • Excessive alcohol • Glucocorticoids • Hypogonadism Assess calcium and vitamin D status Use supplements if necessary Bisphosphonate treatment Good response Poor response Follow-up including Alternative bisphosphonate annual BMD or teriparatide Figure 43.1 Diagnosis and management of male osteoporosis. * Measurement of markers of bone turnover may help to predict response to treatment, as they respond quicker than BMD. BMD, bone mineral density; FSH, follicle-stimulating hormone; LH, luteinizing hormone; PTH, parathyroid hormone; SHBG, sex hormone binding globulin. Further Reading 1 Kamel HK. Male osteoporosis: new trends in diagnosis and therapy. Drugs Aging 2005; 22: 741–8. 2 Gonnelli S, Cepollaro C, Montagnani A et al. Alendronate treatment in men with primary osteoporosis: a three-year longitudinal study. Calcif Tissue Int 2003; 73: 133–9. 3 Borgström F, Johnell O, Jönsson B, Zethraeus N, Sen SS. Cost effectiveness of alendronate for the treatment of male osteoporosis in Sweden. Bone 2004; 34: 1064–71.
  • 241. 44 Glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis 237 4 Gennari L, Merlotti D, Martini G et al. Longitudinal association between sex hormone levels, bone loss, and bone turnover in elderly men. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2003; 88: 5327–33. 5 Lormeau C, Soudan B, d’Herbomez M, Pigny P, Duquesnoy B, Cortet B. Sex hormone- binding globulin, estradiol, and bone turnover markers in male osteoporosis. Bone 2004; 34: 933–9. 6 Al-oanzi ZH, Tuck SP, Raj N et al. Assessment of vitamin D status in male osteoporosis. Clin Chem 2006; 52: 248–54. 7 Gilbert SM, McKiernan JM. Epidemiology of male osteoporosis and prostate cancer. Curr Opin Urol 2005; 15: 23–7. 8 Holmes-Walker DJ, Woo H, Gurney H, Do VT, Chipps DR. Maintaining bone health in patients with prostate cancer. Med J Aust 2006; 184: 176–9. P R O B L E M 44 Glucocorticoid-Induced Osteoporosis Case History Mrs SP is a 45-year-old woman who has suffered asthma since childhood. The asthma is now stable, but she is concerned about osteoporosis since she has had an average of three courses of steroids each year for the past ten years. She has regular periods but she is approaching the menopause. Her mother developed osteoporosis in later life. A dual- energy X-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) scan confirms that she has low bone mineral density (BMD). What are the causes of steroid-induced osteoporosis? How might the condition be prevented? What treatment options are available? Background Overall, 0.5%–0.9% of the population requires intermittent or continuous treatment with steroids. Up to 2.5% of the elderly population (age >70 years) take corticosteroids. In addition to the risks imposed by steroids, some of the underlying conditions requiring steroids also predispose to osteoporosis (e.g. rheumatoid arthritis and multiple © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 242. 238 §07 Bone Diseases myeloma). The pathogenesis of glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis is complex,1,2 occurring in two phases with rapid bone loss of up to 12% of total BMD within the first year followed by a slower rate of bone loss of typically up to 3% per year. Corticosteroids decrease the formation of osteoblasts and markedly increase (by up to three-fold) apop- tosis of osteoblasts. The early phase with increased bone loss is also characterized by increased osteoclastic activity. Decreased osteoprotegerin (OPG) may be partly respon- sible for this effect. OPG acts as a soluble decoy receptor for the receptor activator of nuclear factor-k-beta ligand (RANKL), and decreased activity of OPG allows increased interaction between RANKL and its native receptor (RANK) leading to activation of the pathway that includes nuclear factor-k-beta (NF-kB). Other mechanisms involved include decreased expression of bone morphogenetic proteins and a diversion of bone marrow precursor cells into the adipocyte lineage. Use of glucocorticoids is the most prevalent cause of secondary osteoporosis. In spite of the widely known detrimental effect of steroids, perhaps only as few as 15% of patients commencing steroids have investigations to exclude osteoporosis or treatment to prevent loss of BMD. Patients with glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis have a greater risk of fracture than other subjects with comparable BMD. It has, therefore, been suggested that the threshold for intervention should be lower and a T score of –1.5 is widely used. Between 30% and 50% of patients taking long-term steroids will suffer a fragility frac- ture. The equivalent of prednisolone 10 mg/day for six months or more increases the risk of hip fracture seven-fold and the risk of vertebral fracture 17-fold. Investigation and management is summarized in Figure 44.1. As with all osteoporosis patients, attention should be paid to lifestyle factors, including calcium and vitamin D status, and other potential secondary causes. The patient should be taking 1500 mg of calcium per day and 800 International Units (IU) per day of vitamin D. If it does not seem that these levels of intake are being achieved, supplements should be prescribed. At all times efforts should be made to minimize the exposure to glucocorticoids and to withdraw them completely where possible. There is evidence for recovery of bone density when steroid treatment is withdrawn. Of the available treatments,3,4 the greatest evidence by far is with use of bisphosphon- ates (BPs). Glucocorticoids impair calcium absorption from the gut and reabsorption in the kidney. Calcium supplementation is therefore indicated in many cases but will not prevent the rapid loss of BMD in the months after steroid therapy is initiated. Vitamin D is more effective and may be particularly indicated in older people. Cholecalciferol at doses between 300 IU/day and 100 000 IU/week helps to minimize the effect of glucocor- ticoids; vitamin D analogues such as dihydrotachysterol, calcitriol and alfacalcidol are at least as effective. However, no vitamin D analogue or dose is as effective as BPs. Sex- steroid replacement is controversial and relatively short-term use only is recommended for women with menopausal symptoms. Testosterone replacement should be prescribed for men with proven hypogonadism. Current evidence does not favour the use of calci- tonin for treatment of glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis. Alendronate and risedronate are now the most commonly used drugs for prevention and treatment of osteoporosis caused by steroids. Both appear to be effective in at least preserving hip and spine BMD, and there are reasonable data showing that they protect against vertebral and non-vertebral fracture. Intravenous pamidronate may be used where oral drugs are not tolerated or where compliance is poor. Etidronate is now sel-
  • 243. 44 Glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis 239 Is dose 5 mg prednisolone or equivalent? Is treatment of 3 months or more likely? Patient at risk Lifestyle measures • Stop smoking • Weight-bearing exercise • Limit alcohol intake Minimize steroid • Lowest possible dose • Topical steroids • Other immunosuppressives • Alternate day dose regimen Check calcium and vitamin D status (supplement if necessary) DEXA scan T score –1.5 T score –1.5 Alendronate or Repeat DEXA in 12 months risedronate Repeat DEXA in 12 months Figure 44.1 Investigation and management of glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis. DEXA, dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry. dom used and is much less potent than second-generation BPs. Teriparatide (para- thyroid hormone) increases BMD both at vertebral and other sites, but it is not known whether it is effective in treatment of glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis.
  • 244. 240 §07 Bone Diseases Recent Developments 1 A number of new, potential therapeutic targets have been identified for primary and glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis.5 These include sclerostin, a bone morphogenetic protein produced by osteocytes. Deficiency of this protein is associated with high BMD. The RANK–RANKL–OPG pathway is central to osteoclast recruitment. Attempts to manipulate activity of this pathway in animal models include use of a monoclonal antibody to RANKL. CD40 and its ligand belong to the tumour necrosis factor (TNF) superfamily and are involved in apoptosis of bone cells. Inhibition of osteoblast apoptosis may increase bone formation. 2 Agents with improved anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive activity without steroid side effects would offer a major advantage.6,7 The anti-inflammatory effects of steroids are mediated through inhibition of the NF-kB and activator protein-1 (AP-1) pathways, while side effects occur through transcriptional modification of a variety of genes. The search for new drugs includes agents with selective glucocorticoid receptor-modulator activity. 3 In a recent study,8 201 patients who were about to start steroids at doses equivalent to prednisolone 7.5 mg/day or greater were randomly assigned to receive alendronate 10 mg/day with an alfacalcidol placebo or alfacalcidol at a dose of 1 mg/day. Patients were followed for 18 months. BMD of the lumbar spine increased by 2.1% in those treated with alendronate, while it decreased by 1.9% in the alfacalcidol-treated group. There was a similar disparity in bone density at the hip. Conclusion Use of glucocorticoids is associated with a phase of rapid bone loss due to excessive bone absorption over formation. This is followed by a slower phase of bone loss due mainly to decreased bone formation resulting from decreased recruitment and increased apoptosis of osteoblasts. Prevention should be by minimizing other risk factors for osteoporosis and, where possible, eliminating other secondary causes. Exposure to steroids should be minimized, and combination with other immunosuppressive agents should be consid- ered where prolonged therapy is needed. Adequate calcium and vitamin D status should be ensured. The bisphosphonates alendronate and risedronate are currently the mainstay of treatment but are grossly underused in clinical practice. Further Reading 1 Weinstein RS. Glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis. Rev Endocr Metab Disord 2001; 2: 65–73. 2 Canalis E, Bilezikian JP, Angeli A, Giustina A. Perspectives on glucocorticoid-induced osteo- porosis. Bone 2004; 34: 593–8. 3 Orcel P. Prevention and treatment of glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis in 2005. Joint Bone Spine 2005; 72: 461–5. 4 Devogelaer J-P, Goemaere S, Boonen S et al. Evidence-based guidelines for the prevention of glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis: a consensus document of the Belgian Bone Club. Osteoporos Int 2006; 17: 8–19.
  • 245. 45 Paget’s disease of bone 241 5 Mazziotti G, Angeli A, Bilezikian JP, Canalis E, Giustina A. Glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis: an update. Trends Endocrinol Metab 2006; 17: 144–9. 6 Rhen T, Cidlowski JA. Antiinflammatory action of glucocorticoids – new mechanisms for old drugs. New Engl J Med 2005; 353: 1711–23. 7 Rosen J, Miner JN. The search for safer glucocorticoid receptor ligands. Endocr Rev 2005; 26: 452–64. 8 de Nijs RNJ, Jacobs JWG, Lems WF et al. Alendronate or alfacalcidol in glucocorticoid- induced osteporosis. New Engl J Med 2006; 355: 675–84. P R O B L E M 45 Paget’s Disease of Bone Case History Mr JS is a generally fit 74-year-old man. He complains of increasing pain in his back and in his left shin. The latter feels warm but is not deformed. A scintigraphic bone scan shows increased uptake at several areas in the spine and in his left shin. There is no evidence of malignant disease. His plasma calcium and phosphate levels are normal, but alkaline phosphatase is increased at 420 units/l (normal = up to 120 units/l). How should he be investigated and followed up? What is the current thinking on the aetiology of Paget’s disease? When should treatment be considered, and what is the best treatment? Background First described as osteitis deformans by Sir James Paget in 1877, Paget’s disease is a chronic, focal disorder of bone where increased areas of marked bone turnover lead to pain, local bone expansion, deformity and risk of fracture.1,2 It most commonly affects the skull, clavicles, vertebrae, pelvis, femur and tibia. Paget’s disease is relatively common and may affect up to 1.5% of the population aged 40 years and over, 5% of those aged 55 years and over and as many as 20% of 85-year-olds. It is particularly common in subjects of Northern European descent and thus relatively common in the United Kingdom, © Atlas Medical Publishing Ltd
  • 246. 242 §07 Bone Diseases North America, Western Europe and Australia. The prevalence may have decreased by up to 50% in the past 20 years. The vast majority of cases are asymptomatic. The cause of Paget’s disease is not known, but it is likely that both genetic and envir- onmental factors are important. Up to 20% of patients have a history of Paget’s disease in one or more first-degree relatives. A high proportion of families with Paget’s disease and up to 15% of sporadic cases have mutations in the sequestosome 1/p62 gene, which is involved in the activation of osteoclasts. Infectious agents have been implicated and could account for some of the geographical variation in prevalence. Amongst candidate agents are paramyxoviruses, measles, respiratory syncytial virus and canine distemper virus. The disease typically presents with aching bone pain, which may be worse on weight bearing. Occasionally it presents with deformity or pathological fracture. Many cases are discovered incidentally because of radiological features or increased serum alka- line phosphatase. Complications of Paget’s disease are relatively uncommon but impor- tant to recognize (Box 45.1). The most common complication is deafness due to involvement of the petrous temporal bone. Box 45.1 Complications of Paget’s disease b Hearing loss – involvement of petrous temporal bone b Osteogenic sarcoma – <1% of cases b Pathological fracture b Cranial neuropathies b Entrapment neuropathies and radiculopathies b Spinal stenosis b Cardiac failure – very rare b Hypercalcaemia – with prolonged immobility X-ray of painful or deformed sites should be undertaken, but systematic skeletal sur- vey is not usually indicated. The initial changes are of focal lysis leading to areas with mixed lysis and sclerosis, trabecular expansion, thickening of cortical bone and deform- ity. Cortical fissure fractures may be identified and may coincide with sites of pain. Metastatic disease may be considered in the differential diagnosis but it is unusual for bone biopsy to be required. Skeletal scintigraphy is much more sensitive than plain radi- ology but it is also less specific. Widespread disease may be apparent, even in patients who are relatively asymptomatic. The most useful biochemical marker is serum alkaline phosphatase, although it is only increased in 85% of patients. The level of alkaline phos- phatase is directly related to activity and to extent of the disease. It is frequently normal in patients with monostotic disease. Measurement of bone-specific alkaline phosphatase may be useful where total alkaline phosphatase is normal or in the presence of liver dis- ease. Other markers of bone turnover may also be useful, particularly in monitoring the early response to therapy. Measurement of urinary deoxypyridinoline or the cross-linked N-telopeptide of type 1 collagen is widely used. Investigation and treatment are summarized in Figure 45.1. Often, supportive mea- sures such as physiotherapy and use of aids such as a walking stick may suffice. For those who require specific treatment, bisphosphonates (BPs) are the mainstay. Indications for treatment include severe pain, extensive disease (particularly if major neurological or
  • 247. 45 Paget’s disease of bone 243 vascular structures are at risk), neurological complications, hypercalcaemia resulting from prolonged immobility and where the disease is affecting the site of proposed surgery (such as a hip or knee replacement). Available BPs are summarized in Box 45.2. Etidronate and tiludronate are now seldom used. Alendronate at doses up to 40 mg/day for up to six months or risedronate 30 mg/day for two to six months are equally effective. Intravenous pamidronate can be given for patients who are at risk of gastrointestinal side effects from BPs. A variety of regimens have been used, ranging from a single dose of 30–60 mg, to three doses of 30 mg given on consecutive days, or 30–60 mg given once per week for up to six weeks. Serum alkaline phosphatase decreases with modern bisphos- phonate treatment in the vast majority of cases. Patients are usually followed up at three- monthly intervals and treatment is repeated after six months if there is recurrence of symptoms or if the alkaline phosphatase increases again. BPs are contraindicated when the glomerular filtration rate is less than 35 ml/min/1.73 m2. The newer BPs zoledronic acid and ibandronate may be used. Salmon calcitonin is still useful in some cases, particularly when BPs are either contraindicated or poorly tolerated, or as an add-on therapy when there is severe pain. Calcitonin can be given subcutaneously at doses of 50–100 IU/day or on alternate days for up to 18 months. The chemotherapeutic agent plicamycin is now seldom used. Box 45.2 Bisphosphonates for Paget’s disease Etidr